Korepetycje Maturzysty. Język Angielski - Treger A [PDF]

Zitiervorschau

Redaktor serii: Marek Jannasz Konsultacja językowa: dr Alisa Mitchel Masiejczyk Redakcja i korekta: Paweł Pokora Projekt okładki: Teresa Chylińska-Kur, KurkaStudio Projekt makiety i opracowanie graficzne: Kaja Mikoszewska Zdjęcia: © Fotolia.com, Anna Treger (118, 173, 252), sxc.hu (71, 94), ccarlstead (222)

© Copyright by Wydawnictwo Lingo sp. j., Warszawa 2012

www.cel-matura.pl ISBN: 9788363165758 Skład i łamanie: Kaja Mikoszewska Druk i oprawa: Pozkal

Spis treści

4

Wstęp  1. Man

3

Focus on grammar 

7

85

Personality

11

Clothes

15

Przedimki • Przyimki miejsca • Przysłówki miejsca • Rzeczowniki użyte przymiotnikowo • Czasy Present Perfect, Present Perfect Continuous, Past Simple,  Past Continuous • Have sprawcze

Age

20

93

Focus on vocabulary

Build and appearance

8 8

Focus on matura  4. Everyday life



Feelings and emotions

24



Body language and gestures

26

Focus on vocabulary 

30



Daily activities 



Hobbies and leisure 

Focus on grammar

 rzymiotniki – budowa, stopniowanie, P przymiotnik złożony, kolejność przed rzeczownikiem, użycie z przedimkiem określonym • Przysłówki – budowa, stopniowanie • Konstrukcje porównawcze • Present Continuous • Liczebniki

Focus on matura 2. Social and family life

96 100

Shopping 

103

Focus on grammar 

107

42 45

Focus on matura 

46

Family 

46

Friends and relations 

96

Czasy Present Simple, Present Continuous • Bezokolicznik i forma –ing • Przyimki • Przedimki • Zdania z emfazą • Czasowniki frazowe

Focus on vocabulary 

95

49

Celebrations and special occassions 

54

Focus on grammar 

58

Rzeczowniki – budowa, forma dzierżawcza, rzeczowniki kolektywne i zbiorowe, liczba mnoga • Zaimki • Czasowniki frazowe

5. Food and drink

116 119

Focus on vocabulary 

120



Talking about food 

120



Food preparation 

122

Eating in 

124

Eating out 

127

Drinking 

131

Focus on grammar 

134

3. Housing and living

73

Focus on vocabulary 

74



Housing and living 

74



Problems around the house 

77

Rzeczowniki policzalne i niepoliczalne, zbiorowe • Wyrażenia jednostkujące • Czasowniki wyrażające stany i czynności • Przymiotniki po czasownikach postrzegania • Czasowniki frazowe

80

Focus on matura 

Focus on matura 

In the house 

69

144

5

Spis treści 6. Travelling Focus on vocabulary 

On the road 

Driving 

angielski 147 148 148 151

Travelling and means of transport  154

Holidays 

158

Focus on grammar 

161

Czasy Present Perfect, Past Simple, Past Perfect, Present Continuous, Present Simple, Future Simple, Future Continuous, be going to • Wyrażenia czasowe • Przyimki czasu, miejsca i ruchu • Przysłówki czasu i miejsca • Inwersja • Bezokolicznik i forma –ing • Czasowniki frazowe

Focus on matura  7. Health Focus on vocabulary 

172 175 176



Health problems 

176



At the doctor’s 

180

In hospital 

183

Focus on grammar 

186

Czasy Present Perfect, Past Simple • Pytania i odpowiedzi • Czasowniki modalne • Zdania warunkowe • Tryb łączący • Czasowniki frazowe

Focus on matura  8. Education and work

194 197

Focus on vocabulary 

198

Education 

198

Looking for a job 

202

Work and career 

206





Focus on grammar 

211

 zasy Present Continuous, C Future Simple, Future Continuous, be going to, Future Perfect,  Future Perfect Continuous • Zdania warunkowe I, II, III typu i mieszane. Tryb łączący • Czasowniki modalne • Czasowniki frazowe

Focus on matura  9. Culture and mass media Focus on vocabulary 

Film and cinema 

222 225 226 226

Books 

229

Music 

232

Television 

235



Computers and the internet 

238

Newspapers and magazines 

242

Focus on grammar 

245

Mowa zależna i niezależna • Strona bierna

Focus on matura 

252

10. The natural world

255

Focus on vocabulary 

256



The weather 

256

Natural world 

259

Focus on grammar 

262

Przedimki • Zdania z podmiotem it • Wyrażenia jednostkujące • Have sprawcze • Zdania warunkowe I, II i III typu i mieszane • Didn’t need to (do) i needn’t have (done) • Czasowniki frazowe

Focus on matura 

270

Klucz 

273

5

Unit 1. Man „Człowiek jest miarą wszechrzeczy”, czytamy już u starożytnych Greków. Pogawędki, rozmowy, informacje o bliźnich to ważny obszar kompetencji językowej – znalazło to swoje odzwierciedlenie w podstawie programowej. W poniższym rozdziale powtórzysz, usystematyzujesz i rozwiniesz słownictwo dotyczące wielu aspektów i cech jednostki ludzkiej (wyglądu, osobowości, emocji i języka ciała). W dalszej kolejności przedstawione są zagadnienia gramatyczne często występujące w wypowiedziach o człowieku (budowa słowotwórcza przymiotnika, stopniowanie przymiotników i przysłówków, czas Present Continuous). Ostatni segment rozdziału to ćwiczenia praktyczne, przygotowujące do ustnej matury.

8

korepetycje maturzysty Focus on vocabulary BUILD AND APPEARANCE Ćwiczenie 1. Uzupełnij poniższe zdania wyrazami z ramek.

braids

overweight

eyebrows

freckles

hair

dimples

make-up

1. Tony has a dark

cheeks

bones

complexion

and he tans easily.

2.

Ann has a few

on her face, which I find very charming.

3.

David’s face is very round with chubby

4.

She really needs to start eating. She is just a bag of

5.

Kate always wears her hair in two

6.

I’m way too

7.

If you put a little

8.

Our history teacher has bushy

9.

Joe is going bald. The front of his

10.

Paddy gets two

. !

or ponytails.

. I need to lose fat and get fit. on her, she looks really beautiful. that completely obscure his eyes. is V-shaped.

on her cheeks when she smiles.

Ćwiczenie 2. Dopasuj przymiotniki z kolumny A do rzeczowników z kolumny B. A B 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

wavy double

fringe a)

b)



c)





d)





e)

bright high protruding Roman short



f)



g)

beard cheeks nose belly hair eyes stara dobra szkoła

Unit 1. Man 8. 9. 10.

flowing rosy beer

9



h)



i)



j)

chin forehead ears

Ćwiczenie 3. Uzupełnij luki w zdaniach 1–10, używając wyrażeń z ćwiczenia 2. 1.

She has

that tends to get frizzy when it rains.

2.

Vernon is an unattractive middle-aged man with a

3.

Beth has

4.

In some parts of the world a

5.

Sue has

.

that light up anytime she smiles. is a sign of intelligence.

which she hides under her hair.

6. Her

give her face a childish appearance.

7.

Tom looks rather eccentric with his

8.

I have a

and long hair.

that stops over my eyebrows.

9. His

makes him look very noble.

10. Jenny wants to lose her

but she doesn’t want to get too thin

elsewhere. Ćwiczenie 4. Uzupełnij teksty wyrazami z ramek. a)

curly



dimples

look

chin

skinny

features

tall

cheekbones

forehead

obese

Nick is 17 years old. He is

1

, standing at about 6'7", but is fairly

2

. You wouldn’t believe that as a child he was

4

, high

7

skin

5

and a cleft

3

6

. A broad

are the most marked

of his face. Although Nick is making the transition from adolescence to

manhood now, his blond smile give him a boyish ians his www.cel-matura.pl

11

8 10

hair, cute

9

in his cheeks and a broad

. Nick is from Australia, and as with most Austral-

has a bronze tone from the constant exposure to the sun.

10

korepetycje maturzysty

b)

eyes

face

hair

wisp

Melanie is just a

1

complexion

freckles

ears

arm

of a girl. At the age of 17 she looks as if she were only

a little kid. She has a nice, round

2

, dark shoulder-length

which is usually pulled back in a ponytail, green, deep-set 5

4

7

 lips

8

eyelashes

braids

6

slim

but her parents forbade it.

figure

shoulders

freckled

round

beauty

My sister Susan is 22 years old. She is a classic

1

. She is tall and

so she can wear almost anything. She has long, dark hair that falls down

over her

3

. When she was younger, she wore her hair in

she wears it loose now. Her face is eyes, long

7

5

and

and small yet full

8

4 6

. Her good

9

Ćwiczenie 5. Uzupełnij poniższe zdania wyrazami z ramek.

mark

nose

thin

handsome

fit

fat

tall

eyes

1.

As a child I had

2.

She has a beauty

3.

You’ll get

if you overeat regularly.

4.

Clive is a

man with dark hair and a charming smile.

5.

Tim goes to the gym regularly to keep

6.

My sister is very

7. Her 8.

wavy

hair, but as I got older it became straight. on one cheek.

.

although she eats a lot.

turns up slightly at the tip.

Kate wears high heels, which makes her really

, but

with large blue

people turn their heads for a second look.

moustache

on

are pierced and she wears studs in them. She once wanted

to have a tattoo on her

2

and a pale

which strongly contrasts with her hair, and a few brown

her nose. Her

c)

3

. stara dobra szkoła

makes

Unit 1. Man

11

9.

She looks very tired with those bags under her

10.

Mr Edwards has a

.

which covers his upper lip.

Ćwiczenie 6. Uzupełnij dialogi podanymi wyrażeniami. 1. A:



?

B: She looks like a model. She is tall and slim.

2. A:



?

B: She looks really beautiful today

a)

Who does she look like

b)

How is she

c)

What does she look like

d)

What is she like

e)

How does she look

with her hair pulled back. 3. A:



?

B: She is much better. She’s recovering well.

4. A:



?

B: She looks like her mother. They are both fair-haired and blue-eyed.

5. A:



?

B: She is like her mother. Very kind and gentle.

PERSONALITY Ćwiczenie 1. Dopasuj przymiotniki z kolumny A do wyrazów przeciwstawnych

z kolumny B.

A B 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

caring conceited careless disrespectful reserved serious

www.cel-matura.pl



a)



b)



c)



d)



e)



f)

talkative open childish inconsiderate reliable generous

12

korepetycje maturzysty

7. 8. 9. 10.

stingy taciturn mature untrustworthy



g)



h)



i)



j)

light-hearted modest polite cautious

Ćwiczenie 2. Wybierz z jednej z kolumn z poprzedniego ćwiczenia wyraz pasujący

do każdego z poniższych zdań i wstaw go w zaznaczone miejsce. 1. Katy is so 2.

. She loses her glasses all the time.

Their son is very

. He never says hello when he meets you.

3. Peggy has a quiet nature and is very

. She seldom talks about her

feelings. 4.

Paul is

. He doesn’t want to share anything with his siblings.

5.

She is very

6.

Joe can be fun, but he is too selfish. I wish he were more

for her age, but still looks like a child.

7. You can trust Philip. He is

.

. When he says he will do it,

he really means it. 8.

Bonny is so

9.

Alex is cute, but he is so

10. You’re too

that she can talk the hind leg off a donkey. . He never worries about anything!

. Your English is excellent!

Ćwiczenie 3. Rozwiąż krzyżówkę.

Across 2. always telling other people what to do 5. repeatedly arguing with other people 6. paying great attention to unimportant details, difficult to please 10. changing quickly from being in a good mood to being in a bad mood 11. annoyed because of someone’s mistakes or delays 12. feeling angry and unhappy because of someone’s advantages, position or possession 13. able to understand other people’s feelings and needs stara dobra szkoła

Unit 1. Man 1

2

13

Down

3

1. happy, in good spirits

4

3. intelligent, clever 4. determined to do something

5

even when other people think 6

7

it is unreasonable 8

9

7. enjoying being with other

10

people, friendly 8.h  aving a strong wish

11

for success, power or achievement 9. aggressive towards someone

12

13

Ćwiczenie 4. Uzupełnij teksty wyrazami z ramek. a)

persistent

outdoor type

Robbie is very

1

He is also

2

ambitious

social

and he always tries to do his best in all his assignments.

in his studies so everybody thinks that he will go far in his cho-

sen career. Probably they are right because so far he has excellent results and he is at the top of his class. Besides, he is very

3

and gets along well with all his

classmates, though he is not much of an

4

. He prefers relaxing at home

with some friends rather than going out. b)

patient

rebellious

Sue is very

1

indulgent

independent

strict

stubborn

and won’t listen. She often argues with her friends and eve-

rybody at home. Her parents are perhaps too

2

and

3

don’t discipline her. I think that for her own good they should be more

and they 4

with her. On the other hand, she is of an age where such behaviour is typical. Like most teenagers she is www.cel-matura.pl

5

and tries to be

6

.

14

korepetycje maturzysty

Ćwiczenie 5. Uzupełnij poniższe zdania wyrazami z ramek.

gentle

boastful

grumpy

bossy

carefree

reliable

outgoing

imaginative

touchy

nosy

1.

He is so

that he wouldn’t hurt a fly.

2.

Frank is

3.

You can trust him. He is

4.

Their son is very

and likes to dominate other people. and dependable. . He is full of ideas and enthusiasm.

5. Jack can be very

, especially in the mornings,

when he has the habit of snapping at people. 6.

Judy is

and enjoys meeting people.

7.

Mrs Johnson is very

8.

Mary is

9.

Everything seems to bother him. He is so

of her son’s achievements.

and often behaves thoughtlessly.

10. My aunt is very

.

. She always wants to know everything

about other people’s affairs. Ćwiczenie 6. Uzupełnij poniższe zdania wyrazami z ramek.

cold fish busybody

home lover killjoy

couch potato

daredevil

big-head

1.

Paul is a(n)

2.

My sister is a(n)

3.

Brian is a(n)

4. I’m a(n)

wolf in sheep’s clothing lone wolf

bookworm

party animal

culture vulture

eager beaver

. He spends much of his time in the library. . She doesn’t go out much. . He enjoys partying quite a lot. . I’m most comfortable when I’m on my own,

without other people. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 1. Man 5.

15

Nick never smiles or jokes. He is a(n)

6. My brother is a(n)

.

. He always goes in for extreme sports.

7. Be careful about Kate. She is a(n)

. She loves prying

into other people’s lives. 8.

She spoils everybody’s fun. She is a(n)

.

9. He is interested in the arts and often attends cultural events.

.

He is a(n) 10.

Don’t be such a(n)

. Slow down and have more fun.

11. Kate’s husband is such a(n)

. He will only sit and watch TV

all day. 12. Martin is such a(n)

, isn’t he? He just goes around

telling people how intelligent he is. 13. Dorothy seemed to be a(n)

, but underneath she had

a heart of gold.

CLOTHES Ćwiczenie 1 a) Połącz w pary wyrazy w kolumnach, tak by złożyły się

w rozwinięte nazwy ubrań. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

short-sleeved double-breasted low-rise backless peaked pull-on button-down V-neck

www.cel-matura.pl



a)



b)



c)



d)



e)



f)



g)



h)

shoes dress sweater suit blouse shirt hat trousers

16

korepetycje maturzysty

b) Rozstrzygnij, które z materiałów wymienionych po lewej stronie kolumny

mogą być surowcem dla wszystkich trzech części garderoby z poszczególnych wierszy kolumny prawej. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

woollen leather denim linen silk



a)



b)



c)



d)



e)

tie, scarf, dress dress, shirt, suit shoes, jacket, belt cap, gloves, socks trousers, skirt, jacket

Ćwiczenie 2. Dopasuj początki i końcówki zdań z kolumn 1–12 i a–l,

tak by powstały pełne wypowiedzi. 1. Put on a coat, dear →

a) When the meeting was over →

2. Dennis rolled up his sleeves →

b) → or you’ll catch a cold.

3. → so he buckled the belt

c) → because she was too warm.

around his waist to hold them up.

d) → I took a larger size.

4. Tie up your shoelaces or →

e) → and got down to work.

5. Kris took off his clothes and →

f) → normally she wears casual

6. He pulled up the hood of his coat

to keep → 7. Mark tucked his shirt into the trousers

because →

clothes. g) His trousers were too loose → h) → he wanted to look

presentable.

8. Kate unzipped her jacket →

i) → his T-shirt and jeans.

9. I couldn’t do up the buttons

j) → went to bed.

on my shirt so → 10. → the man loosened his tie.

k) → you will trip over them. l) → his ears warm.

11. Laura loves dressing up

for parties but → 12. Thomas changed out of his suit into →

stara dobra szkoła

Unit 1. Man

17

Ćwiczenie 3. Uzupełnij teksty wyrazami z ramek. Zmień formę tam,

gdzie jest to konieczne. a)

hat

gloves

trousers

flaps

coat

The traveller put on cold-weather wearing a sheepskin terproof

2 4

fleece

reaching below the knee, winter 5

7

boots

to ward off the chilly wind. He was

1

, woolen

head he had a fur

clothes

and a 8

, wa-

underneath. On his

6

with ear

3

to cover his ears and cheeks.

It was very cold but he didn’t feel it. His clothes kept him warm from the inside out. b)

handbag

skirt

outfits

Meg likes tight 2

clothes

heels

sweater

in bold colours. Today she is wearing black leather

1

and a bright red

3

over a white collared

all look very good on her. She chose her red high with the sweater and the less showy c)

7

shoes

jeans

shirt

6

5

4

, which

with ankle straps to go

. I really like her style, although I would choose

. sweatshirt

footwear

hood

The teenager was wearing a gray oversized

1

with the

2

pulled

up over his head so you could hardly see his face. The sweatshirt had the slogan „Be Who You Are’’ on the front. His blue feet he had sports

4

3

were worn and a size too big. On his

, which were the only

5

he enjoyed wearing.

Ćwiczenie 4. Z podanych odpowiedzi wybierz właściwą, wpisując a, b lub c. 1.

At my school we have to wear



a) uniforms

2.



b) overalls

. c) suits

are ideal for the beach. a) Boots b) Clogs

www.cel-matura.pl

c) Flip-flops

18

korepetycje maturzysty

3.

It was cold today so Sue had to wear



a) slip

b) long johns

4. Richard is happy to wear a

under her trousers. c) stockings

to work, because he thinks of himself

as a professional.

a) suit

5.

Most women at the party wore full-length



a) skirts

6.

The girl was wearing a



a) skirt

7.

It was raining so the children put on



a) high heels

8.

b) coat

c) sweater

b) dresses

.

c) slips

which was just above her knees.

b) top

c) vest

b) wellingtons

and went outside. c) slippers

look fabulous, but they are uncomfortable to wear all day.



a) Trainers

b) Stilettos

c) Loafers

9.

It’s very windy. You’d better put on a windproof



a) jacket

10.

Paul was wearing



a) scarf

b) robe

.

c) top

to keep his hands warm. b) socks

c) mittens

Ćwiczenie 5. a) Dopasuj przymiotniki z kolumny A do wyrazów przeciwstawnych z kolumny B. A B 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

casual loose trendy off-the-peg neat plain slimming



a)



b)



c)



d)



e)



f)



g)

tailor-made smart eye-catching unflattering tight untidy old-fashioned stara dobra szkoła

Unit 1. Man

19

b) Wybierz z jednej z kolumn z 5a wyraz pasujący do każdego z poniższych zdań

i wstaw go w zaznaczone miejsce.

1.

Steve put on

clothes and a baseball cap.

2. Alice likes wearing 3.

jeans that show the shape of her legs.

The boutique sells

clothes for teens at reasonable prices.

4. Mike prefers

clothing because he can choose them

and buy immediately. 5.

Anyone wearing

clothes will not be permitted into the club.

6. Jane was wearing a(n)

skirt which drew everyone’s

attention. 7. I think that these trousers are

to your figure.

You look fat in them. Ćwiczenie 6. Uzupełnij dialogi poniższymi wyrażeniami. a)

shortened

e)

replaced

b)

let it out

f)

need a belt

c)

take it in

g)

lengthened

d)

remove

h)

sew it on

1.

A: This dress is too tight.



B: I’ll have to

.

2. A: I’m afraid these jeans are too loose.

They keep falling down.

B: You

to hold them up.

3.

A: Oh, no. The jacket is too long!



B: Don’t worry. It can be

.

4. A: The coat is very nice, but aren’t the sleeves too short?

B: They are. They need to be www.cel-matura.pl

a bit.

20

korepetycje maturzysty

5.

A: This is a nice jacket, but the zipper seems to be broken.

B: You can always take it to the tailor’s to get it

.

6. A: The blouse itself is cute. I love the fabrics and colour, but I don’t like

the shoulder pads. B: Nor do I. They look terrible, but I think it’s easy to 7.

A: Oh dear! The button has just come off my shirt.



B: Don’t worry. I’ll

8.

A: This dress is too big for me. It looks like a sack!



B: If you

them.

for you.

a bit, it will fit you well.

AGE Ćwiczenie 1. Wybierz odpowiedź, która najlepiej pasuje do kontekstu zdania. 1. Kate took a few days off work to help her sister take care

of her

daughter. She is eight weeks old and adorable.



a) new-born

b) teen

c) little

2.

Their son is a(n)



a) infant

3.

In most European countries it’s forbidden to sell alcohol to



a) minors

and he walks quite well for a one-year-old child. b) toddler

b) the elderly

c) minor

.

c) pensioners

4. are difficult to manage and they are often disrespectful

towards their parents.

a) New-born babies

5.

He is a(n)

b) Infants

c) Teenagers

now so let him make his own decisions.

a) teen

b) adult

c) youngster

6. My neighbour is a(n)

woman who needs help

around the house, so I go help her.

a) mature

b) young

c) elderly stara dobra szkoła

Unit 1. Man

21

7. A few days after delivery, Barbara was discharged from hospital

with her

daughter. They are both in good health.



a) adolescent

8.

Because Marc is still



a) under age

9. Mr Edwards is a

b) infant

c) teen

, he is ineligible to vote. b) teenager

c) young

and as such he is entitled to discounts

on public transport.

a) minor

10.

For a



a) 27-year-old

b) grown-up

c) pensioner

man he’s acting like a child. b) 27 years old

c) 27 years of age

Ćwiczenie 2. Uzupełnij poniższe zdania wyrażeniami z ramek

w odpowiedniej formie. in your prime

over the hill

in your teens

come of age

show your age

retire

grow up

your junior

on the other side of age

1. You will have the right to vote when you 2.

Robert is visibly

.

. He is going grey and out of shape.

3. In 15 years’ time, Janet will be 37 and still

and attractive. 4. Dorothy

in a large, working-class family in Newcastle.

5. Although Jack was only

, he was old enough

to look after his younger siblings. 6.

When he

7.

My brother is seven years

8.

She looks young but her neck and hands

9.

Martin is still very fit despite being

10.

He is

www.cel-matura.pl

, Paul plans to spend more time with his family. but we get on really well. . 40.

now she should be retiring by the end of the year.

22

korepetycje maturzysty

Ćwiczenie 3. Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź. a)

Nicholas is over 19, but

he doesn’t

1

, at least not to

me. His face is very childlike and you would say that he is 15 at the most. Like many

2

he is quite rebellious and he has an answer for everything, however,

I

was

perhaps

more difficult when I

3

.

Sometimes he even behaves more 6

4

than some

.

than to stay as Rose

9

has

8

b) act his age

2.

a) children

b) teenagers

3.

a) was his age

b) was his years

4.

a) childishly

b) maturely

5.

a) grown-ups

b) grown

6.

a) Boyhood

b) Adolescence

7.

a) adult

b) old

8.

a) get old

b) grow up

9.

a) young

b) childish

10.

a) teenage

b) teenager

as your

10

caught

mirror. She knows that she looks good for her age being in 1

7

and independent of

and move from youth to adulthood, you want nothing more

a  glimpse of herself in the

her

a) look his age

is not the easiest time of your life and you wish to be an

others, but when you

b)

5

1.

-forties. She has been

2

slowly and gracefully. Her

3

doesn’t show on her except

children.

1. a) mid

b) middle

2. a) getting on

b) growing up

3. a) time

b) age

4. a) age

b) forties

5. a) growing up

b) ageing

6. a) twenties

b) twenty

for the crow’s feet around her eyes and some wrinkles on her neck. At 45, Rose has a body that many women half her

4

would envy. This is probably because she works out regularly, jogs and

has her own dietician. She doesn’t worry about

5

confident now than she did when she was in her

6

. She claims that she feels more . stara dobra szkoła

Unit 1. Man

23

Ćwiczenie 4. Do każdego zdania z listy 1–10 dopasuj wynikającą z niego

wypowiedź wybraną z listy a–j.

1. Hard living has put years on her.

a) She is in her teens.

2. She takes good care of her skin,

b) She looks young for her age.

so you wouldn’t think that she is

c) She has come of age.

pushing forty.

d) She is in her late thirties

3. She has turned 18 and she’s planning to

e) She is an octogenarian.

move out of her parents’ house.

f) She is in her mid eighties.

4. She doesn’t look as old as she is. She’s

g) She is starting to show

always had a youthful face.

her age.

5. She has noticed a few gray hairs on the top

h) She is under age.

of her head.

i) She is in her early thirties.

6. She is too young to drive a car.

j) She looks old for her age.

7. She’s 14. She is at the point where she’s

starting to get interested in boys. 8. She is aged between 30 and 34. 9. S  he will be 82 in December, but she still dyes

her hair bright red. 10. A  lthough she is 85, she is remarkably agile.

Ćwiczenie 5. Uzupełnij dialogi poniższymi wyrażeniami. a)

put her at

e)

didn’t know her real age

b)

pass for much younger

f)

is catching up with him

c)

my age

g)

get to my age

d)

lived for

h)

remarkably mature

1. A: Grandpa, get stronger eyeglasses.

B: Argh! Wait till you www.cel-matura.pl

, boy.

24

korepetycje maturzysty

2.

A: How old is she?



B: She’s just 12, but for someone her age she is

3.

A: What age would you



B: I’d say thirty-five.

.

?

4. A: My great grandmother

over 100 years.



B: Oh, she had great genes.

5.

A: I can’t believe she is

!

B: Nor can I. She looks at least 40 if not older. 6. A: Margaret is over forty and she lies about her age.



B: She thinks she can

7.

A: How is Bob?

.

B: I think he is going to retire. His age 8.

.

A: Katy looks very mature.

B: That’s true. You would think she was 18 if you

.

FEELINGS AND EMOTIONS Ćwiczenie 1. Dopasuj wyrażenia w kolumnie A do ich definicji w kolumnie B. A

B

1. be thrilled to bits

a) speak angrily to someone

2. be as white as a sheet

b) stay calm and not show your feelings

3. lose one’s temper

c) be unable to decide about something

4. send shivers down sb’s spine

d) be worried, tense or nervous

5. keep a stiff upper lip

e) be full of energy

6. feel down

f) look pale because of illness or strong emotions

7. jump down sb’s throat

g) be unhappy

8. buzz with energy

h) make someone feel frightened or excited

9. be in two minds

i) become angry very quickly

10. get wound up

j) be extremely pleased stara dobra szkoła

Unit 1. Man

25

Ćwiczenie 2. Dopasuj początki i końcówki zdań z kolumn 1–10 i a–j

tak, by powstały pełne wypowiedzi. 1. Beth was as white as

a sheet when →

a) → win the award. b) → she heard the news.

2. Owen is usually calm but →

c) → started yelling at the child.

3. Brian’s wife jumped down

d) → it sent shivers down my spine.

his throat when → 4. Andrew didn’t let his emotions

show and →

e) → it is impossible to cool her down. f) → kept a stiff upper lip. g) → physically and emotionally

5. Her voice was so beautiful that →

lately.

6. Kim is in two minds →

h) → he got late home from work.

7. Meg lost her temper and →

i) → when Kate is around, he buzzes

8. Once she gets wound up → 9. I’ve been feeling a bit down →

with energy. j) → about what to study at university.

10. She was thrilled to bits to → Ćwiczenie 3. Wybierz właściwy wyraz spośród dwóch wyróżnionych. 1. I’ve never been as terrified / terrific as I am now in all my life. I’m shaking

hard and I can’t stop. 2. She was frank / frantic with worry when her son didn’t come home on time. 3.

I’ve grown weary / wary of being treated like a child.

4.

Thomas was stupid / stupefied when he saw her. It was so unexpected.

5.

Harry was by himself all day, feeling alone / lonely .

6. He was incredible / incredulous when his wife told him

that she was leaving him for another man. 7. The student was very pleased / pleasant with the mark

his teacher gave him. 8. Mike was visibly distressed / stressed

He couldn’t say a word. www.cel-matura.pl

by the accident.

26

korepetycje maturzysty

Ćwiczenie 4. Dopasuj przymiotniki z kolumny A do wyrazów przeciwstawnych

z kolumny B.

A B 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

discontented miserable



a)



b)



c)



d)



e)



f)



g)



h)

hysterical worried excited bored sympathetic energetic

composed enthusiastic sluggish



satisfied cheerful untroubled calm



uncaring

Ćwiczenie 5. Wybierz z jednej z kolumn z poprzedniego ćwiczenia wyraz pasujący

do każdego z poniższych zdań i wstaw go w zaznaczone miejsce. 1.

My boss is

with my work and criticises me regularly.

2. Jim was very

unlike his brother who was running around

the house, shouting. 3.

At first Anne was

by the news, but later she became alarmed.

4.

My sister is starting to get very

about the wedding.

5.

Most people yawn when they are

.

6.

She was very

towards all people affected by the flood.

7. Eating too much made me

. I was moving much more slowly than

usual. 8.

Susan has been

since Mark left her. It is getting her down.

BODY LANGUAGE AND GESTURES Ćwiczenie 1. Uzupełnij poniższe zdania wyrazami z ramek określającymi pozycję

ciała, nadając im odpowiednią formę gramatyczną. stand

slouch

kneel

lean

lie

squat

sit

crouch stara dobra szkoła

Unit 1. Man 1.

The man

2.

Grandma was

in the doorway, uncertain whether to enter or not. in an armchair by the fire.

3. Don’t

against the wall. It’s freshly painted.

4. Claire 5. I 6.

27

on the floor to tidy under the bed. down to take a picture of him from another angle.

Laura was

7. She

on the beach, reading a book. behind the bush to observe the birds and their young.

8. Don’t

. Sit up straight.

Ćwiczenie 2. Przypatrz się uważnie kolumnie A i B, odpowiedz jakie znaczenie

mają gesty 1–15, przypisując każdemu z nich odpowiednie objaśnienia a–o. A B 1. scratch your head 2. drum your fingers

a) e  ncouragement, congratulations,

consolation

3. cross your fingers

b) disagreement, „no”

4. clap your hands

c) g  etting someone attention,

5. bow

marking the beat of music

6. wave

d) disbelief, doubt

7. pat sb on the back

e) good luck

8. shrug your shoulders

f) agreement, understanding, „yes”

9. nod

g) disagreement, annoyance

10. hug

h) „hello” or „goodbye”

11. clench your fists

i) lack of knowledge, concern

12. rub your eyes

j) hostility, anger

13. shake your head

k) impatience

14. fold your arms

l) support, friendship, love

15. snap your fingers

m) applause n) confusion, thinking about something o) greeting, respect

www.cel-matura.pl

28

korepetycje maturzysty

Ćwiczenie 3. Uzupełnij zdania 1–15 odpowiednimi gestami z kolumny A

poprzedniego ćwiczenia, dopasuj formę gramatyczną wyrażeń opisujących te gesty. 1. Mark

his

in disbelief thinking that he was only

imagining it. 2.

The audience

their

3. The man

when the performance ended.

his

on the table as he waited impatiently

for the waitress to bring him his drink. 4. Robert

at us when he was getting on the train.

5. Dad

me

to congratulate me on passing the exam.

6. Hugh narrowed his eyes and

his

in anger,

but he didn’t say anything. 7. Johnny

his

across his chest and stared

at his parents stubbornly. 8.

I offered him a drink but he

9. We

his

.

each other when we met at the airport.

10.

The boy

to his neighbour as he greeted him.

11.

I will

12.

„Are you ok?” he asked. „Yes, I’m fine,” she

my

13. Paul

for you, dear. Best of luck!

his

.

, thinking of what to say.

14. She

her

to get his attention.

15. Bob

his

to say that he didn’t know the answer.

Ćwiczenie 4. Uzupełnij poniższe zdania wyrazami z ramek w odpowiedniej formie.

run

stick

tighten

shake

crane

tap

tap

fiddle

blink

point

draw

beckon

1. Dad

at the black clouds in the sky and reminded me to take

an umbrella. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 1. Man 2. He

at her flirtatiously, but she didn’t seem to notice.

3. Sophie 4.

29

her fingers through her hair, wondering what to do next.

Paul got nervous to the point that his hands were

5. He was

.

with a pen while he was waiting for his teacher to come.

6. I childishly

my tongue out at the driver

who was trying to overtake me. 7. I 8.

my foot in time to the music.

Jackie tried to

in her stomach to make herself look thinner.

9. Brian 10.

his lips, trying to calm his anger.

Katy smiled and

11. She 12.

to the little boy to come nearer.

me on the shoulder to wake me up.

The student

his neck to get a better view of the blackboard.

Ćwiczenie 5. Wyrażenia podkreślone w zdaniach 1–8 zastąp

odpowiadającymi im facial espressions z ramek. scowl

squint

roll one’s eyes

pout

frown

curl one’s lip

raise one’s eyebrows

smack one’s lips

1. Stop closing your eyes to see better. Go and get your glasses! 2. Amy showed surprise when she saw the price tag on the dress. 3. Don’t make so much noise while eating, please. 4. When he told her that he couldn’t afford to go on holiday,

she showed contempt. 5. Jennifer expressed exasperation when she saw what he was cooking

for dinner. 6. Kelly pushes out her lips in anger when things don’t go her way. 7.

Peggy bit her lip and looked angrily at her boyfriend.

8. Dennis brought his eyebrows together as he tried to remember what

had happened. www.cel-matura.pl

30

korepetycje maturzysty Focus on grammar Ćwiczenie 1. Przekształć zaznaczone czasowniki, tak aby pochodne formy

uzupełniały zdania 1–15. 1.

I was very

by the book. It was boring. 

2.

Adam is very

3.

The critics were thoroughly

4.

We were

disappoint .

and makes up his mind quickly. 

decide .

with her performance. 

as to why Tim would want to give up his job. 

impress . confuse .

5. Honestly, I’ve never thought of changing jobs.

I’m

with the one I have. 

6.

I don’t like Tom. He is

7.

Willy is

8.

We were all very

satisfy .

of all his colleagues.

contempt .

of his wife’s career. 

9. I’m very

envy .

by his constant sniffling. 

irritate .

at high house prices. I have no other choice

than to live at my parents’.  10. Molly was

anger .

when her husband left his dirty clothes

on the floor. 

annoy .

11.

Dad was

about the discussion getting too heated. 

12.

How is Katy’s new boyfriend? I find him very

13.

She was very

worry .

.

like .

by the prospect of getting a pay rise. 

excite .

14. Not going to college is one of the things that

I’m most

about. 

15. Zoe was acutely

regret .

about the things she had said

the other day. 

embarrass .

Ćwiczenie 2. W zaznaczone miejsca wstaw przymiotniki utworzone z podanych

obok rzeczowników lub czasowników. 1.

Peter was

2. I’m

for half the day, but he is in a better mood now.  to you, Adam, for all the help you’ve given me.  stara dobra szkoła

sulk . thank .

Unit 1. Man 3. The boy was

31

about what he had done and he feared

the consequences.  4.

fright .

My friend, Sue, seems to be very

5. His parents were

with her life. 

please .

when they found out that

he had been lying to them. 

rage .

6.

My boss is

when I have child-care problems. 

7.

Mark was

that he hadn’t been invited to the party. 

8. I’m very

compassion . offence .

about driving in the rain and on snowy roads. 

9. Laura is a very

person. She will help you out

however she can.  10. I’m

anxiety .

thought .

about his real intentions. I don’t think

I can trust him. 

doubt .

Ćwiczenie 3. W zaznaczone miejsca wpisz przymiotniki utworzone z podanych

obok rzeczowników.

From pre-Christian times until well into the Renaissance, scientists and  philosophers believed that four temperaments were responsible for human health and personality. This theory, the theory of four temperaments, dates back to Ancient Greece and stems from Hippocrates’ theory of four humours. Hippocrates, the father of medicine, believed that bodily fluids, also called the four humours, permeate the human body and determine man’s health, personality and moods. The four humours were: blood, yellow bile, black bile and phlegm. Blood was thought to come from the heart, yellow bile from the liver, black bile from the spleen, and phlegm from the brain. According to this theory, good health was when the bodily fluids were in balance and illness occurred when they were not. Each of the fluids was associated with a different personality type. Sanguine corresponds to the fluid of blood. A person who is sanguine is fulness  ,

3

  confidence  ,

4

1

  optimism  ,

  warmness   and

2 5

  cheer-

  sociability  .

Sanguines usually have a positive attitude in life. Because of this, it’s sometimes very www.cel-matura.pl

32

korepetycje maturzysty

difficult to tell whether they are going through a hard time as they can laugh their path through a storm. Choleric indicates the personality of an individual characterised by yellow bile. As  the name suggests, an individual belonging to this personality type is a leader and a doer who can inspire people in lots of ways. Cholerics are 6

  ambition  ,

7

  energy  ,

8

  opinion  , and strive for a position

of power. Melancholic is the personality of a person dominated by black bile. Melancholics are generally 12

9

  kindness  ,

10

  help  . They can also be very

  consideration  , 13

creativity and

Due to their fragile disposition, melancholics tend to get easily 16

11

  empathy   and

14 15

imagination .

  courage   or even

  depression   at times. Phlegmatic is the personality of an individual with a pre-

dominance of  phlegm. Phlegmatics are and therefore sometimes

19

17

  shyness   and

18

  calmness  ,

  passivity  . They can get along with anyone, although

they let others take a lead. Ćwiczenie 4. W zaznaczone miejsca wpisz przymiotniki utworzone z podanych

obok rzeczowników.

In his famous work The Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals, Charles Darwin suggested that babies are able to recognise other people’s facial expressions. He observed this on the example of his baby son who assumed a 

1

  melancholy   expression in a situation where a maid in the Darwins’ home

pretended to cry. Because the boy hadn’t had any previous experience of seeing a crying person before and as such couldn’t have associated crying with a  feeling of sadness, Darwin suggested that he must have inherited this association. In the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, Gili Peleg, a researcher from the University of Haifa, Israel, described 21 interviews she recorded with born‑blind people and 30 interviews with normal-sighted people that the blind people were genetically related to. She asked them to recount experiences of when they were 5

2

  dejection  ,

3

  fury  ,

4

  disgust   and

  happiness  . As they did so, their faces assumed the appropriate

emotions. Then, she gave them a test to see what they looked like when they were stara dobra szkoła

Unit 1. Man 6

33

  concentration   and

7

  surprise  . Next, she watched all the

recorded interviews and observed that although the blind volunteers had never seen their relatives’ faces before, their facial expressions were strikingly alike. Ćwiczenie 5. Uzupełnij zdania przymiotnikami, dodając do podanych

rzeczowników odpowiedni przyrostek. 1. Be 2.

After a

3.

Stop being so

4.

It was a

who you hang around with. 

care .

day at school, I was looking forward to a nap.  !

self .

lie told to get out of trouble. 

coward .

5. My younger brother is 16, and like most 16 year olds, he is 6.

She looked great in that

7.

It was

8.

It’s

.  child .

dress. 

flower .

of me to think I would learn to ski easily. 

fool .

to trust strangers. 

9. Her 10.

trouble .

risk .

instincts told her that something was wrong. 

I realised I had to make a change, so I went on a

diet. 

mother . rigour .

Ćwiczenie 6. W zaznaczone miejsca wstaw przysłówki utworzone z podanych

obok przymiotników. 1.

I got a bad cold because I didn’t dress

enough. 

warm .

2. Aunt Dorothy turned 60 last week, but she always

dresses 3.

.

fashionable .

Paul put on his jacket

4. She wrapped her shawl

and ran out the door.  around her face to ward off

the night chill. 5.

Look how

quick .

tight .

she walks in those high heels! 

clumsy .

6. Catherine likes to look great, so she chooses her clothes

very www.cel-matura.pl

.

careful .

34

korepetycje maturzysty

7. Each time we’re in this restaurant, we are served

by a 8.

dressed waitress. 

My sister dresses very

for her body type. 

9. Jenny spoke 10.

The pupil

scant . bad .

in front of an audience of over 300 people.  confident . waited for the class to end. 

patient .

Ćwiczenie 7. Wybierz poprawny przysłówek. 1.

He is a highly / high experienced employee.

2.

Peggy was deep / deeply saddened to hear about it.

3.

I haven’t been myself lately / late .

4. I’m near / nearly ready. I will be downstairs in a minute. 5.

Because she is overweight, she thinks low / lowly of herself.

6.

Tim was very nervous and insisted on speaking last / lastly .

7.

I love all kinds of tea, but I most / mostly drink Jasmine.

8.

They’ve found a lovely flat near / nearly the city center.

9. Let’s go outside and talk free / freely without being disturbed

by all this noise. 10.

Wait for me. I will be back shortly / short .

11.

I’ve broken up with Harry. I can hard / hardly believe it’s over.

12. I’m prettily / pretty sure that he is the man I want to spend

the rest of my life with. Ćwiczenie 8. W zaznaczone miejsca wstaw przysłówki utworzone z podanych

obok przymiotników. 1.

After thirty-five years they are still

2. Though Alice was in a hurry, she

married. 

happy .

answered

the questions.  3. We meet

polite .

although we live far apart from

each other.  4. My teacher speaks very

regular .

, so it’s sometimes difficult

to follow him. 

fast . stara dobra szkoła

Unit 1. Man 5. 

35

speaking, I’m not sure if we are meant to be together

forever. 

honest .

6. Susie speaks

of her ex-husband even though

he was nasty to her.  7.

good .

They dated for a short time and got married

.

hasty .

Ćwiczenie 9. Dodaj odpowiedni przyimek do przymiotników

w poniższych zdaniach. 1.

Tom is fond

/ interested

2. She was so absorbed

/ keen

computers.

/ preoccupied

/ engrossed

the book that she didn’t notice me enter the room. 3.

Kate was apprehensive

/ afraid

4. The boy was sorry

/ scared

/ ashamed

travelling alone.

/ embarrassed

what he had done. 5. I was amazed

/ impressed

/ fascinated

the spectacular

views of the mountains. 6.

She was pleased

/ grateful

7.

Judy is obsessed

/ concerned

/ appreciative / upset

his assistance. her weight.

Ćwiczenie 10. Wybierz odpowiedni przyimek. 1.

I was proud



a) with

2.

I strongly disapprove



a) to

3.

The politician is completely dedicated



a) towards

b) for

4.

Don’t be angry

me. I told you I was very sorry.



a) on

b) with

5.

When I first met him, I was very suspicious



a) of

www.cel-matura.pl

getting to the top of that mountain. b) of

c) from

smoking in public places.

b) with

b) by

c) of

his community. c) to

c) of

his behaviour.

c) towards

36

korepetycje maturzysty

6.

Even as a grown-up man he was dependent



a) from

7.

As a teenager, Amy felt inferior



a) from

8.

Their son is weak



a) at

9.

Peggy felt guilty



a) about

10.

Tom is financially independent



a) of

b) of

his father.

c) on

her classmates.

b) of

c) to

maths and he needs assistance to catch up. b) with

c) on

forgetting to call him on his birthday. b) of

c) in

his parents and lives on his own.

b) from

c) on

Ćwiczenie 11. Uzupełnij zdania, używając podanych przymiotników

w stopniu wyższym lub najwyższym. 1. My brother, who is much 2. Bob is not as

old than me, is still a bachelor.

tall as me, but he is a far

good

basketball player. 3. She might have

some money than I have, but she has

such bad taste! 4.

Kate’s hair is slightly

5.

You are by far

6.

How do you do it? Each time I see you, you look

7. Her 8. Joe is

long than mine. good sister in the world. beautiful .

strong point is knowing her weaknesses. funny guy I have ever met. He makes me laugh

at all the crazy things he does. 9. Debra is one of

thin and

pretty girls in the class,

though she lacks confidence. 10.

Who is

11. She is much

important person in your life? aggressive than she used to be, but she is not liked

by her colleagues. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 1. Man

37

12.

Ted is

responsible than you and me, but he is boring.

13.

Come meet my brother. He is

14. She is

old one among us.

little enthusiastic about skiing than me, but she is looking

forward to the winter season. 15. Mr Jones is

bad teacher I’ve ever had. He comes to class

unprepared and he doesn’t know how to teach. Ćwiczenie 12. Uzupełnij zdania, używając podanych przymiotników

w stopniu równym, wyższym lub najwyższym. These days

1

  many and many   people have gone to such extremes

in their worship of beauty that they are ready to pay any price to look 2

  attractive  

and

3

  young  .

The

concept

of

attractiveness,

although highly subjective, is almost universally agreed. Gone are the days when Rubenesque pear-shaped women of alluring curves and overweight men were considered as 5

4

  beautiful   as today’s top models. People become

confident if they don’t live up to the standards of beauty imposed on them

by mass media and popular culture. They want ideal faces with harmonious features, not a wrinkle in sight, perfect noses, full lips, beautiful teeth and slim bodies. And this is where contemporary medicine comes in and can do more than is apparent in rebuilding your body. There is nothing wrong with wishing to look

6

good ,

however – when abused – plastic surgery can go horribly wrong. Unfortunately, having plastic surgery is like eating cookies. It hardly ever stops at just one plastic surgery episode as it often leads to a

7

far one. One of

8

famous people who

went overboard with improving his body was Michael Jackson. Michael Jackson started his career as a small boy with an afro, Afro-American features, and medium brown skin. However, over the years his face transformed into one that was unlike any other due to repeated plastic surgery. He had his skin bleached and his hair straightened. His nose was gradually narrowed to look „more white”. His lips got his eyebrows got

10

9

thin ,

high and he had a cleft put into his chin. People joke that

he was born a black man and ended up a white woman. While obviously his example is www.cel-matura.pl

38

korepetycje maturzysty

a threat of what may happen if plastic surgeries go mad, using it as a reason to avoid such surgery at all is neither fair nor sensible. Ćwiczenie 13. Uzupełnij zdania za pomocą porównania the + stopień wyższy…

the + stopień wyższy oraz stopień wyższy + and + stopień wyższy. 1.

Every day she grew

2.

Scott worked

thin and hard and

3.

long she studied,

4.

old you grow,

5.

good I knew him,

6.

pale .

She liked him

hard , and never got any rest. much progress she made. wise you become. strong my feelings for him became.

little and

little each day.

7.

much I work,

hungry I become.

8.

high you rise,

hard you fall.

9.

rich he got,

10.

fast we walk,

stingy he appeared. sooner we will get home.

Ćwiczenie 14. Uzupełnij zdania, używając podanych przysłówków

w stopniu wyższym lub najwyższym.

1. Susie has a sweet tooth. She eats sweets

than she should.  2.

Jack works

3.

Tony dresses

frequent .

of all, but he has no aptitude for maths.  than other boys I know. 

4. Yesterday I went to bed

but I slept

hard . fashionable .

than usual, .

early, little .

5. Because Sheila is extremely self-absorbed, she won’t find

a friend 6.

.

easy .

If you put more thought into it I’m sure you can do

7. I wish Tony could visit me

than just around the corner. 

, but he lives

.

good .

away often, far . stara dobra szkoła

Unit 1. Man 8.

39

Let’s look

into this problem. 

9. His grammar is getting

far .

and he speaks English

now than he did last term. 

good, fluent .

10. Adam expects everyone to be nice to him,

but he treats others

.

bad .

Ćwiczenie 15. Uzupełnij poniższe zdania wyrazami z ramek.

nowhere near better

sooner

far

nothing

quite

bit

the more

the best

definitely

marginally

1. Speaking to people online is

like speaking to strangers

on the street. 2. Although I was

late for class, the teacher told me:

„Next time you’re late, I won’t let you in.” 3. Andy is a tiny 4. I’d

taller than me. lie on the couch and watch TV than go out for a meal

with him. 5. You’d be 6. It’s

off wearing a dress to a wedding than a skirt. easier to destroy a relationship than to make it stronger.

7. Michael is not

as smart as his brothers, but he’s nice and funny.

8. No doubt about it, it’s surely

thing for the children to stay

with their mother. 9. She is

not as interesting as her sister.

10. Ellen is

as good a communicator as Patty.

11. The more you know Ted,

comfortable you are around him.

Ćwiczenie 16. Ułóż przymiotniki w odpowiedniej kolejności. 1.

hair

long

2.

shoes

sports

3.

a blouse

silk

www.cel-matura.pl

curly

jet-black

comfortable elegant

leather

evening

40

korepetycje maturzysty 4.

a jacket

old-fashioned

5.

a student

bright

6.

a teacher

tall

7.

clothes

child-sized

8.

a sweater

woollen

9.

neighbours young

10.

nose

British

17-year-old language

hooked

beige

big

medical

young

casual

noisy

brown

organic

v-neck Italian ugly

Ćwiczenie 17. Utwórz przymiotniki złożone charakteryzujące poniższe zdania

i wyrażenia.

Wzór: A boy who uses his left hand for writing → A left-handed boy 1.

A child with bad manners. → 

2.

A politician who has a good heart. → 

3.

A shirt with short sleeves. → 

4.

A woman with an open mind. → 

5.

A girl with long legs. → 

6.

A man with a foul mouth. → 

7.

A girl with blue eyes. → 

8.

A person with fair hair. → 

9.

A driver who has short sight. → 

10.

A lady in middle age. → 

Ćwiczenie 18. Jak nazywają się ludzie opisani w poniższych wyrażeniach?

Wzór: People who are aged 18 to 34 → The young 1.

People who are out of work. → 

2.

People who cannot hear. → 

3.

People suffering from a disease. → 

4.

People who live from hand to mouth. → 

5.

People who suffer from visual impairment. → 

6.

People who have no roof to live under. → 

7.

People who have physical defects. →  stara dobra szkoła

Unit 1. Man

41

8.

People who are aged 65 and above. → 

9.

People who live in luxury. → 

10.

People who have at least a bachelor’s degree. → 

11.

Children and young adults. → 

12.

People who show a lack of good judgment. → 

Ćwiczenie 19. Uzupełnij poniższe zdania rzeczownikami grupowymi

utworzonych od przymiotników. 1.

The building doesn’t have any facilities for

2.

.

read Braille by feeling letters with their fingertips.

3. What

need is the attention and care of their own families.

4.

The mayor intends to build shelters for

5.

Avoid companionship with

.

.

6.

live longer because they have better access to health care.

7.

struggle to make both ends meet.

8.

have always wanted to change the world.

9.

In Sweden all TV programmes are broadcast with subtitles for

10.

The organisation helps

.

to gain new skills and find work.

Ćwiczenie 20. Zapisz słownie podkreślone liczebniki. 1.

Jack is in his 40s

now, but shows no signs of slowing down.

2.

Chloe is 15

3.

A: Your son is an adult now.



B: That’s right. He is turning 18

and Bob 16

. They are around the same age. on the 11th

.

4. A: My folks are planning a big surprise birthday

for my granddad’s 80th

birthday.



B: I didn’t know he is 80

. I thought he was much younger.

5.

Is she really 30? I thought she was just around her early 20s

6.

Your grandma looks great. I want to look like her when I am 60

7. We look forward to seeing you at our 21st

celebration. It’s on September 15 8.

George is having his 28th

www.cel-matura.pl

. .

wedding anniversary .

birthday coming up. Have you been invited?

42

korepetycje maturzysty

9.

A: Why is Wendy in a festive mood?



B: Oh, you didn’t know? It’s her 42nd

10.

My uncle retired in 2012

birthday today.

before he was 60

11. Robert will turn 50

on April 21

. , but he won’t officially

celebrate it until St George’s Day on April 23 12. Agnes is 35

years old. Peter is 48

difference of 13

. . That makes an age

years. They will celebrate their 3rd

wedding anniversary in June. Ćwiczenie 21. Połącz zdania z tabelki A ze zdaniami z tabelki B. A 1. My brother is plain lazy. 2. Nick is a terrible gossip. 3. Scott is career-

-orientated.

B a) He is always poking his nose into other people’s

business. b) He is always letting me down. c) He is always complaining about something.

4. F  ranc is hot-headed.

d) He is constantly talking about himself.

5. My boss is a grouch.

e) He is always blaming others for his own

6. Tom is unreliable.

mistakes.

7. Mr Morgan is

f) He is always getting lost in his own thoughts.

a busybody.

g) He is continually putting things off until the

8. He is a finger pointer. 9. Her boyfriend is

self-absorbed. 10. O  wen is

absent-minded.

very last minute. h) He is continually talking about people behind

their back. i) He is always losing his temper about nothing. j) He is constantly thinking about his job.

Focus on matura Zadanie 1.

Egzaminujący: Let’s start with Task 1. Read the task. You have about half a minute for that. Then we will start.

stara dobra szkoła

Unit 1. Man

43

After about 30 seconds

Egzaminujący: Can we start now? Dostałeś się na studia w dużym mieście z dala od miejsca zamieszkania. Wynajmujesz pokój wspólnie z osobą w Twoim wieku. W czasie wizyty w domu rozmawiasz o tym ze swoją siostrą.

– opowiedz, jak Wam się wspólnie mieszka,



– opisz, jak wygląda,



– powiedz, jaki ma styl ubierania,



– jakie ma cechy charakteru.

Rozmowę rozpoczyna egzaminujący. Egzaminujący: Thank you. Let’s move on to Task 2. Zadanie 2.

Egzaminujący: Describe the picture. After about 10 seconds. Egzaminujący: Thank you. I will now ask you three questions. Uwaga: na egzaminie maturalnym pytania do ilustracji znajdują

Przykładowe pytania

się wyłącznie w zestawie

1. How is the girl feeling now

egzaminującego.

Egzaminujący: Thank you. Let’s move on to Task 3.

www.cel-matura.pl

and how do you know? 2. What do you think has happened? 3. Have you ever felt like that?

44

korepetycje maturzysty

Zadanie 3.

Egzaminujący: Read the task and think about what you’d like to say. You have about a minute to prepare. Po upływie ok. minuty Egzaminujący: Can you start now? Popatrz na Zdjęcie 1 i Zdjęcie 2. Zostałeś zaproszony na przyjęcie

Zdjęcie 1 Zdjęcie 2

urodzinowe kolegi. Zastanawiasz się, jak się ubrać. Masz do wyboru dwie możliwości. – Wybierz ubranie, w którym będziesz czuć się najlepiej. – Wyjaśnij, dlaczego odrzucasz drugą propozycję. Egzaminujący: Thank you. I will now ask you two questions. Przykładowe pytania 1. Do you enjoy shopping for clothes?

Why, why not?

Egzaminujący: Thank you.

2. What do you think about designer clothes?

This is the end

3. Do you match your clothes to your mood?

of the exam.

4. Can you make your own clothes?

stara dobra szkoła

Unit 2. Social and family life Rodzina to najważniejsze ogniwo w łańcuchu życia społecznego, to środowisko, z którego wkraczaliśmy w świat społeczny i dzięki któremu nauczyliśmy się, jak komunikować się i współdziałać z innymi ludźmi. Rozwiązując ćwiczenia z tego rozdziału, powtórzysz znane i poznasz nowe słownictwo traktujące o rodzicach i rodzeństwie, krewnych, przyjaciołach i znajomych. Pogłębisz także znajomość wyrażeń mówiących o życiu towarzyskim, uroczystościach i spotkaniach odbywanych przy okazji świąt czy jubileuszy. W części gramatycznej ćwiczenia umożliwią usystematyzowanie i utrwalenie następujących zagadnień: rzeczowniki, zaimki, czasowniki frazowe (phrasal verbs). Na koniec trzy przykładowe zadania na ustną maturę odnoszące się do tematyki rodziny i życia towarzyskiego.

46

korepetycje maturzysty Focus on vocabulary FAMILY Ćwiczenie 1. Uzupełnij poniższe zdania wyrazami z ramek.

siblings

half-brother

stepmother

single parent

only child

cousin

1. Mary is a(n)

twin

in-laws

grandma

uncle

niece

nephew

next of kin

with a 14-year-old daughter. She split from her

husband a few years ago. 2. I’m concerned about my

. Her mother, my sister, is too lenient

with her and spoils her. 3. I am a(n)

and I have always wanted to have a brother

or sister. 4. It was my

who took care of us when our parents were

at work. 5.

Kate is very different from her

6.

Oliver is my

in both looks and personality.

. We have the same mother but different fathers.

7. When she was a child, Kristie thought her

was her real mother

but later she found out the truth. 8.

Bob is my uncle’s son, which means he is my

9.

Joe comes from a large family. He has four

. .

10. Steve’s sister is expecting a child and he is very excited about

becoming a(n)

.

11. Dave is my sister’s youngest boy, who is more like a son to me

than a 12.

.

Police know the identity of the injured man and informed his

13. My

are very nice people, but now that we have a baby,

they want to come over to our place all the time. stara dobra szkoła

.

Unit 2. Social and family life

47

Ćwiczenie 2. W miejsca zaznaczone wstaw odpowiednie wyrażenie oznaczające

związek rodzinny w linii męskiej i zawierające słowo father. 1. My cousin has asked me to be the

of his baby. I’m very honoured.

2.

Jack is a

bringing up his two children on his own.

3.

He is my

. I have never seen my biological father.

4.

Kevin became a

to two orphan boys.

5. It was my

who taught me things that every boy should know.

My father was too busy working and providing for the family. 6. I don’t go on well with my

. My husband’s dad is overbearing

and controlling. 7. This is a four-generation picture of my family. Let’s start from the oldest

member: this is my

Joseph with his second wife Stella.

Ćwiczenie 3. Uzupełnij tekst wyrazami z ramek.

mother

relative

children

siblings

grandfathers

father

grandma

grandpa

stepsiblings

stepmother

Looking through an old family album, Robert stumbled upon a black and white photograph from many years ago of himself as a baby on an elderly man’s lap. It was his 1

, his mother’s father, but he didn’t remember him. Actually, he never knew

neither one of his

2

. His father’s

3

left the family and married another

woman soon after Robert was born. His

4

never found another man and his

dad never accepted his

6

as family. Robert was about to put

5

and his

the album down when another picture caught his attention. It was one of his

7

as a young woman and along with her was a boy of about three years old, and in his mother’s arms a little girl wrapped in a blanket. These two 9

8

were his younger

: William and Elisabeth. This picture had been taken at his family’s holiday

house a few days before a distant

10

’s wedding.

Those pictures brought Robert a lot of old memories of his childhood and he thought of it as the happiest time of his life. www.cel-matura.pl

48

korepetycje maturzysty

Ćwiczenie 4. Uzupełnij poniższe zdania wyrazami z ramek w odpowiedniej formie.

run pass

resemble

take

have got

tell

splitting

alike

different

cheese

1. You could easily

for your brother. I had to look twice

to make sure it was you. 2. Apart from the difference of age, Tom is the

image

of his grandfather. 3. Kim

her mother’s nose, her blue eyes and her smile.

4. Freckles

in my family, but I don’t have so many as my parents.

5. I don’t have anything in common with my sister. We are like chalk

and

.

6. Kate

her mother greatly. She looks a lot like her.

7. Although Tom and Dave are brothers, they are very

from each other in appearance and character. 8. My dad and I are

in many ways. We share the same interests

and the same sense of humour. 9. Scott

after his father. He is similar to him in character.

10. The only way to

the twins apart is by the little scar on Tom’s chin.

Ćwiczenie 5. Uzupełnij poniższe zdania wyrażeniami z ramek.

broken family foster family

patchwork family

extended family

nuclear family

immediate family

1. The boy was placed in a(n)

because his parents weren’t able

to take care of him. 2. Julia doesn’t want to live in a(n)

. She wants to get married,

start a family and live without her relatives. 3. Linda is going through a divorce and feels very sad that her son

is going to be raised in a(n)

. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 2. Social and family life 4. Lynn feels lonely living in a(n)

49

. Her husband is busy

with his work and her children are busy with their studies. Sometimes she has no one to talk to. 5. George is in hospital now and only his 6. Meg and Paul make a nice

are allowed to visit him.

. They brought their own children into

the marriage, and now they have had a daughter together. Ćwiczenie 6. Rozwiąż krzyżówkę. Uwaga: niektóre hasła są dwuwyrazowe, między wyrazami uwzględniamy jednokratkowy odstęp (spację).

Down

1

1. someone’s child or children

2

2. an informal word for grandmother

3

6. a member of your family 8. a child of your uncle or aunt

4

9. husband or wife Across

5

3. someone’s first child

6

4. the son of your brother or sister 7

8

5. an informal word for grandfather

9

7. someone related to you

who lived a long time ago 10. your relatives by marriage,

10

especially the father and mother of your husband or wife

11

11. the daughter of your brother or sister

FRIENDS AND RELATIONS Ćwiczenie 1. Uzupełnij poniższe zdania wyrazami z ramek. W razie potrzeby

zastosuj formę liczb mnogiej. old flame stranger

neighbour colleague

www.cel-matura.pl

team-mate roommate

classmate good friend

friend of a friend old beau

pen friend

acquaintance

50

korepetycje maturzysty

1.

I don’t know Mark personally. He is just a(n)

2. People spend more time talking to

. on the internet

than to their own family. 3.

We have been

4.

Kate is my

since childhood. . We have been living together for more than a year.

5. Yesterday I ran into my

. We broke up two years ago,

but I’m not over him yet. 6. At the recent school reunion I met Linda, my

.

We dated for a really long time. 7. My next-door

is an elderly woman who knows everything

about everyone. 8.

They are

. They play football for the same team.

9.

Paul is my

10.

I invited a(n)

. We’ve been sitting together for a while now. from work to a barbecue party at my place.

11. Claire is my

. We’ve been writing to each other

for three years now. 12.

Rob is only a(n)

, but I’d like to get to know him better.

Ćwiczenie 2. Dopasuj czasowniki z kolumny A do wyrażeń z kolumny B,

tak aby powstały sformułowania dotyczące relacji międzyludzkich. A B 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

break lose go fall look make get keep



a)



b)



c)



d)



e)



f)



g)



h)

out with a crush on touch friends to know on well with the first move out over stara dobra szkoła

Unit 2. Social and family life have

9.

get

10.

make

11.



i)



j)



k)

51

in touch up with up to

Ćwiczenie 3. Uzupełnij luki w zdaniach 1–11, używając sformułowań z ćwiczenia 2

w odpowiedniej formie. 1.

It’s hard to

with my new neighbours. They are very unkind.

2. They

whose turn it was to do the dishes.

3. We 4.

although we live many miles apart from each other.

We were friends in college, but we

5. Amy and Nick

after graduation.

each other, but after two weeks

they got back together. 6.

He is very shy and it’s very hard for him to

7.

Tom is a very friendly person when you

8. Andrew

. him.

his boss because he has been always supportive of him.

9. My brother has been

this girl for more than a year.

She is his first girlfriend. 10. Steve

her, but he never asked her out.

11. Who

to make up whenever you and your boyfriend quarrel?

Ćwiczenie 4. Uzupełnij tekst wyrazami z ramek w odpowiedniej formie.

member former

old

reconnect

real-life

school

touch best

befriend love

ex

make

relationship

Debra was introduced to Facebook through Alice, her told her that this way she got in years. She began to

3

2

1

friend. Alice

with people she hadn’t heard from in

and Kim wished she could do the same. Soon she

opened her account and searched the site to find her old www.cel-matura.pl

form

4

friends. Most

52

korepetycje maturzysty

of them had already signed up to hear again from their 6

or family members and to

7

that couldn’t have been

8 10

classmates, first

new people.

The internet provides a great opportunity to 9

5

friends. There are many

otherwise, but there are some dan-

gers to talking to people that you don’t know. Because of this, some community websites only accept

11

who are invited by their

Kim logged on to Facebook and saw that Mike, her

12 13

friends.

-boyfriend, sent her

an invitation to his birthday party. She was very pleased to contact her friends again and hear how they were doing. Ćwiczenie 5. Dopasuj początki i końcówki zdań z kolumn 1–10 i a–j tak,

by powstały pełne wypowiedzi.

1. Scott was a really good friend

to me → 2. How do you know Alice? I met → 3. Sue and I have been inseparable → 4. I ’m friendly with Robert

although → 5. Joe is not afraid of losing his job.

He has → 6. They met at a business meeting

and immediately → 7. It’s only when you are

in need of help → 8. Mike introduced me to his friends → 9. Ron has been with Jane for ages.

He →

a) → weren’t right for each other. b) → ever since we were children. c) → when I had a difficult time

last year. d) → friends in high places. e) → her through my elder

brother. f) → absolutely adores her. g) → struck up a friendship

which lasted long years. h) → he is sometimes difficult

to be with. i) → that you know who your

true friends are. j) → at his birthday party.

10. Why did you break up? Oh, we → stara dobra szkoła

14

Unit 2. Social and family life

53

Ćwiczenie 6. Uzupełnij dialogi poniższymi wyrażeniami. a)

catch up on

f)

get together

b)

hit it off

g)

in touch

c)

take

h)

buddies up

d)

comes across

i)

make it up

e)

feel on the same wavelength

j)

split up

1.

A: How come you like almost the same things?



B: That’s because we

2.

A: Hey, Mark. How are you? I haven’t seen you for ages.



B: Yeah, I think it was three years ago at Bob’s birthday party.



A: Why don’t we go for a coffee and

the gossip?

3.

A: They’ve broken up, but they will

eventually.



B: Why do you think so?



A: Oh, he always guilts her into taking him back.

4.

A: Are you still



B: No, not since graduation.

5.

A: Have you heard that Sue and Paul



B: Yes, they fell out over something silly and haven’t seen each other since.



A: Such a pity. They made such a lovely couple.

6.

A: So, how did you meet Thomas?



B: Well, we met through mutual friends at a party. We

7.

A: I’m very sorry. Let’s



B: It’s OK. But don’t let me down again.

8.

A: Will keeps himself to himself all the time.



B: Not surprisingly, nobody

9.

A: Their marriage didn’t



B: I don’t know. I thought it was happy.

www.cel-matura.pl

.

with Denis? ?

and move on.

with him. . I wonder why.

immediately.

54

korepetycje maturzysty

10.



A: What is David like? B: He

as a friendly person, but I keep my guard up around him.

CELEBRATIONS AND SPECIAL OCCASSIONS Ćwiczenie 1. Dopasuj czasowniki z kolumny A do wyrażeń z kolumny B. A B 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

wrap up



throw

a)

celebrate dress up watch

b)

c)



d)



e)

stock up decorate lay drink congratulate

f)

g)



h)



i)



j)

on a huge spread the house a present the fireworks display for the party a toast on snacks and beverages somebody on a surprise birthday party one’s wedding anniversary

Ćwiczenie 2. Uzupełnij luki w zdaniach 1–10, używając wyrażeń z ćwiczenia 1

w odpowiedniej formie.

1. In spite of the bad weather, many people came to 2. Josh is very anxious to

for his bachelor party.

3. Christmas is approaching. It’s time to 4. Jerry 5. The two of us really

. with light candles.

in shining paper. , unlike the rest who were wearing

casual clothes. 6. Claire, along with her family, is planning to

for her grandma. 7. Joe and Liz went to Paris for a romantic weekend to

. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 2. Social and family life 8. Dorothy

when her son was accepted to university.

9. Let’s

to your passing the exam with an A.

10. I

his recent promotion.

Ćwiczenie 3. Uzupełnij tekst wyrazami z ramek. W razie potrzeby zastosuj formę

liczby mnogiej. candle

wish

blow

– Many happy

bite 1

return

cake

, Jeff. I hope you have an enjoyable day and that you get

all the things that you wish for. –O  h, the day’s been really wonderful. Thank you all. –N  ow, here’s the

2

and blow out the

. Go ahead, close your eyes, take a deep breath 3

.

– There’re so many of them! (Jeff blows out a few candles and everyone applauds) – OK, one more make a

4 5

. Get the last candle. Awesome! Now, you’ve got to

, but don’t tell it, and take a

– Ah, you guys are great. Thank you so much for this. Ćwiczenie 4. Uzupełnij dialogi poniższymi zdaniami. a)

I’m so happy for you

b)

May we always be together

c)

I hope yours is too

d)

Congrats, I wish you luck on the road

e)

Let’s raise our glasses

f)

Here’s to your new job

g)

It would be a great way to feel young again

h)

I guess I was just lucky

www.cel-matura.pl

6

.

55

56

korepetycje maturzysty

1.

A:



B: To Kate and Paul!

2.

A: Our baby is due next week!



B: Really? Wow!

3.

A: You have won the game. Congratulations!



B: Thank you.

4.

A: Happy Anniversary. I can’t believe it’s been two years since we first met.



B: All the best!

5.

A: I hope your New Year is off to a good start.

B:

to Kate and Paul, who are getting married today.

. Congratulations! . .

.

6.

A: I’ve got a job. I start on Monday!



B: That’s a great news. It’s time for champagne.

7.

A: I’ve passed my driving test.

B: 8.

!

. I knew you’d pass.

A: How about having a class reunion?

B:

. Can you believe it’s been 20 years already?

Ćwiczenie 5. Przyporządkuj nazwy w ramkach zamieszczonym poniżej

opisom spotkań towarzyskich. wedding anniversary party surprise birthday party a)

baby shower

stag party

going away party

housewarming party

Last week my friends threw a party for me in a trendy restaurant which served

tasty food on a lovely patio. They wanted to wish me a good trip and a safe return before I left for Oslo for six months. I’m so lucky to have such good friends around me. I couldn’t have asked for a better send-off. b)

It was not easy to throw this party because we had to make sure that Mum wouldn’t

suspect anything. To keep it a secret, we hid all the party stuff at our neighbour’s place. That way we weren’t worried that Mum would find by accident any confetti, balloons stara dobra szkoła

Unit 2. Social and family life

57

or party hats. By the time she got home, everyone had hid in the kitchen and when she walked in, the lights went on and we all jumped out, yelling „Surprise!” Mum was genuinely puzzled. The look on her face was priceless. c)

Peter has moved into a new flat and wants to celebrate it with some close friends

and family. The flat isn’t in perfect shape. It is not furnished either, and as of right now, the only pieces of furniture that he has is a kitchen table, some chairs and a big mattress to sleep on. The party will be rather a simple get-together with people touring the flat rather than playing party games. d)

This party is held for mums-to-be, usually one to two months before the baby is due.

It’s intended to help the expectant mother to gather things she needs for her baby, such as baby clothes, blankets or toys. Most often it takes place at a hostess’ house, however it’s not uncommon to see it in a restaurant. The main color of the party is either pink or blue: pink for a baby girl and blue for a baby boy. e)

It is held for men to celebrate the end of their bachelor life and for their male

friends. Two weeks ago we held this party for Chris in one of his favourite Irish clubs. The highlight of the party was a scantily-dressed girl jumping out of the cake. We all had a great time together with music, food and lots of fun. f)

My husband and I will celebrate it next Sunday. I can’t believe we’ve been together

12 years! I was wondering what symbol is associated with year 12. I did a search and soon I found that it is either silk or linen. I will stick with silk alone. Now, I’m decorating the house with everything made of silk, such as life-like silk roses, tablecloths made of silk, silk pillows and ribbons. Ćwiczenie 6. Uzupełnij teksty czasownikami z ramek w odpowiedniej formie. a)

lean

compare

divide

move

It’s not that I had a bad time, but I can’t say that I had much fun either. It was a house party. Huge parties are just not my thing, really. Anyway, the party soon into two: some were

2

against the walls and couldn’t make up their minds

what they wanted, while others – the group I was in – spent the time www.cel-matura.pl

1

3

58

korepetycje maturzysty

in and out of the rooms with glasses in their hands and, for the most part, ignoring the ones on the couches. Overall it was OK, it just didn’t

4

to any of the

parties we had when we were at college. b)

swan

get

chat

show

Frankly speaking, the party was a failure. I was bored stiff the whole time. Actually, it wasn’t a real party, just a few couples Twenty people

2

1

together to drink and chat.

up at the most. They were all

ing to the party hits of the 70s and

4

3

around listen-

between mouthfuls of sandwiches. It

looked like everyone had a good time except me. I wished I hadn’t gone there. Staying at home and baking cakes would have had a greater thrill factor. c)

pick

stand

enjoy

At first I didn’t

hit 1

get started

liven

the party very much. It wasn’t until the last few

hours, once all the bores had gone home, that it began to really up. You  wouldn’t believe the way those guys were carrying on,

2 3

in

the corners with scowls on their faces, frowning and muttering disapproval. After they left, the real party wanted and everybody

4 6

. We

5

the kind of music we

the dance floor. This party was absolutely, hands

down, the best party I’ve ever been to.

Focus on grammar Ćwiczenie 1. Przekształć zdania. Na bazie zdań 1–12 utwórz określenia

z dopełniaczem saksońskim.

Wzór: A ring that belongs to my mother. → My mother’s ring. 1.

My nephew has a new car. → 

2.

A relationship that lasted two years. → 

3.

A book for children. → 

4.

A photo that belongs to my brother. →  stara dobra szkoła

Unit 2. Social and family life 5.

My elder sister has a room. → 

6.

Our cousin has a wedding. → 

7.

A phone call made by my mother-in-law. → 

8.

Problems that their daughter has to face. → 

9.

The offer made by my boss. → 

10.

A story that my grandpa told. → 

11.

Weather for tomorrow. → 

12. A rose garden that belongs to our neighbours. →  Ćwiczenie 2. W podkreślonych częściach zdania zastosuj formę

dopełniacza eliptycznego (genitive with ellipsis) i opuść zbędne wyrażenia. Wzór: We met at the place where my aunt lives. → We met at my aunt’s. 1.

Whose jacket is this? It’s one belonging to Jim. → 

2.

Peggy must be at the house that belongs to her friend. → 

3.

I parked my car next to Greg’s car. → 

4.

Our dog is more dangerous than Mrs Connor’s dog. → 

5.

Bob’s story was even funnier than the story told by Mark. → 

6.

They got married at the Cathedral named after St. Paul. → 

7.

Their family budget is bigger than that of their friends. → 

8.

Let’s meet where Ellen lives tomorrow. → 

9. Wendy’s memory is like that of a goldfish.

She easily forgets things. →  10.

His flat is very modern. Tim’s house is not as modern. → 

Ćwiczenie 3. Utwórz zdania z podwójnym dopełniaczem. 1.

I heard about it through one of my colleagues. → 

2.

One of my classmates has failed the history exam. → 

3.

One of your ex-boyfriends has phoned you. → 

www.cel-matura.pl

59

60

korepetycje maturzysty

4.

My younger brother is reading one of Tolkien’s books. → 

5.

I’ve borrowed one of Kate and Tom’s umbrellas. → 

6.

One of the family’s friends is coming to dinner. → 

7.

I got rid of one of my small sweaters. → 

8.

That boy over there is one of my cousin’s children. → 

9.

One of his books has been published recently. → 

10.

One of Bob’s sisters is coming to stay with us. → 

Ćwiczenie 4. W miejsca wolne wstaw odpowiednią formę dopełniacza

(forma ’s, konstrukcja z of, dopełniacz eliptyczny).

My family haven’t had a proper reunion since I was a little child. Now I’m 35 and I’m planning to throw one, but I don’t know really how to get down to organising it. My family is very big – it has more than fifty members. I have five aunts and eight uncles from my

1

side/mother , and nearly as many from my

2

father . I myself am the third of five children. All of my siblings and me are married,

so I have three sisters and one brother-in-law. My sister has two children, my two elder brothers have one daughter each, and I’m expecting a child in May.

3

wife/my youngest brother is also having a baby soon, so we are all very excited.

We live together in my

4

  ten minute/drive   from my

   spacious house/parents  , just 6

5

  place/grandparents  . I also have a few dis-

tant relatives who live within twenty miles from us, however I keep touch only with my great-aunt Veronica,

7

  sister/my grandmother  . Anyway, I want to get

a reunion going and I’m trying to figure out how to start. Should I include all relations or narrow it down to only my immediate family? So far, I’ve listed only

8

my relatives/the names who are close to me. Ćwiczenie 5. Uzupełnij test czasownikami frazowymi z ramek,

w odpowiedniej formie. look after

move away

attend to

account for

end up

care for

consist of

stara dobra szkoła

Unit 2. Social and family life

61

The American family isn’t exactly what it used to be decades ago. Households with three generations within the same family lineages – grandparents, parents and children – living under one roof

1

a small slice of American life. Today, one in six

Americans lives in multigenerational households (MGHs). As with everything, such a structure has its advantages and disadvantages, however, many experts say that advantages outweigh disadvantages. On the plus side, it allows families to cope better with the challenges they face, such as raising and

2

a child,

3

the elderly, single parenthood, low incomes, or high cost of living and housing. But family closeness can also create strains due to a lack of privacy, lack of space or noise. Families must establish new rules for chores and adapt to one another’s tastes in food, clothes, way of life, etc. Although multigenerational households are growing faster than any other type of housing arrangement, the basic family unit nowadays is still a nuclear family. The nuclear family is a family unit

4

only parents and children. People’s

preference to live in such families is dictated by their need to live independently. They are more mobile, they have more personal space and they devote more time and resources to each person. However, living in a nuclear family reduces contact with relatives such as grandparents, aunts and uncles. What’s more, if two parents work, there is no one to

5

the children’s needs. It is important to recognise

that apart from multigenerational and nuclear households there are other family structures such as single-parent families or so called „skip-generation” families, where grandparents live with their grandchildren without the parents, because they either died,

6

or

7

in prison.

Ćwiczenie 6. Uzupełnij zdania odpowiednim czasownikiem frazowym. 1. They 2.

The couple

3. Henry

their children in a supportive and loving environment. due to personal differences. in a well-to-do family in Libya.

4. Our financial situation allows my wife to be a stay-at-home mother

to  www.cel-matura.pl

our two children.

62

korepetycje maturzysty

5. She dumped him once before and he practically

her

getting back with him. 6. Brenda 7.

with people for the stupidest reasons ever.

Alice used to date Nick, but she

8. She

him

with Adam now.

the first time he proposed. It was only

a matter of time, however, before her feelings started to change. 9. Tom was apparently interested in Alison, but he was too shy

to

her

.

10. Jill didn’t want anything to do with Tony at first,

her

but he eventually

.

Ćwiczenie 7. Przekształć rzeczowniki rodzaju męskiego na rodzaj żeński. 1.

A new actor was hired for the role of the shepherd.

2.

He claims to be an heir to the throne.

3.

The emperor of Japan paid a visit to Poland.

4. Ryan is an old bachelor. Since he was dumped by his fiancée, he has never

been in a relationship again. 5.

The conductor pressed the button and the door opened.

6.

I can’t cook as well as my uncle.

7. This is my father, my nephew, my elder brother, my eldest brother’s boy

and a distant cousin. 8.

The steward brought me a cup of coffee and a muffin.

9.

Sir, you’ve dropped your keys.

10.

An elderly gentleman helped us find our way to the hotel.

Ćwiczenie 8. Wybierz odpowiedni czasownik. 1. Where does / do

your family live?

2.

The family is / are the fundamental unit of the society.

3.

My class is / are going on a trip to an amusement park next week. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 2. Social and family life 4.

My class has / have 20 pupils in it.

5. Police is / are

still investigating the murder of the lawyer.

6. Police works / work to combat crime. 7.

The team is / are going to win the tournament.

8.

A football team is / are made up of eleven players.

9. „Queens” is / are 10. When is / are

my favourite band.

the band playing live again?

11.

Although it was raining, the audience was / were bigger than expected.

12.

Look, the audience is / are clearly enjoying the performance.

13.

The staff is / are complaining about the company policy.

14.

The staff was / were increased up to 30 employees.

15.

A large number of students has / have already taken the exam.

16.

More than half the students in my class has / have an iPhone.

17.

Fifty thousand euro was / were donated to help flood victims.

18.

One thousand dollars is / are a lot of money.

Ćwiczenie 9. Utwórz liczbę mnogą następujących rzeczowników.

1. grown-up

10.

notary public

19.

alumnus

2. woman

11.

woman driver

20.

paparazzo

3. brother-in-law

12.

manservant

21.

minister-president

baby

13.

old beau

22.

man-child

5. woman doctor

14.

hero

23.

people person

6. child

15.

boy

24.

stepbrother

7. lady

16.

thief

25.

ex

8. gentleman

17.

cherub

9. Governor-General

18.

brother

4.

www.cel-matura.pl

63

64

korepetycje maturzysty

Ćwiczenie 10. Dobierz odpowiednie rzeczowniki zbiorowe z ramek

do grup osób wymienionych w 1–7. a team

a bevy

a board

a panel

a crowd

hordes

a gang

1.

of beautiful girls, ladies

2.

of directors

3.

of tourists, sightseers, people

4.

of people, fans, supporters, protesters, spectators, onlookers

5.

of youths, thieves, robbers, labourers

6.

of experts

7.

of footballers

Ćwiczenie 11. Uzupełnij zdania odpowiednim zaimkiem pytającym. 1.

A:



B: I don’t really have a favourite class.

2.

A:



B: She is a dentist.

3.

A:



B: The one with long hair.

4.

A:



B: His wife? I even didn’t know he’s married.

5. A:



is his wife? is her nationality? neighbour are you talking about? wedding is it?

B: No idea. I just looked out of the window and took some photos of them.

8. A:



is your wife in the photo?

B: Ms Jennings. The woman who lives next door.

7. A:



is your wife?

B: I think she is Korean by birth.

6. A:



class is your favourite so far?

girl is your type?

B: The one in blue on the left. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 2. Social and family life 9. A:



B: I think I’d want someone who is fun to be with.

10. A:



is your ideal flatmate? flatmate do you like best?

B: I don’t know. I like both of them.

Ćwiczenie 12. Uzupełnij zdania odpowiednim zaimkiem wzajemnym (jeśli trzeba,

to w formie dzierżawczej) lub zwrotnym. 1.

Everyone in his family soon despised

2. The twins are very fond of 3.

They blame

. .

for the accident, saying they shouldn’t have been

driving in that weather in the first place. 4.

They blame

for the accident. Paul thinks it was Peter’s fault,

and Peter thinks it was Paul’s. 5.

The teacher encouraged the students to use

6.

Children, take care of

ideas.

. Jackie, make sure that Joe washes his

teeth. Joe, make sure that Jackie goes to bed before 10 o’clock. 7.

Mum, I can look after

.

8.

No worry here. We trust

9.

Look at the couple. They must be in love with

10.

Tim and Chloe enjoyed

. .

company at Audrey’s party.

Ćwiczenie 13. Wybierz właściwy zaimek. 1.

She was so surprised that she raised her / hers eyebrows.

2.

The house is not my / mine . I’m only renting it.

3. I am sorry Steve. I took your / yours suitcase by mistake. 4. The Republicans claimed the idea was their / theirs . 5. And that boss of your / yours – is he nice? 6. The twins are so alike that even their / theirs mother can’t tell them apart. 7. My mobile doesn’t work. Can I borrow your / yours ? www.cel-matura.pl

65

66

korepetycje maturzysty 8. Despite her / hers lack of experience, she got the job. 9. This is not our car. Our

/ Ours

is in the garage.

10. When my car broke down, Ken and Meg let me use their / theirs . Ćwiczenie 14. Uzupełnij zdania odpowiednim zaimkiem zwrotnym

bądź emfatycznym. 1.

Behave

when you are at the cinema. Don’t talk loudly

and don’t throw popcorn! 2.

I’m new to this forum, so let me introduce

3.

Jack keeps

4.

Look at Kate and Steve’s house. They built it

5.

Tim, stop killing

6.

Renee smiled to

, pleased with the result.

7.

Our cooks pride

on being able to satisfy even the fussiest eaters.

8.

His real name is Raymond, but he calls

9.

Jane went out, muttering to

10.

Kim looked at

to

.

most of the time. .

with work!

Ray. .

reflected in the bathroom mirror.

Ćwiczenie 15. Uzupełnij zdania odpowiednimi zaimkami

i określnikami wskazującymi. 1. Dad,

is my flatmate Roger.

2.

is my bag.

is yours.

3.

Can I speak to Jack, please?

4.

Hello everyone.

is Jay Daniels, and you are listening to Radio Rock.

5.

I’ve never liked

colleague of yours.

6.

Look at

7.

Mum, who are

is Michelle speaking.

tall man across the street. He is my boss.

8. Hey, isn’t

children in the picture? your brother over there or just someone that looks like him?

9.

Miguel’s brothers are a part of a local gang. I don’t like boys like

10.

who work with me know what I’m capable of. stara dobra szkoła

.

Unit 2. Social and family life Ćwiczenie 16. Utwórz zdania przydawkowe ograniczające (defining relative

clauses) i rozwijające (non-defining relative clauses), stosując odpowiedni zaimek względny. Tam, gdzie to możliwe, zastosuj dwa zaimki. 1.

A girl is talking with Bob. Do you know the girl?

2.

She often visits her grandma. Her grandma is over 80.

3. Everyone will receive an in-school suspension. Everyone who regularly

plays truant. 4.

He is the person. He helped me with my career.

5.

I want to marry a man. He will love me with all his heart.

6.

She was talking about her brother. He is in the army now.

7.

Yesterday we saw a house. Its windows were all broken.

8.

She lives in a small town. Everyone knows each other there.

9.

Alec gave me a present. He made it himself.

10.

Give me a reason. You have broken up with Adam.

11.

This is the place. I feel at home here.

12.

1980 is the year. I was born then.

13.

My roommate hasn’t paid his rent yet. He is very untidy.

14. My grandparents’ cottage has been damaged recently by a gale.

I usually spend my holidays there. 15.

Ms Green is a very nosy person. She lives above us.

Ćwiczenie 17. Zdaniom 1–2 przyporządkuj objaśnienia z punktów a–b. I. 1. My aunt, who lives in Oslo, is coming to visit us tomorrow.



2. My aunt who lives in Oslo is coming to visit us tomorrow.

a) I have many aunts. One of them lives in Oslo. b) I have one aunt and she lives in Oslo. II.

1. Relations, which are built on trust, should be strong.



2. Relations which are built on trust should be strong.

a) Relations should be strong. They are built on trust. b) Relations which are built on trust should be strong. Other relations shouldn’t be as strong. www.cel-matura.pl

67

68

korepetycje maturzysty

III.

1. The passengers who were not wearing their seat belts were injured

in a crash.

2. The passengers, who were not wearing their seat belts,

were injured in a crash. a) Only those passengers who weren’t wearing their seat belts were injured in a crash. b) Because all the passengers weren’t wearing their seat belts, they were injured in a crash. IV.

1. The students, who cheated in exams, were excluded from school.



2. The students who cheated in exams were excluded from school.

a) All students cheated in exams and therefore they were excluded from school. b) Only the students who cheated in exams were excluded from school. V.

1. My elder sister, who has two children, is a homely person.



2. My elder sister who has two children is a homely person.

a) I have more than one sister. The one with two children is a homely person. b) I have one elder sister and she is a homely person. VI

1. The parties, thrown by Jim, were great.



2. The parties thrown by Jim were great.

a) Only the parties thrown by Jim were great. Others were not. b) The parties were great. They were thrown by Jim. Ćwiczenie 18. Odpowiedz, które ze zdań a–b jest zgodne ze zdaniami

oznaczanymi każdorazowo cyfrą arabską. 1.

I have many sisters.

a) My sister, who smokes, is a medical doctor. b) My sister who smokes is a medical doctor. 2.

I have only French friends.

a) My friends, who are French, came to my birthday party. b) My friends who are French came to my birthday party. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 2. Social and family life 3.

My brother has got two cars.

a) My brother’s car, which is parked behind the house,

is very economical to run. b) My brother’s car which is parked behind the house

is very economical to run. 4.

She kept all her money in a safe.

a) The money, which she kept in a safe, was stolen. b) The money which she kept in a safe was stolen. 5.

I have two cousins who go by the name of Joe.

a) My cousin Joe, who has just got married, lives in Austria. b) My cousin Joe who has just got married lives in Austria.

Focus on matura Zadanie 1.

Egzaminujący: Let’s start with Task 1. Read the task. You have about half a minute for that. Then we will start.

After about 30 seconds

Egzaminujący: Can we start now? W czasie kursu językowego w Londynie gościła Cię angielska rodzina. Po powrocie opowiedz koleżance/koledze:

– czy rodzina u której mieszkałeś była wielopokoleniowa?



– jakie były relacje między dziećmi a ich rodzicami?



– czy zaprzyjaźniłeś się z angielskimi rówieśnikami?



– jak spędzałeś wolny czas?

Rozmowę rozpoczyna egzaminujący. Egzaminujący: Thank you. Let’s move on to Task 2.

www.cel-matura.pl

69

70

korepetycje maturzysty

Zadanie 2.

Egzaminujący: Describe the picture. After about 10 seconds. Egzaminujący: Thank you. I will now ask you three questions. Przykładowe pytania 1. What is the relationship between these two women? 2. Which relationships are the most important to you? 3. Do you have a good relationship with your grandmother/grandfather?

Uwaga: na egzaminie maturalnym pytania do ilustracji znajdują się wyłącznie w zestawie egzaminującego.

Egzaminujący: Thank you. Let’s move on to Task 3. Zadanie 3.

Egzaminujący: Read the task and think about what you’d like to say. You have about a minute to prepare.

Po upływie ok. minuty

Egzaminujący: Can you start now? Popatrz na Zdjęcie 1, Zdjęcie 2 i Zdjęcie 3. Masz zorganizować przyjęcie urodzinowe przyjacielowi. Rozważasz trzy propozycje.

– Zdecyduj się na tę, która Twoim zdaniem sprawi najwięcej przyjemności jubilatowi i uzasadnij swój wybór.



– Wyjaśnij, dlaczego odrzucasz pozostałe propozycje. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 2. Social and family life

71

Egzaminujący: Thank you. I will now ask you two questions. Przykładowe pytania 1. Has anyone thrown a birthday

party for you? If yes, who was it? If not, would you like to have one? 2. Are you a party animal

Zdjęcie 1 Zdjęcie 2

or do you rather stay at home? 3. Do you have organizational

skills? 4. What is the most important

element of a party? Egzaminujący: Thank you. This is the end of the exam.

Zdjęcie 3

www.cel-matura.pl

Unit 3. Housing and living „My home is my castle” – nawet gdy to jest malutka, ale własna kawalerka. Ćwiczenia leksykalne zamieszczone poniżej systematyzują i pogłębiają znajomość słów i zwrotów odnoszących się do szeroko rozumianych warunków mieszkaniowych i czynności związanych z utrzymaniem domu oraz naprawą sprzętu i urządzeń domowych. W ćwiczeniach gramatycznych zawarta jest m.in. następująca tematyka: przedimki, przyimki, Present Simple, Present Perfect, Present Perfect Continuous, Past Continuous, sprawcze „have”. Rozdział kończą trzy typowe zadania na maturę ustną.

74

korepetycje maturzysty Focus on vocabulary HOUSING AND LIVING Ćwiczenie 1. Z podanych odpowiedzi wybierz właściwą, wpisując a, b lub c. 1.

My friends live in a



a)

because they wanted to live on one floor.

two-storey house

2. The actor owns a

b) bungalow

c) detached house

with a swimming pool, tennis court

and an enormous garden.

a)

farmhouse

3.

Bob grew up in a



a)

b) sky-scraper

c) mansion

in a rural area. It had no electricity and running water.

terraced house

4. David is going to buy a

b) cottage

c) farmhouse

though he is concerned about the wall

between him and his neighbour.

a)

semi-detached house

5. They live in a

b) detached house

c) cottage

. The bedrooms and the living room are upstairs

and the kitchen and the bathroom are downstairs.

a)

camper van

b) bungalow

c) two-storey house

6. Jason is selling his house. He wants to buy a

and travel all around England. a)

camper van

7.

What a beautiful



a) cottage

b) caravan

c) bungalow

you have! I really love the garden and patio. b) terraced house

c) camper van

8. I hate the feeling of being packed in a tin of sardines and that’s why

I would never live in a

.



a) bungalow

b) farmhouse

9.

My cousin has bought some riverside



a) belonging

10.

Willy is single so a(n)



a)

c) block of flats

for an exceptional price.

b) property

c) premise

would be best for him.

bachelor flat

b) apartment

c) boarding house stara dobra szkoła

Unit 3. Housing and living

75

Ćwiczenie 2. Uzupełnij zdania wyrazami z ramek w odpowiedniej formie.

leave

move around

move in with

stay

settle

occupy

move out of

raise

share move to

1.

Lucy wants to

a small town to start a new life.

2.

After college, I

my home town and came to Warsaw.

3.

Tony eventually

4.

As soon as she turned 18, Laura

5.

Amy’s parents were devastated when she

6. Joe was

in Toronto where he spent the rest of his life. her family house. her boyfriend.

on the outskirts of Chicago. His family was poor

and often struggled to put food on the table. 7.

The man

8. Janet 9.

the house without paying any rent. with her sister until she finds a place of her own.

My rent is not too high because I

10. Greg

the flat with two other girls.

a lot, so he doesn’t have a permanent home anywhere.

Ćwiczenie 3. Wybierz właściwy wyraz spośród dwóch wyróżnionych. 1. Chris lives in the suburbs / inner city 30 minutes by train to London. 2. Jason wants to buy a house in the city centre / on the outskirts ,

in the business district. 3. He was evicted from his home and forced to live

in the suburbs / a slum area near the railway station. 4. Mark moved to a(n) industrial area / rural area

where he got a job

as a mechanic in a local factory. 5. Beth spent most of her life in a(n) rural area / industrial area helping

her parents on the farm but she went to live in the big city to study. 6. Life in the town / country is more anonymous and much faster-paced

than in the town / country . www.cel-matura.pl

76

korepetycje maturzysty

7. My cousin lives in the middle of nowhere / city centre . The nearest shop

is about 40 minutes’ drive away. 8. The hotel is located in a(n) lovely residential area / inner-city area

a short walk from the shopping centre. 9. I live in the city centre / commuter belt 10. Dorothy lives in a town / village

and I go to work on the tube.

of 100 people away from the hustle

and bustle of city life. 11. Avoid this region after dark unless you want to be robbed.

It’s a no-go area / suburbia . 12. My city is rather small, it doesn’t really have a downtown / uptown . Ćwiczenie 4. Przyporządkuj wyrazy z ramek do odpowiedniej rubryki.

the elderly poor people

young and single people holidaymakers

young travellers

farmers and their family

students

motorists

homeless people

the rich and famous Accommodation What people live/stay there? 1. dormitory → a)



2. guesthouse → b)



3. motel → c)



4. youth hostel → d)



5.



old people’s home

→

e)

6. squat → f)



7. farmhouse → g)



8. mansion → h)



9. hovel → i)



10. bedsit → j)



Ćwiczenie 5. Uzupełnij zdania słowami house lub home. 1.

It rained all day, so we stayed at

. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 3. Housing and living 2. Mark left

after a quarrel with his parents

and went to live at his grandparents’ house. 3.

Beth picked up her laundry on her way

4.

from work.

, they say, is where your heart is.

5.

Everything in the

was old and needed to be replaced.

6.

Paris is beautiful, but I didn’t feel at

7.

I’m going to stay at Paul’s

8.

Your father should be

9.

They are moving to a smaller

10.

What is your

there. this weekend while I’m in town.

in a moment. in a more affordable neighborhood.

address and phone number?

PROBLEMS AROUND THE HOUSE Ćwiczenie 1. Dopasuj początki i końcówki zdań z kolumn 1–10 i a–j,

tak by powstały pełne wypowiedzi. 1. I think the fuse has gone. 2. Why is there water

on the floor? 3. The sink is blocked

again. 4. The tap is dripping. 5. The light bulb’s gone. 6. Hey! The lock is stuck. 7. The picture on this TV set

is very bad. 8. The roof is leaking.

What do we do? 9. The central heating isn’t

working. 10. Oh dear, there is no hot water! www.cel-matura.pl

a) Indeed, the signal is weak… Let me try

to adjust the antenna. b) We’ll have to heat some water on the

cooker for a bath. c) It probably needs a new washer. d) You’ve probably overloaded the circuit

by plugging too many things into it. e) It’s time to get a plumber in to get it

fixed. f) Let’s catch the drips in a bucket

and get some help. g) There must be a leakage somewhere. h) We might freeze to death. i) How are we going to open the door? j) You expect I will replace it?

77

78

korepetycje maturzysty

Ćwiczenie 2 . Uzupełnij dialogi poniższymi wyrażeniami. a)

has burst

f)

have spilled

b)

have gone out

g)

get broken

c)

is broken down

h)

has gone off

d)

is peeling

i)

knocked it off

e)

have run out

j)

smells of mildew

1.

A: Who has chipped my favourite cup?



B: It was me, I’m sorry. I

2.

A: I



B: Try white vinegar. It’s great for stubborn stains.

3.

A: How did the window



B: It looks like a gust of wind might have done it.

4.

A: Oh, no! The pipe



B: Get a mop, quick!

5.

A: The hall



B: I don’t wonder. It’s a very old building, in need of renovation.

6.

A: I’ve just wanted to take a shower and found out that

the table when I was dusting.

some wine on the tablecloth and I can’t get it off. ? again and the kitchen is flooded.

.

the water heater

.



B: We’ll have to get a plumber in.

7.

A: The lights



B: There must be a power cut.

8.

A: The remote control isn’t working.



B: Probably the batteries

9.

A: Look, the bathroom door handle



B: Don’t worry. It often goes off. I will screw it back on.

10.

A: The old wallpaper



B: It’s high time we removed it and painted the walls.

.

. I’ll get some for you. .

off.

stara dobra szkoła

Unit 3. Housing and living

79

Ćwiczenie 3. Dopasuj czasowniki z kolumny A do rzeczowników z kolumny B. A B

remove

1.

repair

2.

paint

3.

oil

4.

mend

5.

refurbish

6.

unclog

7.

lay

8.



a)



b)



d)



e)



g)



h)



i)



j)

the house new tiles the hinges the walls the stain the sink the light the roof

Ćwiczenie 4. Uzupełnij luki w zdaniach 1–8, używając wyrażeń z ćwiczenia 3

w odpowiedniej formie.

1. We’d better find someone to

. Water has been leaking down through it.

2. You’re a handy kind of guy. Can you try to 3. Next week we’re having

, please?

. The old ones have cracked.

4. I’ve just spilt juice on the carpet. I don’t even know how to 5. You should

. It drains too slowly.

6. My parents 7. We

.

last year. They put a lot of time, effort and money into it. yellow to warm up the room.

8. I

on my bathroom door to stop them from squeaking.

Ćwiczenie 5. Uzupełnij poniższe zdania wyrazami z ramek.

baking soda

air spray

lavender sachets

glue

scouring pads

cloth

sandpaper

1. We should buy a good

to neutralise the unpleasant smells

from the toilet. 2. I put www.cel-matura.pl

in the wardrobe to keep moths away from my clothes.

80

korepetycje maturzysty 3. If you want to remove shoe odours, use 4. Get a damp

.

to clean up the coffee spill before somebody slips in it.

5. A: Is it worth trying to repair this vase? B: Sure, I’ll get the 6. 

.

are the best to scrub grease and grime from pots.

7. The door looked terrible, so Will rubbed it thoroughly with

to remove the old colour. Ćwiczenie 6. Połącz nazwy wymienione w kolumnie A z odpowiadającą im

grupą czasownikową z B.

A B 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

the bathroom door the smoke alarm the toilet the watch the floor



a)



b)



c)



d)

e)

the chair the kitchen sink the refrigerator the computer the gas



f)



g)

h)

i)



j)

is slow/fast won’t flush has been cut off



won’t cool properly has crashed keeps beeping won’t close is backed up



is wobbly squeaks

IN THE HOUSE Ćwiczenie 1. a) Dopasuj przymiotniki i rzeczowniki użyte przymiotnikowo z kolumny A

do rzeczowników z kolumny B.

A B 1. 2. 3.

rocking air shower



a)



b)



c)

cubicle dresser blinds stara dobra szkoła

Unit 3. Housing and living laundry

4.

bedside

5.

gas

6.



d)



e)



f)

g)



h)



i)



j)

chest

7.

bunk

8.

kitchen

9.

venetian

10.

81

cooker basket of drawers conditioning bed lamp chair

b) Uzupełnij luki w zdaniach 1–10, używając odpowiednich wyrażeń z 1a. 1.

Grandma was sitting in a

on the veranda, reading a book.

2. It’s very hot today. I’ve got the 3.

Olivia stepped into the

going full blast. and turned on the water.

4. Put your dirty clothes into the 5.

, not on the floor or on a chair.

I couldn’t sleep, so I switched on the

and started to read.

6. When my brother and I were younger, we had a

. I had the top,

and my brother had the bottom. 7. Her

was full of underwear, socks and T-shirts.

8. We had our kitchen redone. We got all new appliances, new cupboards

and a new

.

9.

She opened the

to let in some sunshine.

10.

Grandma displays crockery and glassware in the

.

Ćwiczenie 2. Uzupełnij tekst wyrazami z ramek. Zastosuj formę w liczbę mnogiej

tam, gdzie jest to potrzebne. bookshelf basket

window

chair

bed

carpet wall

poster table

door

place

desk

rack

My room is very light and cozy. It has a large

1

with southern exposure and

it gets sunlight all day long. It’s quite spacious, so there’s a www.cel-matura.pl

wardrobe

2

for everything.

82

korepetycje maturzysty

On the right as you face the window there is a walk-in 4 6

, and the

5

3

opening into the hall. On the left there is a full-size

that takes up much of the floor, a bedside

a computer

8

, a table with four

7

with a lamp on it and

. Recently, I have mounted a plasma TV high on the

so I can watch television from the bed. Above the bed there is a

10

9

,

where I keep

my most important staff. In the middle of the room there’s a thick woollen

11

.

There’s nothing like getting out of bed and sinking your toes into its softness. There are CD

12

on each side of the computer desk and a wastepaper

the desk. On the walls there are

14

13

beneath

of my favourite basketball teams.

I keep my room tidy and organised, but today there are some touches of disorder. My clothes are draped over a chair and the magazines are scattered about the floor. Apart from that, it’s neat. Ćwiczenie 3. Utwórz prawidłowe określenia odnoszące się do domów i mieszkań,

łącząc ze sobą odpowiednie określenia z kolumn 1–11 i a–k 1. It’s got a heated 

→

a) sun

2. It’s got an independent

→

b) floor

3. It’s got an amazing view of 

→

c) bathroom

4. It’s got a fully equipped 

→

d) kitchen

5. There’s a double

→

e) cellar

6. It’s cluttered with

→

f) room

7. It’s got an en suite

→

g) history

8. It gets a lot of

→

h) the garden

9. There isn’t enough sitting

→

i) entrance

10. It’s got a wine

→

j) various knick-knacks

11. It has a sense of

→

k) bed

Ćwiczenie 4. Z podanych odpowiedzi wybierz właściwą, wpisując a, b lub c. 1.

Put the mop and bucket in the



a) spare room

.

b) utility room

c) cellar stara dobra szkoła

Unit 3. Housing and living 2. As I was going through things in the

83

I ran across my grandma’s

old sewing machine.

a) utility room

b) spare room

c) attic

3. Adam wanted to revise for the test, so he went to the

to work undisturbed.

a) study

b) lounge

4. They spent the whole afternoon in the



a) playroom

c) spare room

, relaxing in front of the TV.

b) lounge

c) dining room

5. I didn’t stay for the night because they didn’t have a



a) spare room

6. Sue hung her coat in the

to put me up.

b) hall c) utility room

and went straight to the bathroom

to freshen up.

a) hall b) attic

c) cellar

7. The Browns have a big house, so they could arrange a



a) spare room

8.

The family were in the



a) lounge

b) utility room

for their children.

c) playroom

eating their evening meal. b) playroom

c) dining room

Ćwiczenie 5. Wybierz właściwy wyraz spośród dwóch wyróżnionych. 1.

Peggy climbed the porch steps / stairs into the house.

2.

I have a great view of the garden from the balcony / door .

3. They live a comfortable life. They have a lovely house, two cars

in the garage / patio and a swimming pool in the backyard. 4.

Scott opened the fence / gate so that he could drive his car in.

5. I love the charm of old-fashioned houses with high ceilings, wooden floors

and a fireplace / chimney in the living room. 6. Ryan pulled up onto the drive / car park in front of the house

and stopped. www.cel-matura.pl

84

korepetycje maturzysty 7.

The boy ran up the landing / staircase to his bedroom.

8. Our dog started barking when the paperboy dropped a copy of

“The Telegraph” on our doorstep / doorway . Ćwiczenie 6. Uzupełnij teksty wyrazami z ramek. a)

curtains

telephone ringer

answer phone

light

When you leave your home for more than 24 hours, make sure that all the windows and doors are shut tight. Your home should always have the appearance that someone is there. So leave a visible

1

, turn your

2

down to low – thieves

won’t hear the phone and realise that no one is at home – or forward the calls to your 3

. Close

4

, but not all of them – leave some open. You don’t

want your house to look closed up. b)

mailbox

deliveries

lawn

door

porch

Be cautious. Lock doors and windows when you leave your home even for a short time. Thieves won’t think twice about walking through an open

1

. Once I went

round the corner to pick up some groceries, but I didn’t close the door and when I got home, my stereo was gone. I never thought it was going to happen to me. What else? Don’t have a 3

2

. Cancel

bulging with leaflets or newspapers piling on the 4

of milk. Be aware that thieves may be watching.

Even something as trivial as an unmown

5

can be a sign that you’re out

of town. c)

security devices

bars

locks

gate

doors

These days thieves can be deterred quite easily. Fit good and all the

2

electric security 5

1

and chains

you can afford. My house is as secure as it can be. I have an 3

, an alarm system, auto-locking

4

, burglar

on the widows and a high fence. I also have a dog that barks at anything

that moves. I’m not more afraid of burglars than they are afraid of me. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 3. Housing and living

85

Focus on grammar Ćwiczenie 1. Uzupełnij tekst, wstawiając w zaznaczone miejsca przedimek

nieokreślony, określony lub zerowy. We live in

1

detached house in

can walk around after

3

2

nice, quiet neighbourhood, where you

dark without looking over your shoulder. Almost eve-

ryone knows each other here, so you can’t pass people you meet on 6

5

shop without saying hello to

4

way.

house is big enough for everyone to have their own space: it has two bedrooms,

each with

7

en-suite bathroom,

8

living room,

10

dining room and

13

lot of character since it has maintained

11

cluding wooden stairs, floors and

utility room.

15

12

9

large kitchen area,

house is rather old, but has

14

many original features in-

fireplace. All of

and airy with high ceilings, as you would expect from

16 17

rooms are spacious

house of this age. Next

year we’re planning to renovate it. We already made some improvements to

18

kitchen soon after we moved in. Now, it’s quite up to date, with new, modern fixtures. There’s

19

large garden all around

etables as well as

21

20

house with all sorts of fruit and veg-

frog pond. It’s ideal for eating outside, especially in

summer. It’s important to me that it look its

23

best throughout

24

22

year.

Ćwiczenie 2. Uzupełnij zdania, wstawiając w zaznaczone miejsca przedimek

nieokreślony lub określony. 1.

Help me carry this bag to

2. Close

kitchen, please.

door, please.

3.

There aren’t enough chairs. Let’s sit on

4.

We heard a strange noise coming from

5.

Is there any milk in

6.

Where are the children? In

7.

I live in

www.cel-matura.pl

floor. attic.

fridge? I’d like a drop for my coffee. living room.

extended family with my parents, siblings and grandparents.

86

korepetycje maturzysty

8.

Scott is used to living in comfort. He grew up in

9.

Where did you get such

10.

We went through

five-bedroom house.

lovely lamp? garden gate into

woods.

Ćwiczenie 3. Wybierz odpowiedni przyimek. 1.

We stayed in a nice hotel



a) near

2.  Situated

the beach. It was only ten minutes away.

b) in front of

c) opposite

the south of Poland, the town is a popular destination

for holidaymakers.

a) in

b) on

c) at

3.

Jack installed an aerial



a) in the top

4.

They live in a block of flats



a) beside

5.

Who lives



a) at, at

6.

I met Chris through our mutual friend



a) in

7.

The children carelessly played in the garden



a) behind

8.

I wish I lived



a) at

of the house.

b) on the top

c) on top

the bank, just across the street.

b) against

the ground floor,

c) opposite

the right?

b) on, on

b) on

b) over

c) at, on

Jack’s house. c) at

the house.

c) beneath

the suburbs. Life is more peaceful there. b) on

c) in

Ćwiczenie 4. Uzupełnij zdania, wstawiając w zaznaczone miejsca

odpowiedni przyimek. 1.

There is a car park at / in the front of the building.

2.

My room overlooks the garden in / at

3.

Uncle Steve lives just off / of the High Street.

the back of the house.

stara dobra szkoła

Unit 3. Housing and living

87

4.

He finally settled on an island away / off the coast of France.

5.

I live on / at

6.

It was a beautiful day so we had dinner out / outside the house.

the outskirts of a small town.

7. From the terrace we were admiring the panoramic view

over / above the valley. 8.

He lives in a village across / over the river.

9.

John rents a flat at / on Church Street, just past / by the library.

10. Eric lives with / within

a radius of five kilometres from

the bus station. 11.

The British Prime Minister lives at / on 10 Downing Street.

12. They’ve recently bought an old house at / in

the corner of Church Street

and Bridge Street. 13. Our cottage lies in / at

the foot of the mountain just beside / next

the lake. 14.

Peggy lives in / at

15.

They rented a bungalow right beside / opposite the river.

the end of the street in one of the detached houses.

Ćwiczenie 5. Uzupełnij zdania, wstawiając w zaznaczone miejsca

odpowiedni przyimek. 1.

I had a seat

the window so I could look outside.

2.

There is somebody

3.

The rain was drumming

4.

Alice usually sings when she is

the door. Should I answer it?

5. Grandpa was dozing

the windows. the bath.

an armchair

the corner

of the living room. 6.

Come out from

the bed. It’s no use trying to hide.

7.

The bookcase is placed just

the wardrobe and the sofa.

8. There is a poster from the last Spider-Man film

behind my desk. www.cel-matura.pl

my wall

88

korepetycje maturzysty

9.

Jim put his suitcase

10.

The girl was sitting

top of the wardrobe, not in it. a chair with her feet up

a table.

Ćwiczenie 6. Wybierz właściwy wyraz spośród dwóch wyróżnionych.

My room is part of me in a way that no other place has ever been. It is large with a bit of walking space even with a big bed, wardrobe and a table in place. The bed is against 1

beyond

the wall in

2

on

the middle of the room. Next to

3

Next it, there is

a bedside table where I usually keep my mobile phone, some personal stuff and my current bedtime reading. There is nothing above the wall just feels bare. At

5

4

under

the bed at the moment and

On the opposite wall there is a mounted LCD TV. That

way I have a better view of the screen. Then, there is a bookcase with all my favourites on

6

at

it: DVDs, books and various knick knacks. There used to be a computer desk

at

7

in

the corner of the room, but now that I have a laptop I don’t need a desk for it.

The laptop is very handy and I keep it anywhere in my room. It is below

8

underneath

the bedside table now. The desk has been replaced by a wardrobe and now my room is more functional and neat – there are no clothes lying around. At

9

On

the floor there

is a white fur carpet, so my feet are always warm, whatever the weather. Ćwiczenie 7. Uzupełnij poniższe zdania odpowiednim przysłówkiem miejsca.

abroad

anywhere

outside

somewhere

nearby

upstairs

home

out

homewards

nowhere

next door

everywhere

1.

Her journey

lasted more than she expected.

2.

The hotel guest took the lift to his room

3. Rob is usually

.

from work between 4 and 6 p.m. depending on the

day of the week. 4.

They went

last night, but still managed to enjoy themselves.

5. Even though Tom lived

for many years, he always maintained

strong ties with his homeland. 6.

The sun was shining, but it was very cold

. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 3. Housing and living 7.

Joe, close the door gently on your way

8. If I could live 9.

, please. Don’t slam it.

in the world, it would be

I looked for my keys

89

in the mountains.

, but I couldn’t find them.

10. Dorothy lives independently of her parents, although they live

,

just a few streets away. 11. The people living

to me make my life a misery

with their constant parties. Ćwiczenie 8. Jak nazwiesz przedmioty i pojęcia opisane w poniższych zdaniach?

Użyj konstrukcji z rzeczownikiem w funkcji przymiotnika.

Wzór: A spare bedroom in your house where your guests sleep. → A guest room. 1.

A low table on which coffee is served. → 

2.

A cubicle where you can have a shower. → 

3. A basket that you put your dirty clothes in

until you wash them. →  4.

A garden full of growing roses. → 

5.

A cellar where wine is stored. → 

6. The handle by which a door is opened or closed. →  7.

The central part of a city. → 

8.

The address of your home. → 

9.

Problems that a marriage faces. → 

10. A type of oven which uses very short

electric waves to cook or heat food. →  Ćwiczenie 9. Uzupełnij dialogi, wstawiając podane czasowniki

w Present Perfect lub Present Perfect Continuous. Jeśli zachodzi taka potrzeba, zmień strukturę zdania. 1. A:

you do the dishes yet?



B: No, not yet. I will do it now.

2.

A: You look tired!



B: Yes, I

www.cel-matura.pl

clean the house all day.

90

korepetycje maturzysty 3. A:

you ever replace a light bulb?



B: Of course, I

4.

A: How long



B: Over twenty years now.

5.

A: I



B: How is it going?



A: No luck so far.

6.

A: We

B:

. It was pretty easy. you live here? fix the tap.

look for a flat to rent.

you find anything?

A: No, nothing.

7. A:

she make her bed?



B: No, not yet.



A: Make sure she

.

Ćwiczenie 10. Uzupełnij zdania, wstawiając podane czasowniki w Present Perfect lub

Present Perfect Continuous. Jeśli zachodzi taka potrzeba, zmień strukturę zdania. 1. I

clean the house since morning, but I still not clean up the mess.

2. Peggy

repair the sink for over an hour, not finish yet.

but she 3. Greg

look for a flat to buy, but he

not find the right

real estate agent yet. 4. Even though she

cook for years, she still

not prepare

a decent meal. 5. Kate

but all she 6. I 7. Jenny

plan to do a bit of gardening since she got up, do is keep her hands clean. let the room air, but the smell mop for some time now, but

not go away.

only finish

half of the ground floor. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 3. Housing and living

91

Ćwiczenie 11. Uzupełnij dialogi, wstawiając podane czasowniki w Past Simple

lub Past Continuous. 1. When she

have dinner, she

feel water on her head.

leak .

The roof 2. He

work in his room, when the electricity

3. Rose

wake up to find that water

4. The children

go out. run down the walls.

watch TV when the batteries in the remote control

run out. 5. I

wonder if you would help me with the clogged toilet.

6. Susie

take a hot bath, when the heater

7. We

see Martin in the garden, but he

break down. not look in our

direction. 8. As it

get dark, Paul

decide it was time for him

to go home. 9. Beth

put dishes into the sink, when a plate

from her hands and 10. I

slip

break .

meet Kristie on the stairs. She

tell me

move house the next week.

she

Ćwiczenie 12. Uzupełnij zdania, używając konstrukcji have sth done oraz

podanych czasowników. Jeśli zachodzi taka potrzeba, zmień strukturę zdania. 1.

The grass is overgrown. We should

2. I

it. 

cut .

the walls. Most of the paint has chipped off.

3.

The storm has blown off the roof. We are going to

4.

Your room is messy.

repaint .

it. 

it up, please. 

repair . clean .

5. What’s that noise? It’s my next-door neighbour.

Obviously he 6. Jim 7. They www.cel-matura.pl

holes again. his post early today.  their flat last autumn. It cost them a packet. 

drill . deliver . redecorate .

92

korepetycje maturzysty

8. She recently

her house. Now it’s noticeably warmer.  double glaze .

9. My in-laws have been waiting for months to

their

air conditioning. 10. I 11.

service .

a new house key, but it doesn’t fit into the lock. 

It’s so cold in here. I must

12. You should really

someone the central heating. 

fix .

the snow from the driveway

before someone falls and hurts themselves.  13. We

make .

remove .

new windows in a week or so. 

install .

Ćwiczenie 13. Odpowiedz na pytania 1–10, używając konstrukcji have sth done. 1.

Have you washed your car yourself?



No, I

2.

Did John build the house all by himself?



No, he

3.

The gate needs painting. Are you going to paint it yourself?



No, I

4.

Did he really install the washing machine without any help?



No, he

5.

Does Mrs Dean clean the windows herself?



No, she

6.

Do you want to renovate your furniture single-handedly?



No, I want

7.

Are you going to paper your bedroom walls?



No, I

8.

Will you unclog the toilet yourself?



No, I

9.

Is Tom going to clean his carpets?



No, he

10.

Are you going to put in a new kitchen on your own?



No, we

it

.

it

.

it

.

it

.

them

.

it

.

them it

. .

them it

professionally. in. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 3. Housing and living Focus on matura Zadanie 1.

Egzaminujący: Let’s start with Task 1. Read the task. You have about half a minute for that. Then we will start.

After about 30 seconds

Egzaminujący: Can we start now? Jesteś na wakacjach u znajomego/znajomej za granicą. Poniżej podane są cztery kwestie, które musisz omówić w rozmowie z egzaminującym.

– pochwal wystrój jego/jej domu,



– opowiedz, gdzie mieszkasz w Polsce,



– opowiedz, jak wygląda Twój pokój,



– powiedz, jakie typy domów spotyka się najczęściej w Polsce.

Egzaminujący: Thank you. Let’s move on to Task 2. Zadanie 2.

Egzaminujący: Describe the picture.

After about 10 seconds.

Egzaminujący: Thank you. I will now ask you three questions. Przykładowe pytania 1. What is the woman doing? 2. Do you think she is comfortable with what

she is doing? 3. Have you ever fixed anything in your house?

Egzaminujący: Thank you. Let’s move on to Task 3.

www.cel-matura.pl

93

94

korepetycje maturzysty

Uwaga: na egzaminie maturalnym pytania do ilustracji znajdują się wyłącznie w zestawie egzaminującego.

ZADANIE 3.

Egzaminujący: Read the task and think about what you’d like to say. You have about a minute to prepare.

Po upływie ok. minuty

Egzaminujący: Can you start now? Popatrz na Zdjęcie 1, Zdjęcie 2 i Zdjęcie 3. Rozmawiasz w gronie przyjaciół

Zdjęcie 1

o przyszłości.

Zdjęcie 2



– Wybierz dom swoich marzeń i uzasadnij swój wybór.



– Powiedz, dlaczego odrzuciłeś pozostałe propozycje.

Egzaminujący: Thank you.

Zdjęcie 3

I will now ask you two questions. Przykładowe pytania 1. Where is the best place to raise a family:

a big town or a village? 2. “We are where we live” – do you agree

with this saying? 3. Would you like to live with your parents

when you are married? 4. Why do so many young people

Egzaminujący: Thank you. This is the end of the exam.

live with their parents?

stara dobra szkoła

Unit 4. Everyday life Nasze życie codzienne nie jest pozbawione pewnej dozy teatralności. Tak jest w sklepie, gdy przymierzamy szykowną kreację, gdy pijemy kawę w gronie znajomych, gdy na stadionie kibicujemy swojej drużynie, a nawet wtedy, gdy rozmawiamy przez telefon. Słownictwo z tego rozdziału odnosi się do aktywności dnia codziennego w tym także do hobby i rozrywki. Część gramatyczna systematyzuje i poszerza wiedzę m.in. o następujących zagadnieniach: Present Simple, Present Continuous, bezokolicznik i forma –ing, czasowniki frazowe “phrasal verbs”, zdania z emfazą. Trzy zadania na maturę ustną kończą rozdział.

96

korepetycje maturzysty Focus on vocabulary DAILY ACTIVITIES Ćwiczenie 1. Uzupełnij teksty wyrazami z ramek. Zmień formę tam, gdzie jest to

konieczne. a)  eat

fling

hop

stretch

brush

get

have

wake

pour

rinse

leave

The ring of the telephone o’clock. He

1

Joe. He glanced at the clock. It was seven

himself,

2

3

out of bed, put his feet into his slippers

and went about his morning ritual of

4

a hot shower,

teeth and choosing the right clothes. Then he table. He

7

8

the fridge. He

9 11

his

by himself at the kitchen

himself a bowl of cornflakes and milk. After he finished his

cornflakes, he and

6

5

the bowl and spoon in the sink and put the milk back in his rucksack across his shoulder,

10

on his bike

for school.

b)

chat

sit



have

turn

lie

window-shop

surf

have

stroll

relax

Ever since I can remember, my family have always

1

our family dinner

at 5 o’clock on Sundays. It means a lot to me that we can all

2

down at

the table for a meal together. After dinner we usually go for a walk to a nearby park and on the way back we

3

along the High Street

4

for clothes

and accessories. Back at home, everybody does what they like. My dad on the news on CNN to stay up to date. My brother 7

on Skype. My mum

enjoying the hot water. I usually

8 10

6

5

the internet or

a long bath and

9

back

with a book. Sometimes, however, I sit

in front of the TV and watch a film or a talent show. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 4. Everyday life c)

change

sleep

stay

Most evenings Susan she

2

spend 1

get

97

have

fall

one to two hours doing homework. Once it’s done,

a bath and

3

into her pajamas. She goes to bed anywhere

between 10 and 10.30. Even if she intends to doesn’t allow her to. Susan

5

4

up any longer, her tiredness

asleep quickly and

6

well through

the night. Every morning she wakes up at about 6 a.m. even though she doesn’t 7

up until 7.

Ćwiczenie 2. Dopasuj czasowniki z kolumny A do wyrażeń z kolumny B. A B 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

get up have air do get do run take



a)



b)



c)



d)



e)



f)



g)



h)

the laundry early the shopping the bath a lie-in a nap the room dressed

Ćwiczenie 3. Uzupełnij luki w zdaniach 1–8, używając wyrażeń z ćwiczenia 2

w odpowiedniej formie. 1. They 2.

to get rid of the smell of cigarettes.

Jack, you need to

. It’s almost noon!

3. I’m tired of being the only one in my family

all 4. Kate 5.

! the way she liked it, not too hot but not too cool either.

I really love Saturdays because it’s the only day I can

6. He www.cel-matura.pl

.

in the morning to make it to the 7.30 maths class.

98

korepetycje maturzysty

7.

It’s a chore to

8.

Scott is used to

every day. short

after lunch.

Ćwiczenie 4. Rozwiąż krzyżówkę. Down

1

1. a bag that is worn on a person’s

back

2

2. work which teachers ask their

3 4 5

students to do at home 4. an occasion when food,

6

for example breakfast or dinner, is served and eaten

7

5. to clean the dust from the

8 9

surface of something 6. the activity of cleaning a floor

10

or carpet using a vacuum cleaner 8. you take it to feel clean

11

and refreshed 9. routine, domestic task

Across 3. the activity of buying things from shops 5. a machine that washes dirty dishes 7. work that you do to keep a house clean and tidy 9. to remove dirt from something 10. the activity of making clothes smooth with an iron 11. the usual way in which you do things Ćwiczenie 5. Z podanych odpowiedzi wybierz właściwą, wpisując a, b lub c. 1. He

2.



his hair into spikes.

a) gelled

b) jellied

c) sprayed

your hands before you eat. a) Clean

b) Tidy

c) Wash stara dobra szkoła

Unit 4. Everyday life

99

3.

Make sure that your teeth are



a) polished and treated b) brushed and flossed

4.

What did you have



a) on b) for c) with

5. Alice

c) cleaned and extracted

breakfast? Mine was a bowl of porridge.

the tabletop clean before setting out the cutlery.

a) dried 6. I

after each meal.

b) dusted

c) wiped

up the pillow and lay my head back down.



a) fluffed

b) hit c) shook

7.

Don’t forget to



a) do b) make

the bed after you get up.

8. Liz spent all morning doing the

c) clean

. Everything from vacuuming

to washing floors. 9.



a) cooking

c) gardening

on a warm sweatshirt. It is cold outside. a) Dress

10. Mike



b) housework

b) Put c) Take

the computer on to check his email box.

a) started

b) turned

c) opened

Ćwiczenie 6. Wybierz właściwy wyraz spośród dwóch wyróżnionych. 1.

At the weekend I go out / away with my friends to a disco.

2. I dropped / popped 3. Don’t get / wake

in on my friend on my way home.

me up until 10 o’clock. I need to rest.

4.

Tom usually gets up at the crack of dawn / dusk .

5.

The boy fell asleep / overslept as soon as his head hit the pillow.

6.

After a short break Chris got back up / down to work.

7.

Nick left to / for school soon after 8 o’clock.

8.

We spent most of the day chilling / cooling out in front of the TV.

9.

Johnny let his head / hair down after getting home from school.

www.cel-matura.pl

100

korepetycje maturzysty 10. No wonder you can’t find anything in your room. Look at the mess / nest

you’ve made! 11.

She is on the way to pick up / on her children from school.

12.

My husband and I take turns making / doing the dishes.

13. I made / did

a phone call to Tech Support to ask how to fix my computer.

HOBBIES AND LEISURE Ćwiczenie 1. Wstaw poniższe słowa do odpowiednich kolumn tabeli.

yoga

reading

shopping

stamp collecting

a musical instrument

gardening cards

karate

squash

athletics

camping

fishing

knitting

aerobics

sailing

do

photography

exercise

sewing

crossword puzzles

drawing dancing

cycling

Nordic walking

video games

go

play

no verb

Ćwiczenie 2. Uzupełnij zdania odpowiednimi wyrażeniami z tabeli z ćwiczenia 1. 1. Debra 2. I

to keep her body fit and mind calm. my weekly

3. Next time you

at Carrefour every Friday morning. you should wear a cycle helmet to protect your

head in case you fall off your bike. 4. We spend a lot of time outdoors during the summer.

We 5. I

or backpacking every weekend. stomach

to strengthen my stomach muscles.

6.

We needed a break from sunbathing, so we

7.

I love

in the lake.

, but these days I don’t read as much as I used to. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 4. Everyday life

101

8. I’m lucky to have a cousin who

professionally,

so he will be shooting my wedding. 9. I

tonight, but there is nothing in my wardrobe

that I’d like to wear when I hit the dance floor. 10.

Sue takes after her father, who is artistic, and she loves

.

Ćwiczenie 3. Wybierz właściwy wyraz spośród dwóch wyróżnionych. 1.

Do you want to chill out / cool down at the club later today?

2. Not having seen each other for a long time, they needed

some quantity time / quality time together. 3.

Now, I’m going to have a coffee, and put my feet up / legs up for a while.

4.

Do you want to go to a shopping centre to hang on / hang out ?

5. It felt so good when I took the weight off my legs / feet . I almost cried

with relief. 6.

I thought we might go on a pub race / pub crawl one night perhaps.

7. Congratulations on passing your exams! Let’s go out

and paint the town red / demolish the town . 8. Why don’t you come over / come along

next week and bring

your girlfriend? Ćwiczenie 4. Uzupełnij dialogi poniższymi wyrażeniami. a)

go out to eat

d)

come along

b)

shall we go

e)

’m off to

c)

are getting together for lunch

f)

drop by

1.

A: What are you doing tonight?



B: Steve and I

2.

A: Bob, could we chat for a while?



B: Sorry, I have to rush. I

www.cel-matura.pl

. Would you like to join us? a baseball game.

102

korepetycje maturzysty 3.

A: Are you doing anything in the evening?



B: No, nothing special. Why?



A: I was wondering if I could

4.

A: Are you busy this afternoon?



B: No, I’m not doing much.



A: Well, how about we

5.

A: We’re going clubbing at the weekend. Would you like to come?



B: Sure, I’d love to. Can my boyfriend

6. A:

and have a chat.

for dinner? too?

to the cinema?



B: Yes, let’s. Anything good on?



A: The new Madagascar film. At the Odeon.



B: Oh, no. I’ve heard it’s boring.

Ćwiczenie 5. Nazwij hobby zdefiniowane w zdaniach 1–8. 1. I’m into this because most shops don’t have the clothes that I want to wear,

and when they do, they are too expensive or they don’t fit right. 2. They are fun to do and they keep your brain going. They are also a great way

to develop your vocabulary skills, to relax and feel smart all at the same time. 3. I started saving them from every letter my parents received. At first I didn’t

have an album, so I kept them in a shoebox. 4. It’s a craft or art as some say. I find it very relaxing and meditative. I like

it when the thread runs through my fingers and a pattern evolves from the needles. It’s a very nice feeling to be able to wear a shawl that I’ve made myself or to give it to someone as a gift. 5. The reason why I like it is that it’s a great way to get you whole body moving.

It can be done almost anywhere. You don’t need mountains or countryside. It can be done in parks, roads or bush tracks. It can be done in all weather conditions and by people of all ages and abilities. All it requires is a pair of poles and comfortable walking shoes. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 4. Everyday life

103

6. This is an extreme sport that is not for everybody. You should make sure that

you are in good health and physically fit before attempting it. I climb indoors all year round and outdoors in summer, usually in Slovenia. 7. It’s a very practical hobby for homeowners who like to do jobs around the house

on their own. It’s very satisfying to be able to repair things on your own without the need to call a professional. I’m helpless at it. I can’t even put up a shelf! 8. Most of the best waves are early in the morning, so if you want to get anywhere

in this sport, you should get into a routine of getting up in the small hours. I love the water spraying up at me and the wind blowing through my hair.

SHOPPING Ćwiczenie 1. Uzupełnij dialogi wyrazami z ramek. W razie potrzeby zmień formę.

cash

bargain

small change

haggle change

discount bulk

credit

fortune

good value

refund

rip-off

1.

A: Look, a pair of socks costs more than £5. That’s a way too expensive.



B: Yes, but there is a

2.

A: What a beautiful painting! It must have cost a



B: No, not really. I bought it at a flea market a few years ago.

if you buy two or three pairs. !

It was rather cheap. 3.

A: Can I pay by credit card or by cheque?



B: I’m sorry. We only accept

4.

A: If only it were cheaper. I can’t spend that much on a carpet!



B: I suppose you can buy it on

5.

A: You get



B: Yes, definitely. They sell products worth the money you lay out.

6.

A: Who would pay £50 for a T-shirt? It’s a real



B: That’s why I don’t buy anything from them.

www.cel-matura.pl

. .

for money here. !

104

korepetycje maturzysty

7.

A: Have you got

? I need it for the vending machine.



B: No, sorry. I only have notes.

8.

A: My sister bought this dress for only £8. When she told me the price, I got one for myself.



B: What a

9.

A: It hasn’t worked right since the day I bought it.



B: You should return it and ask for a

10.

A: Could you



B: I can give you quarters.

11.

A: I’ve run out of bread! I have to go to the supermarket to buy some.



B: Again? If you buy in

! .

a $10 note for me?

, you will never find yourself

running to a shop on a Saturday evening. 12.

A: I haggled over the price and finally the seller went down from €200 to €160.



B: You got a great

!

Ćwiczenie 2. Co gdzie można kupić? Odpowiedz, łącząc w pary wyrażenia

z kolumn A i B.

A B 1.

bread and cakes



a)

greengrocer’s

2.

meat



b)

off-licence

3.

newspapers, magazines, cigarettes

c)

butcher’s

4.

medicines, beauty products



d)

fishmonger’s

5.

flowers and plants



e)

baker’s

6.

fruit and vegetables



f)

newsagent’s

7.

alcoholic drinks



g)

florist’s

8.

high quality foods



h)

chemist’s

9.

nails and screws



i)

deli

10.

fish and seafood



j)

ironmonger’s stara dobra szkoła

Unit 4. Everyday life

105

Ćwiczenie 3. Uzupełnij dialogi poniższymi wyrazami.

shelves

queue

checkout

trolley

receipt

reusable bag

aisle

1.

A: Where is the cheese?



B: Dairy products are on

2.

A: If you are not doing a lot of shopping, it’s better to take a shopping basket.



B: But I always take a

3.

A: Mum, where can I get a candy bar?



B: It’s at the

4.

A: Could you give me a plastic bag to put my groceries in?



B: Sorry, we don’t use plastic bags, but you can buy a

5.

A: Have you ever stood in a checkout



B: No, never. I don’t do last-minute Christmas shopping.

6.

A: Can you tell me where the ice-cream is, please?



B: In the frozen food section, next to the

7.

A: I always look at the



B: Me too. Last time a check-out clerk overcharged me by almost £4!

6, in the middle of the supermarket. even if I buy only a few things.

counter. for 25 cents.

at Christmas time?

with tinned food.

to check if the prices are correct.

Ćwiczenie 4. Luki w zdaniach 1–7 uzupełnij jednym z następujących wyrazów:

cost, price i value. Zastosuj w razie potrzeby formę liczby mnogiej. 1.

Recently, this car has lost its

and now it’s just £10.000.

2. I bought this painting last month. The

was €2.000 although

I don’t think it’s worth that much. 3.

A: How much is the scarf?



B: £12.



A: But the



B: Yes, but it’s on offer.

4.

A: They deliver their food at no extra



B: So, let’s order a takeaway tonight.

5.

It originally cost €15, but I bought it at half

www.cel-matura.pl

tag says it costs £20. to homes. .

106

korepetycje maturzysty

6. Their products are poor

for money. They can be bought cheaper

elsewhere. 7.

A: They charge the highest

in town.



B: That’s why I don’t shop there.

Ćwiczenie 5. Uzupełnij dialog wyrażeniami z ramek w odpowiedniej formie.

start with

come

work out

left

short

go over

– How can it be? We should have £3.50, but there is only £1 – Let’s

2

1

.

it carefully. We spent £12.50 at Asda, then we went to Starbucks

for some coffee. That was about £6. – And that – Um, we

3 4

to £18.50.

£22, so we are £2.50

5

.

– We must have been overcharged. No, wait a second. We’ve forgotten about the cookies. How much were they? – About £3 maybe? – Yes, it must have been the cookies. That’s OK then. We

it

6

wrong.

Ćwiczenie 6. Uzupełnij dialog poniższymi wyrażeniami.

Shop assistant: May I help you? Customer: Yes, I’m interested in the green shirt in the window. Shop assistant:

1

a) Yes, blue is definitely your colour b) Here is your receipt c) Would you like to try it on

?

d) Here you are, that’s the last one

Customer: Medium. Shop assistant: I’m not certain if we

e) What’s your size

have the shirt in medium, but let me

f)

look for you…. No, I’m sorry.

2

.

We’re expecting another shipment to arrive any day now, but we have the same style in your size in other colours.

We’re out of stock of green mediums in that style

g) Yes, we accept all major credit cards h) Do you have it in a bigger size

stara dobra szkoła

Unit 4. Everyday life

107

Customer: Do you have it in blue? Shop assistant: I will go and see if we’ve got any... Yes, we have. Here you are.

3

?

The changing rooms are in the back of the shop. Customer: Thanks. (The customer puts on the shirt. It’s too small) Customer: No, it doesn’t fit me. It’s a little bit too tight in the chest. Shop assistant: Let me check...

5

4

?

.

(The customer puts on the new shirt. It fits now) Shop assistant: That shirt looks great on you. Customer: You think so? Shop assistant:

6

.

Customer: OK, I will take it. Do you take VISA? Shop assistant:

7

. Please, enter your PIN number into the pinpad and press

the “enter” key to confirm.

8

.

Focus on grammar Ćwiczenie 1. W poniższym tekście każdorazowo zaznacz właściwą spośród form

danego czasownika.

In my family, my brother and I were encouraged

1

being / to be / be

involved in

housekeeping from an early age. We were treated in the same way – there were no girls’ or boys’ jobs. There were just jobs that were our responsibility. At the age of 7 we were supposed

2

to keep / keep / keeping

our personal space clean and un-

cluttered. We cleaned our rooms, made the beds and picked up our toys. As we grew bigger, we watched the range of tasks 3 to widen / widen . At about the age of 10 we cleared up after meals, took the rubbish out, vacuumed and fed the pets. We also did the dishes. I washed and my brother dried. Later on, we were given more demanding jobs. From about the age of 14 we had 4 to share / share / sharing the chores of 5

shopping / shop / to shop and

www.cel-matura.pl

6

ironing / iron / to iron our own clothes.

108

korepetycje maturzysty

I try 7 raising / to raise / raise my own kids in a similar way. I believe that parents should start early enough and 8 make / to make / making their children tidy their own rooms by the time they go to kindergarten. My boys, 8 and 9, are expected also

10

help / to help / helping

9

to clean / clean / cleaning

their bedrooms and

me when I ask them. They are not, however, bur-

dened with countless jobs. Generally, I just want them 11 to keep / keep / keeping their rooms neat and organised. Ćwiczenie 2. Wstaw podane czasowniki w ramki, odpowiednio je przekształcając

– w formie bezokolicznika z „to” bądź bez „to” lub formie –ing. 1.

have



a) I love



b) I’d love

a bath. It’s so relaxing. a bath. There is nothing that relaxes me more

than hot water. 2.

tell



a) Friendship means



b) Sorry, I meant

the truth, even if it might hurt. you sooner, but I couldn’t find

the right moment. 3.

drink



a) What would you like



b) I like

4.

5.

coffee in a tall glass.

tell

a) She likes



?

b) I don’t like

people what to do. She really does. you this, but I think you ought to know.

water

a) I must remember

the flowers. Otherwise they will die.



the flowers. I guess Mum has done it.

6.

b) I don’t remember

clean

a) We paid her

up our house. We always pay her in advance. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 4. Everyday life

b) We paid her for

109

up our house. After the job was done,

she was paid, and she went home. 7.



sing a) I heard him

on the stage. I wished I watched the whole concert

because it was just great.

b) I heard him

on the stage. I watched the whole concert

and it was just great. 8.

park



a) The security guard didn’t allow me



b) The security guard didn’t allow

9.

in front of the hotel. in front of the hotel.

tell



a) I hate

someone to do something for me.



b) I hate

you this, but you’re wasting my time.

10.

talk



a) I’m sure there will be an opportunity



b) You will have an opportunity

about it again. with him again, don’t worry.

Ćwiczenie 3. Wstaw podane czasowniki w ramki w formie bezokolicznika z „to”

bądź bez „to” lub formie –ing.

Scott is educated, well-read and fun

1

  be   with, and would altogether make

a perfect husband if it weren’t for his quick temper, forgetfulness and untidiness. Amy, his wife, observing the transformation of her puppy after it was trained in obedience, wrote in her diary one day: “Try on Scott!”. She did and it worked great. Here is how: 2 4

  prevent   blow

Scott

from

3

through

5

phins to flip or tigers

www.cel-matura.pl

house

  ignore   unwanted habits and

desired ones, the same approach animal trainers use

stead of

the

and

his top when he couldn’t find his keys, she used the “Least Rein-

forcing Scenario” on him, which is reward

  stomp  

9

8

6 7

  get   dol-

  jump   through hoops. In crude terms, in-

  join   in the search of keys, or

10

  fuel   his temper by

110

korepetycje maturzysty

11

from

snap at him, she turned a deaf ear to his outbursts. 13

bother

15

keep him

her while she was trying to cook, she applied “incompatible

behaviours”, which is to make somebody have them

12

14

do

something else rather than

stop something you don’t like, by

16

put a bowl of chips

on the other side of the kitchen island. After two years of animal training, Amy enjoys a far smoother marriage and a more loveable husband. Ćwiczenie 4. Wstaw podane czasowniki w ramki w formie bezokolicznika

(infinitive) lub formie –ing (gerund). 1. Katy was complaining about

have nothing to do, so I suggested

take a walk. 2.

I really miss

3.

If you keep

4.

She promised

5.

I preferred

6.

Like most children, Josh hates

7.

The roof needs

8. 9.

work with Tom. He was incredibly creative. study non-stop, you will burn out. watch our house while we were out of town. stay in to

go to the club the other night. clean his room.

fix . It leaks when it rains.

renovate a house requires a lot of work, patience and money.

Do you mind

help me with my homework?

10. When Sue mentioned

not

go for a swim, I warned her

go into the river.

11. Brandon is a techno-geek, and each year he looks forward

get

a new computer. 12.

There are times when I seriously consider

13. What also might help you feel better is

move to the country. spend more time

with your family. 14.

Zoe finally agreed

15.

He refused

let me take a picture of her. leave so I threatened to call the police. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 4. Everyday life Ćwiczenie 5. Ułóż w odpowiadające sobie pary zdania 1–2 ze zdaniami a–b. I.

1. I regret not accepting your invitation.



2. I regret not to accept your invitation.

a) I’m sorry but I have to refuse your invitation. b) I should have accepted your invitation. II.

1. I stopped to visit Helen.



2. I stopped visiting Helen.

a) I no longer visit Helen. b) On my way home I stopped in order to visit Helen. III.

1. She forgot to close the window.



2. She forgot closing the window.

a) The window is still open. b) The window is closed, but she forgot that she had done it. IV.

1. Justin went on to read a book.



2. Justin went on reading a book.

a) Justin continued reading a book. b) Justin completed one action and started a new one. V.

1. He tried to remove the stain with soap.



2. He tried removing the stain with soap.

a) He attempted to remove the stain with soap. b) As an experiment, he used soap to remove the stain. Ćwiczenie 6. Podane czasowniki wstaw w czasie Present Continuous

lub Present Simple. Jeśli zachodzi taka potrzeba, zmień strukturę zdania. 1.

A: Are you busy?



B: No. I just

2.

A: Where is Mike?



B: In the kitchen. He

3.

A: Joe



B: He always

www.cel-matura.pl

watch TV. Come in, please.

have breakfast.

throw a party next Saturday. party ! He is so laid-back.

111

112

korepetycje maturzysty

4.

A: David, ssh! Just be quiet, OK? You



B: But Mum, I am being quiet!

5.

A: You



B: Yes, we

6.

A: What is that smell?



B: Mum

7.

A: How it



B: I

8.

A: Steve appears to be happy today. He



B: Yes, he is. I wonder what he

9.

A: What she



B: She’s a lawyer.

10.

A: Who



B: I

give me a headache.

go away this summer? go to Norway.

bake a cake. go at work these days? get tired from working too many hours. smile . think of?

do for a living?

do your hair? do it myself.

Ćwiczenie 7. Ułóż pytania dotyczące podkreślonych części zdań. 1.

Sandy is reading a bedtime story to her little son.

2.

Judy cleans her house thoroughly every day.

3.

The child is getting to sleep now.

4.

Peggy never raises her voice to anyone.

5.

I’m shopping for a new laundry basket.

6.

Paul is making his bed.

7.

Brian is watering the plants for his grandma.

8.

Greg is setting his alarm clock for 6 o’clock.

9.

They travel to work by public transport.

10.

I take a shower at least twice a day.

11.

He always sleeps with his window open because he gets hot at night.

12.

Jennifer cooks healthily with no excess fat.

13.

The girl is stirring her tea with a spoon. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 4. Everyday life 14.

He usually gets up at about 7 on Mondays.

15.

I want to watch this film now.

113

Ćwiczenie 8. Podane czasowniki wstaw w czasie Present Continuous

lub Present Simple. Jeśli zachodzi taka potrzeba, zmień strukturę zdania. 1. A:

you speak Spanish?



B: Yes, I

2.

A: What language



B: I don’t know, but it

3.

A: Of all their children, Michael



B: Yes, indeed. He

4.

A: Whose room is it?



B: Now that my sister has moved out it’s mine, but she still

. I picked up the lingo when I was in Madrid.

she speak ? sound like Swedish. study the hardest.

prepare for his final exam now.

here when she

come home for holidays.

5.

A: Jane, why



B: No, I just have something in my eye.

6.

A: What



B: I

7. A:

sleep

you look so sad?

you cry ?

you think you

do , Bill?

go out. That’s what I

do .

you have a good time?



B: Yes, I

8.

A: I’ve heard that they



B: Yes, but only until they

9.

A: It



B: That’s why I

10.

A: What time



B: I’m not sure. I’ll look it up in a TV guide.

enjoy myself immensely. live at your house. find a place to go.

rain a lot in England. hate British weather.

the film start ?

Ćwiczenie 9. Uzupełnij zdania odpowiednim przyimkiem. 1. I haven’t always been interested

fashion. In fact, when I was young

I paid no attention to what I was wearing. www.cel-matura.pl

114

korepetycje maturzysty

2.

My sister is keen

sport and loves to jog every day.

3.

I’m not much

4.

He doesn’t care much

football, or sports for that matter.

5. I’m a big fan

politics and that’s why he never votes.

“Dexter”. I’ve seen only 4 seasons but I’m going to see

the remaining seasons too. 6. Chris is really hooked

text messages. He sends about 200 text messages

a day! 7.

I’m afraid she’s obsessed

fitness. She works out every day for hours.

8.

I wouldn’t say that I’m addicted

9. Kate has never really taken

the internet, but yes, I do use it a lot. singing even though she has performed

at many school concerts. She prefers dancing. 10.

She is good

cooking. She’s made up lots of her own recipes.

11.

You should take

12. I’ve cut down 13.

cycling. It will keep you fit and it is great fun. watching TV. Now I only watch what I really want to.

Take my advice and give

gambling. It will leave you penniless.

14. Like most teenagers, Adam is mad

fast cars. His dream is to drive on

a racetrack. 15. Martha is fond

collecting old postcards. Her collection has now over

250 of them. Ćwiczenie 10. Uzupełnij zdania, wstawiając w zaznaczone miejsca przedimek

nieokreślony lub określony. 1.

A: Which shirt do you like more?

B:

blue one.

2.

A: May I help you?



B: Yes, I’m interested in

3.

A: May I help you?



B: Yes, please. I’m looking for

4. What 5.

yellow scarf in the window. sweatshirt.

beautiful dress! I love the pattern.

Excuse me, how much is

jacket? stara dobra szkoła

Unit 4. Everyday life 6.

Do you like my new handbag? It’s

7.

I’ve bought

8.

They didn’t have

9.

Sheila was made to buy

10. They bought

but

new scent.

115

Gucci. perfume smells lovely.

coat I wanted in stock. more expensive of the two products.

new car stereo.

radio worked all right,

CD player didn’t work at all.

Ćwiczenie 11. W każdym z poniższych zdań wybierz jedno z wyrażeń,

tak aby utworzyć prawidłowe zdania emfatyczne. 1.

Whatsoever / Wherever did you get that extraordinary bag!

2.

It was because / It was why I had no money that I didn’t go shopping.

3.

What surprises me is that / what a t-shirt can cost.

4. What you need doing / to do is to enter your PIN number

and press the confirmation key. 5. I’m not the slightest bit / none at all

interested in buying a jacket for £900.

The price is insane! 6. 7. 8.

Now we have no money to burn whatever / whatsoever . What was / It was the unusual design of the shoes that caught my eye.

It is the man / the one man who sold me the defective kettle.

What I want you to do / What I want you is go to the supermarket 9. 

and buy food for dinner. 10. I do like / like do your new sports shoes! 11. 12.

Which / All

I need is another £100 for a new sofa bed.

Thank you very much indeed / really .

13. That’s the coat / the very coat

It was after / Only after 14. 

I’ve been looking for!

I went down to the shop that I realised

I had forgotten my wallet. 15. Everything is getting more expensive and we’re getting

all we need / less and less for our money. www.cel-matura.pl

116

korepetycje maturzysty

Ćwiczenie 12. Uzupełnij zdania czasownikami frazowymi z ramek

w odpowiedniej formie. tidy up go off

wash up dry up

1.

Paul won’t

2.

I need to

3. He

wake up to

conk out

take out

change into

put away

hang up

get out of

curl up

the garbage no matter how full it is. bed. I feel like I’m wasting my day. the smell of freshly brewed coffee.

4. Joyce got home from school and just

on the couch. She was asleep

as soon as her head hit the pillow. 5. You should

your room

. It looks as if a tornado

went through it. 6. As soon as she got home, she

and

her comfortable clothes

on the sofa with a book.

7.

Don’t bother with the dishes. I will

8.

Mum, where is the clothes line? I need to

9.

Steve has set his mobile phone alarm clock to

10. She

the glasses

tomorrow.

and

my laundry to dry. at 8 o’clock. them

in the cupboard.

Focus on matura Zadanie 1.

Egzaminujący: Let’s start with Task 1. Read the task. You have about half a minute for that. Then we will start.

After about 30 seconds

Egzaminujący: Can we start now?

stara dobra szkoła

Unit 4. Everyday life Jesteś w sklepie na zakupach. Chcesz kupić nowe spodnie. Rozmawiasz ze sprzedawcą.

– dowiedz się czy spodnie, które Ci się podobają są dostępne w Twoim rozmiarze,



– ponieważ nie ma Twojego rozmiaru, poproś o podobny fason w kolorze czarnym,



– zapytaj, gdzie są przymierzalnie,



– dowiedz się, jakie są formy płatności.

Rozmowę rozpoczyna egzaminujący. Egzaminujący: Thank you. Let’s move on to Task 2. Zadanie 2.

Egzaminujący: Describe  the picture. After about 10 seconds. Egzaminujący: Thank you. I will now ask you three questions. Uwaga: na egzaminie maturalnym pytania do ilustracji znajdują się wyłącznie w zestawie egzaminującego.

Przykładowe pytania 1. What are these people doing?

Egzaminujący: Thank you.

2. What do you think they are feeling?

Let’s move on to Task 3.

3. Have you ever tried anything

as extreme as this? www.cel-matura.pl

117

118

korepetycje maturzysty

Zadanie 3.

Zdjęcie 1

Egzaminujący: Read the task and think about what you’d like to say. You have about a minute to prepare.

Po upływie ok. minuty

Egzaminujący: Can you start now? Popatrz na Zdjęcie 1, Zdjęcie 2 i Zdjęcie 3. Planujesz z przyjaciółmi wakacje. Macie do wyboru trzy propozycje. – Wybierz miejsce, gdzie chciałbyś spędzić wakacje i wyjaśnij, dlaczego tam chcesz pojechać. – Powiedz, dlaczego odrzucasz

Zdjęcie 2

pozostałe propozycje. Egzaminujący: Thank you. I will now ask you two questions. Przykładowe pytania 1. Do you like active holidays or relaxing

Zdjęcie 3

holidays? 2. Do you prefer holidays abroad or at home? 3. Have you been on an all-inclusive holiday? 4. How do you feel about spending your holidays with your parents?

Egzaminujący: Thank you. This is the end of the exam.

stara dobra szkoła

Unit 5. Food and drink „Nie po to się żyje, aby jeść, ale się je po to, aby żyć”. Jedzenie to rzecz niezwykle istotna dla naszej egzystencji, dla naszego zdrowia i dobrego samopoczucia. Dlatego tak wiele o nim mówimy na co dzień i od święta. Rozmowy o potrawach i ich smakach, właściwych sposobach przyrządzania, o napojach, o jedzeniu w domu i rozmaitych lokalach: barach, stołówkach, restauracjach to przedmiot ćwiczeń leksykalnych w poniższym rozdziale. W ćwiczeniach gramatycznych zawarta jest m.in. następująca problematyka: rzeczowniki policzalne i niepoliczalne, some, any, someone, anyone, nobody, none of, something, anything, no, nothing, none, much, many, czasowniki frazowe “phrasal verbs”. Trzy przykładowe zadania na maturę ustną nawiązują również do problematyki żywieniowej.

120

korepetycje maturzysty Focus on vocabulary TALKING ABOUT FOOD Ćwiczenie 1. Dopasuj przymiotniki z kolumny A do wyrazów przeciwstawnych

z kolumny B.

A B 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

tasty light hot raw stale sweet bland



a)



b)



c)



d)



e)

f)

g)

fresh bitter mild flavourful rich disgusting cooked

Ćwiczenie 2. Rozstrzygnij, które czwórki bądź trójki przymiotników

z poszczególnych wierszy kolumny B mogą określać produkty żywnościowe wymienione w kolumnie A. A B 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

fruit cereal



a)



b)

c)



d)

e)



f)



g)



h)

i)



j)

meat cheese butter cake coffee sauce milk steak

strong, mild, weak, watery mild, buttery, firm, soft crumbly, dry, moist, stale thick, bland, heavy, spicy rare, medium, well-done tender, tough, lean, fatty soggy, sweet, filling ripe, rotten, raw creamy, soft, spreadable skimmed, sour, non-fat, long-life stara dobra szkoła

Unit 5. Food and drink

121

Ćwiczenie 3. W wolne miejsca wpisz odpowiednie przymiotniki wybrane

z kolumny B poprzedniego ćwiczenia. 1.

My coffee was so

that I can’t take a nap now.

2.

We complained to the waiter that the meat was too

3.

His cereal was

to cut.

from soaking in the milk for too long.

4. I added some salt and pepper to the sauce because it was slightly too

for me. 5.

Lynn counts calories and that’s why she drinks only

6.

Of all the apples, three were

7.

Feta cheese is

milk.

and had to be thrown away. enough to be cut into cubes.

8. Make sure the butter is

. Otherwise it won’t combine well

with the flour. 9.

I like my steak

10.

The cake was so

. I don’t like it rare or overcooked either. that I thought it was a few days old.

Ćwiczenie 4. Wyrażenie podkreślone zastąp odpowiednimi wyrażeniami z ramek,

wpierw nadając im zgodną z kontekstem formę gramatyczną. curdle

go off

overcook

sink

burn

sour

go rancid

go mouldy

1. This bread has some green spots growing on it. I will have to buy a new loaf. 2. I wouldn’t recommend this restaurant. The last time we went there

the potatoes were watery and soft. 3. The milk will have a bad taste if you don’t keep it in a cool place. 4. She ruined the chicken by putting it in the oven on too high a heat. 5. The butter will not be fresh if you leave it out of the refrigerator. 6. Lower the heat if you don’t want the milk to get thicker and form lumps. 7. The cheesecake has fallen in the middle, but it still tastes good. 8. The fish wasn’t good to eat because I forgot to put it in the fridge.

I had to throw it out. www.cel-matura.pl

122

korepetycje maturzysty

Ćwiczenie 5. Do początkowych partii wypowiedzi z kolumny A dobierz

odpowiednie zakończenia z kolumny B, tak by powstały kompletne określenia potraw i napojów. A

B

1. This steak is as tough as →

a) home to me

2. Waiter, this wine tastes of →

b) burnt rubber

3. It’s not real coffee. It’s from a machine

c) heaven d) old socks

and it tastes like → 4. This cake doesn’t only look fabulous,

e) cardboard

but it also tastes like →

f) dishwater

5. Some cheese smells like →

g) old boots

6. I don’t like this pizza. Its crust is dry and tastes like →

h) sunshine

7. Yummy! This freshly squeezed orange juice tastes like →

in a glass

8. My grandma used to bake this bread when

I was little. It tastes like →

FOOD PREPARATION Ćwiczenie 1. Dopasuj czasowniki z kolumny A do rzeczowników z kolumny B. A B 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

mash chop squeeze whisk peel knead slice grate carve mix



a)



b)



c)



d)



e)



f)



g)



h)

i)

j)

the cheese the dough the apples the ingredients the bacon the onion the juice the egg whites the potatoes the chicken stara dobra szkoła

Unit 5. Food and drink

123

Ćwiczenie 2. Uzupełnij luki w zdaniach 1–10, używając wyrażeń z ćwiczenia 1

w odpowiedniej formie. 1.

The cook

into small pieces and fried it in some oil in a pan.

2. Mum

on a floured board until it was smooth.

3. She

and spread it over the pizza.

4. Kate

until they formed peaks.

5. I

as thinly as possible.

6. I

to make a puree.

7. Beth

from the orange and poured it into a glass.

8. When she removed it from the grill, she 9.

into four equal portions.

together with a fork.

10. Don’t

. Just cut them in half and remove the seeds.

Ćwiczenie 3. Powiedz, w jaki sposób oraz gdzie lub w czym przygotowuje się

wymienione w kolumnie B dania i potrawy. Posłuż się terminami z kolumn A i C. A B C

roast

a cake,a bread, cake, bread, potatoes, ham, ribs, meatloaf potatoes, ham, ribs, meatloaf over an open fire/in an oven

smoke

eggs, rice, potatoes, vegetables, pasta, noodles

in hot oil or fat

grill

an onion, eggs, bacon, fish fillets

in steam, not in water

steam

sausages, meat, fish

above/below high heat

boil

a piece of meat, a leg of lamb, a chicken, potatoes

in an oven

bake

cheese, meat, fish

in smoke from burning wood

fry

vegetables

in water

Ćwiczenie 4. Uzupełnij tekst wyrazami z ramek.

pour

place

melt

add

break

whisk

sprinkle

warm

set

served

stir

remove

Scrambled eggs is a popular egg dish that is usually eaten for breakfast or a light lunch. It’s simple and quick to make. This is how to go about it. www.cel-matura.pl

124

korepetycje maturzysty

Take three eggs and heat to

3 5

1

them into a bowl.

it up.

4

2

salt and pepper to the eggs and a tablespoon of milk.

the egg mixture vigorously for about two minutes until blended. Once the

saucepan is warm, add a small amount of butter. pan. When melted, to

a saucepan over a moderate

9

7

6

the butter tilting the sauce-

in the egg mixture. Don’t

8

it, just allow the eggs

. As soon as this starts happening, move the mixture around the pan with

a wooden spoon. When the eggs have set, the parsley or chives if desired. It can be

10 12

the pan off the heat.

1. I preheated / warmed the oven to 250 and baked the cake for an hour.

Leave the cake on the rack to cold / cool .

3. She greased / oiled the tin well with butter to prevent the cake

from sticking to it. 4.

Gold / Brown the onions before adding the beef.

5. Mum cooked the meat over a high heat / fire for about four minutes

on each side. 6.

When the water comes to the bubble / boil , add the noodles.

7. Allow the soup to boil / simmer slowly for about 20 minutes until

the vegetables are cooked. 8. Alice drained / dried

the pasta well before serving.

9.

I could smell / taste bread baking even before entering the house.

10.

Season the stew to taste / flavour with salt and pepper.

EATING IN Ćwiczenie 1. Dopasuj czasowniki z kolumny A do wyrażeń z kolumny B. A B 1. 2.

lay invite



a)



b)

on

with toast or eaten on its own as well.

Ćwiczenie 5. Wybierz właściwy wyraz spośród dwóch wyróżnionych.

2.

11

a bottle the pepper stara dobra szkoła

Unit 5. Food and drink help yourself

3.



c)

d)



e)



f)



g)



h)

bring

4.

dish

5.

do

6.

pass

7.

have

8.

125

an extra helping to the cookies the dishes up the spaghetti the table for lunch

Ćwiczenie 2. Uzupełnij luki w zdaniach 1–8, używając wyrażeń z ćwiczenia 1

w odpowiedniej formie. 1.

I hate

2.

When it was cooked, Kate

3.

Could you

4. I 5.

. My husband doesn’t mind, so that’s his job. into the bowls and called everyone to eat.

, please? I need to add some flavor to my meat. her for

at my place, but she refused.

. I’ve baked them myself.

6.

Lunch was delicious and I even

7.

Could you

of pasta and ate until I was full.

for dinner, please?

8. Yesterday we had dinner for friends at home and they

of wine

with them. Ćwiczenie 3. Każdemu zdaniu 1–12 odpowiada jedno ze zdań a–l.

Wypisz wszystkie pary.

1. Wash your hands and come

downstairs.

a) Don’t let your food get cold. b) Enjoy!

2. No more for me, thanks.

c) Yes, please – just a drop.

3. Don’t eat the cake before you eat

d) Tea, please.

your meal. 4. Let me know when lunch is ready.

e) Yes, I will have a small piece,

thank you.

5. I had a long walk in the woods.

f) I’m stuffed.

6. Oh boy! This is delicious.

g) It has given me an appetite for dinner.

www.cel-matura.pl

126

korepetycje maturzysty

7. Here is your steak.

h) Just half-full, please

8. Do you take milk?

i) Dinner will be in a few minutes.

9. How about some more cake?

j) I’m starving.

10. Tea, coffee?

k) It will ruin your appetite.

11. Sit down and eat.

l) My mouth is watering.

12. May I fill your glass?

Ćwiczenie 4. Uzupełnij dialog wyrazami z ramek.

coffee

treat

delicious

dessert

recipes

juicy

food

served

yuck

seasoned

– It smells good. What is it? – It’s a

1

from Scandinavia, from Sweden, to be more precise.

I’ve prepared meatballs with lingonberry sauce, mashed potatoes and steamed cabbage. – Let me at it. (after a while) – It’s

2

! It’s tender and

3

and perfectly

4

.

You’re a fantastic cook, Mike. – Oh, no. My mother is a great cook. I just cook simple – But your

6 7

5

.

always tastes wonderful and it’s always so beautifully

.

– Thanks. Are you ready for some

8

now?

– No, thank you. I’m watching my weight. – You don’t need to lose any weight. You look just great as you are. – You’re kidding, right? Ok, I will start my diet on Monday. So what’s for dessert? – Pancakes with corn syrup. – 

9

. I love pancakes, but could I have them without the corn syrup, please? stara dobra szkoła

Unit 5. Food and drink

127

– Oh, I’m sorry. If you don’t like the syrup on your pancakes, I’ll scrape it off. Would you like some

10

or tea to go with them?

Ćwiczenie 5. Wybierz właściwy wyraz spośród dwóch wyróżnionych. 1. Jenny had pasta as a beginning / starter and I had a vegetarian

dish / meal with beans. 2.

What shall we have for the main course / meal : pork chop or rump steak?

3. Josh eats too much convenience food / dish . He says it’s easy

when you live alone. 4. When I was a child we always had tea / coffee

in the evening.

It usually included a sandwich or cake. 5. I like my mum’s cuisine / cooking . 6. Yesterday we had lamb chops with a side dish / dish of red cabbage

served on a separate plate. 7. What is the dressing / sauce for the salad? A light vinaigrette. 8.

Beth laid out bowls of crisps, nuts, nachos and other dessert / nibbles on the table.

9. I cook simple things. Yesterday I had a chicken / chicken . I don’t bother

for myself. 10.

Shall I roast the meat or would you prefer it as a casserole / pot ?

EATING OUT Ćwiczenie 1. Uzupełnij dialogi poniższymi zdaniami. a) No, we’re too full.

d) Would you mind waiting at the bar?

b) I’ll take it back to the kitchen.

e) Just bring us a bottle of red wine.

c) I’ll check with the kitchen.

f)

Thousand Island dressing, please.

1.

A: I ordered my food an hour ago, and it isn’t here yet.



B: I’m very sorry

www.cel-matura.pl

.

128

korepetycje maturzysty

2.

A: Excuse me. I can’t eat this fish. It’s dry and tasteless.



B: I’m sorry.

3.

A: Would you like some dessert now?

B: 4.

.

.

A: What dressing would you like on your salad?

B:

.

5.

A: A table for two, please.



B: There aren’t any tables available now.

6.

A: Would you like to see the wine list?



B: No, thanks.

?

.

Ćwiczenie 2. Uzupełnij dialogi poniższymi zdaniami.

The name is Bauer

a) Certainly. Would it be all

f)

b)  I’ll make sure of it. How about you, sir? What would you like

g)  Excuse me, could I have the bill please

c) I’ll be right back with your drinks

h)  Would you like something to drink first

d) Compliments to the chef e) Right this way, please

Waiter: Good evening. Do you have a reservation? Paul: Yes, I’ve booked a table for two for 6 o’clock.

1

Waiter: Let me check. Ah, yes, Mr Bauer.

2

.

.

Waiter: Here you are. A table for two by the window. I’ll bring you the menu in a moment.

3

?

Kate: I will have an ice tea, please. Paul: And I will a mineral water. Waiter: An ice tea and a mineral water.

4

. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 5. Food and drink Waiter: Are you ready to order? Kate: Yes, I’ll have the beef with mashed potatoes and green beans. Make sure that the beans are crispy, not overcooked. Waiter:

5

?

Paul: A vegetarian plate with steamed vegetables and brown rice. Could you bring it all at the same time? Waiter:

6

?

Paul: Yes, thank you. Waiter: I’ll get your order in right away. Kate: Since when have you started eating veggies? Paul: Since I’ve been on a diet. I mustn’t overeat fatty foods if I want to lose weight. Kate: Careful with the yoyo effect. Last time I dieted I lost four pounds and put six back on. Paul:

7

?

Waiter: Sure, here is your bill. I hope you enjoyed your meal. Paul: Yes, it was delicious.

8

.

Ćwiczenie 3. Odpowiedz gdzie możesz usłyszeć poszczególne, wymienione

poniżej zwroty – w restauracji czy w barze szybkiej obsługi? 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

And the next, please. A hot dog, a salad and a strawberry shake. Excellent choice, sir. Would you like something to drink while you’re looking at your menu? How would you like your steak? I’ll get some napkins and straws and find a table for us. Regular or large cola? Eat in or take out? Could you please clear the table? There you go. Anything to eat?

www.cel-matura.pl

129

130

korepetycje maturzysty

Ćwiczenie 4 . Uzupełnij poniższe zdania wyrażeniami z ramek.

bar

non-smoking section

terrace

counter

bar stool

booth

toilet

stage

rubbish bin

seating area

1. Kyle picked up his tray and went to the

where the straws

and napkins are kept. 2.

I left the food counter and approached the

3.

Tony drank his coke and went to the

4.

They were sitting in a

to find a table. to throw it away.

chatting and waiting to be served.

5. Steve walked in the pub and went over to the

. “What will it be?”

asked the bartender. “Two draft beers”. 6.

We were seated in a

, but we could still smell the cigarette smoke.

7.

Paul settled the bill while his girlfriend was in the

.

8. How about going to the little restaurant down the street? It has a small

for live music and karaoke. 9.

The man finished his meal and got down from the

.

10. It was a lovely warm evening so we had our dinner on a

of a trendy restaurant. Ćwiczenie 5. Wybierz właściwy wyraz spośród dwóch wyróżnionych. 1. When I was a student I often dined out in cheap eateries such as

greasy spoons / milk bars

and cafeterias / cafetières .

2. There is a nice cafeteria / coffeehouse on the corner which serves good

coffee and delicious sandwiches. 3. They stopped at a hamburger joint / snack bar

to get a cheeseburger

and some chips. 4. We went to a restaurant / bistro

yesterday. The waiter took us to a table

and seated us. 5. The other day after driving over 200 miles, we stopped

at a restaurant car / drive-in for a coffee and donuts. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 5. Food and drink 6. Let’s go to a café / coffee shop

131

for a light meal and cappuccino.

7. Warsaw is full of café gardens / pavement cafés during the warm months

of the year.

DRINKING Ćwiczenie 1. Dopasuj przymiotniki z kolumny A do rzeczowników z kolumny B,

by utworzyć poprawne określenia napojów. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

A B

energy fruit fizzy mulled instant alcoholic banana hot



a)



b)



c)



e)



f)



g)



h)



i)

mineral water coffee teas beverages drinks wine chocolate smoothie

Ćwiczenie 2. Uzupełnij zdania 1–8, używając wyrażeń z ćwiczenia 1. 1. I’m a great fan of

. They are more spicy than fruity

which is actually why I love them. 2. Don’t buy

. They are unhealthy and overpriced. If you feel tired,

just have an apple. 3. I can’t remember the last time I drank

. It was years ago.

Now I’m a coffee snob and I only drink brewed coffee. 4. A: Would you like some



?

B: Oh, no thanks. I don’t actually drink.

5. We don’t sell 6. I like www.cel-matura.pl

to underage people. . I like it when the bubbles tickle my nose.

132

korepetycje maturzysty 7. Kate loves having a big cup of

on a cold winter’s day.

8. There is nothing like a

or iced fruit drink on a boiling hot

summer’s day. Ćwiczenie 3. Z podanych odpowiedzi wybierz właściwą, wpisując a, b lub c. 1.

The cocktail was served in a

with crushed ice.



a) tumbler

b) tall glass

2.

I poured coffee into a

and sipped it warm throughout the whole day.



a) vacuum flask

b) pot c) mug

3. Many people prefer Starbucks coffee from a

c) flute

rather than

from a porcelain one.

a) china cup

4.

Tom poured himself a



a) flute

b) paper cup

c) tankard

of whisky and drank it in one shot. b) beaker

5. I don’t like drinking tea from a

c) tumbler

. I just put a teabag in my

and pour hot water over it.

a) china cup, teacup

b) china cup, mug

c) teapot, mug

6. When the guests gathered round the table, he poured champagne into

and proposed a toast.

a) flutes

b) tumblers

7. After the main course, we ordered a

c) tall glasses

of tea for the table and some cakes.



a) can b) pot c) cup

8.

Let’s grab a



a) cup b) can c) mug

9.

He was sitting at a bar with a



a) tumbler

10.

Jane’s son is 3 years old and he still drinks milk from a



a) beaker

of coke before the game! of beer in his hand.

b) tall glass

b) tankard

c) tankard

.

c) tumbler stara dobra szkoła

Unit 5. Food and drink

133

Ćwiczenie 4. Uzupełnij zdania wyrazami z ramek w odpowiedniej formie.

slurp

gulp

down

sip

toss off

swill

1. Bob was in a hurry, so he brought the drink up to his lips and 2. Don’t

it down.

your coffee. It’s rude.

3.

The man

a shot of vodka to help cope with the pressure.

4.

He’s got a drink problem. He

5. I was so thirsty that I

beer all day long. a full glass of water in one go

and refilled the glass. 6.

She was sitting at a table reading a newspaper and

a cold drink.

Ćwiczenie 5. Uzupełnij teksty wyrazami z ramek. a)  espresso

cups

brewed coffee

cappuccino

cream

coffee maker

unsweetened

wake-up

I used to drink coffee like it was going out of style. Back in my college days I drank four or more

1

of black,

2

coffee a day. I also drank coffee in the eve-

nings when I needed to stay up to study before tests and exams. It was terrible for my health but good for my grades. Coffee helped me get through the day. If I didn’t get my 3

coffee, I would be tired and sleepy. Once I bought a

to drink

5

, I started

. With time I cut down on coffee and now I drink two cups a day at

the most. In the morning it’s usually a cup of strong or later it’s latte or b)

4

7

unpasteurised milk

with

8

semi-skimmed milk

6

and in the afternoon

.

whole milk

fresh cow’s milk

Why do so many people dislike drinking milk? Most of my friends find the taste of milk horrible. They don’t like the smell of it either. But me, I’ve always liked drinking milk. Having grown up on a farm, where I got glasses of raw,

2

1

, I’m used to drinking 4-5

a day. Besides, I usually have it with my cereal, coffee

and even tea. Now that I want to get in shape and lose a few pounds before summer time, I’m going to switch to drinking www.cel-matura.pl

3

instead of

4

.

134

korepetycje maturzysty

Ćwiczenie 6. Uzupełnij zdania odpowiednimi przymiotnikami z ramek.

shaken

frozen

stirred

plain

on draught

spiked

iced

fresh-squeezed

1. She asked for a martini just like the one James Bond drinks,

not

.

2. Some people drink

tea only in summer, but not me.

I drink it all year round. 3. He was just sitting in a café sipping an orange juice 4. I love

with vodka.

orange juice, but it’s way too expensive to order it

from a menu when dining out. 5. Beer in cans is worse than beer

.

6. How do you like your margarita? 7. I’d like the tea

or on the rocks?

. No milk or sugar.

Focus on grammar Ćwiczenie 1. W zaznaczone miejsca wstaw odpowiednie wyrażenia jednostkujące. 1.

Mary usually puts a

of butter on her baked potatoes.

2. Todd was sitting on the couch with a

of beer in his hand,

watching a football match. 3. I’ve already added a 4.

Add a

5.

I will have a

of sugar to your tea.

of honey to sweeten the pastry slightly.

6. Try adding a

of coffee, please. of lemon juice to your tea for a little flavor

if you want to. 7.

Bill dressed the salad with a

8.

Betty always carries a

of vinegar to taste. of chocolate in case she gets hungry.

9. There’s nothing quite as wonderful as a

of jam made from

raspberries. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 5. Food and drink 10.

Would you like another

11. I need a

135

of cake?

of bread and a

of sardines to make sandwiches

for the picnic. 12. The cook added a 13. I’ve bought a

of pepper and a

of salt here and there.

of lettuce and a

of grapes

from a street market. 14.

He left the

of milk out overnight and now it smells bad.

15.

Steve ordered a

16.

Uncle Jim likes adding a

17.

I was walking down the aisles looking for a

18.

Put a

of bacon to go with his eggs. of brandy to his tea. of ice cream.

of bread into the toaster.

Ćwiczenie 2. W zaznaczone miejsca wstaw odpowiednie wyrażenia

jednostkujące.

I’m a tea drinker and I have different kinds and flavours of teas in my cupboard. When I’m in a hurry I don’t bother with a tea pot. I just throw a tea bag into a mug and pour hot water over it. Otherwise I like taking my time preparing and enjoying my

1

of tea. First, I fill a tea ball with a

2

of my favourite fresh

tea leaves and let it steep in a tea pot for a few minutes. My husband drinks his tea with a

3

of milk and a

4

of sugar and always in a glass. I take

mine in mug or cup according to which kind of tea I want to drink. When it’s summer, I often make tea without putting the kettle on, using only the rays of sun. It is sun tea and it tastes more mellow than brewed tea. A great thing about sun tea is that you can be very creative with it and have as many tea bags and spices as you want. I usually put five bags and a

5

of mint into a glass

6

of water. I leave it

in a sunny location (a windowsill is a good idea) for at least three hours for the sun to do its work. When it’s ready, I pour it into glasses over crushed Then I mix it with sugar and serve with a www.cel-matura.pl

8

of lemon.

7

of ice.

136

korepetycje maturzysty

Ćwiczenie 3. Podane czasowniki wyraź w czasie Present Simple bądź Present

Continuous. Jeśli zachodzi taka potrzeba, zmień strukturę zdania. 1.

A: Mmm, the soup

taste delicious!



B: I’m glad you like it. I’ll tell the chef.

2.

A: What are you doing?



B: I

3.

A: The house



B: Probably someone has been cooking and the odour is still in the air.

4.

A: Why



B: I want to see if it’s gone off.

5.

A: The cake



B: I thought it wouldn’t rise. I’ve never baked a cake before.

6.

A: Why hasn’t she tried the cake? She



B: That’s because she’s on a diet.

7.

A: Where is Mum?



B: In the kitchen. She

8.

A: What a giant turkey. It probably

taste the soup to see if it needs more flavour. smell of cabbage.

you smell the cabbage? look great! You should feel proud! look at it for hours!

weigh flour to bake bread later on. weigh more than

twenty pounds!

B: It’s big enough to feed an army.

Ćwiczenie 4. Uzupełnij zdania przymiotnikami lub przysłówkami z ramek.

Może być więcej niż jedna prawidłowa odpowiedź. delicious

good

horrible

nice

1.

He believes that women cook

2.

The kitchen smells

3.

May tasted the sauce

4.

The tea was

5.

Mhhh, this cake tastes really

6.

Ooh, that looks

7.

That music sounds really

eagerly

deliciously

nicely

well

horribly

but that men do it much better. . What have you cooked in here? and immediately she spat it out.

spiced with cardamom and ginger. .

! What a shame I’m on a diet! . It’s really worth listening to. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 5. Food and drink 8.

The children set the table very

9.

The food is

.

overpriced in this restaurant.

Ćwiczenie 5. Uzupełnij zdania wyrazami: something, anything, some, any. 1.

A: Would you like



B: Just

2.

A: Would you like



B: No, thank you.

3.

A: Can I get you



B: Oh, thank you.

warm will do.

4.

A: Would you like

to eat?



B: No, I’m not hungry. I’ve just had my lunch.

5.

A: Can I have



B: Of course, take



A: And



B: Sure, here you go.

6.

A: I wonder if there are



B: No, we’ve eaten them all.

7.

A: What coffee would you like?

B:

to drink? You must be thirsty after the trip. water, please. to drink? to eat? I guess you’re hungry.

to drink? you like. sugar, please? leftovers in the fridge.

coffee will do as long as it is strong.

8.

A: Let’s get



B: What would you like?



A: I’m starving. I will eat

9.

A: Have you ever tried



B: Yes, I’ve eaten roasted crickets a few times. They are not bad.

10.

A: You need



B: What flour?

A: www.cel-matura.pl

food. . weird food? flour, eggs, water and butter to make the cake. all-purpose white flour will do.

137

138

korepetycje maturzysty

Ćwiczenie 6. Uzupełnij zdania wyrazami: no, nothing, none, any, anything, some. 1.

A: Oh dear. There’s



B: I’ll put

2.

A: What do you want to eat?

B: 3.

milk. cream in my coffee instead.

. I’m not hungry.

A: How many eggs have we got?

B:

. I’ll go and buy some.

A:

of the shops are open now, I’m afraid.

4.

A: We’re out of sugar. There’s

left. There’s



B: While you’re at it, we’re out of tea as well.

5.

A: I haven’t got



B: Sorry, there’s

6.

A: Would you like



B: No, thank you. I don’t want

7.

A: Mike, I’m off to the shop to buy



B: Don’t buy just

for tea.

salt. Can you lend me

?

left. tea, coffee? to drink. tomatoes.

. Buy cherry tomatoes.

Ćwiczenie 7. Uzupełnij zdania wyrazami: much, many, lot of, lots, little, few. 1.

A: You drink way too

coffee.



B: I know. I’m going to cut it down to two, three cups a day.

2.

A: How



B: Three spoonfuls. Is it too sweet?

3.

A: Excuse me, there is too



B: I’m sorry. I’ll take it back to the kitchen and get you another soup.

4.

A: I have to buy a



B: There is no need. We’ve got a

5.

A: How



B: I would go for two or three.

6.

A: It’s a pity that you don’t eat



B: I will try and eat more.

sugar have you put in it? salt in my soup. groceries at the supermarket. food in the fridge.

eggs do you need? fruit.

stara dobra szkoła

Unit 5. Food and drink

139

7.

A: Sugar?



B: A

8.

A: Could I have



B: Y  es, of course! There’s plenty to go around and

, please. of that salmon salad? more

in the kitchen. 9.

A: I think this dish needs a

salt and pepper to bring out the flavour.



B: Wouldn’t it be too spicy?

10.

A: I didn’t really like the food at the party.



B: Why not?



A: Because only a

11.

A: Is there



B: No, none.

12.

A: When the guests left, there was nothing left to eat on the table.



B: You prepared too

13.

A: Jack eats a



B: That’s why he is overweight.

14.

A: Mum, how



B: Buy two large ones.

15.

A: How

dishes were vegetarian. bread left?

food, then. fast food. pumpkins shall I buy? meat do you eat?

.

B:

Ćwiczenie 8. Uzupełnij zdania wyrazami: both (of), neither (of), either (of). a) 1.

A: Tea, coffee?

B:

, thanks. Just a glass of water.

2.

A: Tea, coffee? You can have



B: Coffee, please.

3.

A: Tea, coffee?

B: 4.

. I don’t mind.

A: Tea, coffee?

B: www.cel-matura.pl

them. I don’t really care.

.

140

korepetycje maturzysty

5.

A: Tea, coffee? them. I’m not thirsty.

B: 6.

A: Tea, coffee?



B: I think I’d drink



A: Oh, you must be parched!

b)

A: I tried every dish, but I liked

1.

. them.



B: Why not?



A: They were too spicy. They just burnt my mouth.

2. A:

the coffee houses are good. is expensive.



B: Yes, and

3.

A: Which cake did you like best?



B: It’s hard to say.

4.

A: There’re two nice restaurants nearby.



B: Ok, we can go to

were absolutely delicious. them.

Ćwiczenie 9. Uzupełnij zdania zaimkami: someone, anyone, none of, nobody. 1.

A: Does



B: Yes, please.

2.

A: What would you do if



B: I would ask them to pay what the food had cost.

3.

A: Would you lay the table, please?



B: Can you ask

4.

A: Would you like some more?



B: No, thanks.

5.

A: Whom shall I invite to the party?

B:

want a drink? ate your food?

else? I’m really busy. us is hungry any more. you want. I don’t mind.

6.

A: Why did they cancel the party?



B: Because

7.

A: Their wedding reception wasn’t really successful.



B: Why not?

the guests were able to come.

stara dobra szkoła

Unit 5. Food and drink

A: I think that

8.

A: Whom did you invite from work?

B:

141

enjoyed themselves. . I invited only close friends.

9.

A: Whom are you going to invite for your anniversary celebrations?



B: Apart from you, there is

10.

A: Is there



B: No, just the same people we had last time.

else I want to invite.

new coming to dinner?

Ćwiczenie 10. Rozstrzygnij, czy wyrazy wyróżnione kursywą są policzalne (C)

czy nie (U) i uzasadnij dlaczego.

1. Use water carefully. We’re almost out of it. 2.

Table 4 wants a cake and a water.

3.

Shall I give you a hot chocolate? It will warm you up.

4. Swiss chocolate is one of her weaknesses. 5.

I will have fish with vegetables, please.

6.

Grandpa caught a big fish yesterday.

7.

I don’t drink beer too often.

8.

I’m thirsty. Let’s buy a beer.

9.

A: One hot dog, please.



B: With onion?

10.

Chop the onion into small pieces.

Ćwiczenie 11. Uzupełnij tekst odpowiednim przyimkiem.

My Grandma Sophie’s Bread Recipe. This is my Grandma Sophie’s recipe. It has been a long tradition in our family. Probably no one will ever make the bread as delicious as Grandma did, but I try each year, especially at Christmas. Preheat the oven dients

2 3

1

215 C. Grease and flour a cake pan. Combine all dry ingre-

a large mixing bowl and add in a tub of butter and some buttermilk

form a sticky dough. Put the dough

www.cel-matura.pl

4

a lightly floured board and knead

142

korepetycje maturzysty

it

5 7

bake

about 5 minutes until smooth and elastic. Shape it

your hands and place 10

8

30 minutes.

tional 15 minutes

13

11

a round loaf

around cake pan. Cover the pan

9

30 minutes remove foil and bake

12

foil and

an addi-

it turns a deep golden brown. Insert a toothpick to see if the

bread is ready. If it comes out clean, take the bread 15

6

14

of the oven. If not, bake

another 5 minutes and test again. Let the bread cool

cutting. Then you can try a buttered slice

17

16

a rack before

a glass of milk or a cup of coffee.

Ćwiczenie 12. Uzupełnij zdania odpowiednim przyimkiem czasu. 1.

Once opened, the juice must be drunk

2.

I met up with some friends for pizza

3.

The banquet started exactly

4. 

a few hours. lunchtime.

time.

weekdays we usually eat in, but

weekends we go

to our favourite restaurant. 5.

Dinner will be ready at about an hour

6.

Let’s meet in the canteen

7.

I was always told not to eat

8.

Drink water

9.

I kneaded the dough

now.

a quarter to four. midnight because it is unhealthy.

meals to avoid getting hungry. it formed a smooth ball.

10. Ellen works long hours, so she only gets to cook

the evening

when she gets home from work. Ćwiczenie 13. Uzupełnij zdania odpowiednim przyimkiem. 1.

Stir the vegetables vigorously

2.

Pass me a knife

3.

I always take my coffee

4.

Butter is made

5. Cheesecake is made

a spoon to avoid burning them.

cutting bread, please. milk and sugar. cream. cream cheese, eggs and some other

ingredients. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 5. Food and drink 6. The mayonnaise I like is made

143

egg yolks, oil, mustard and vinegar.

There are no other ingredients. 7.

I usually have cereal or toast

breakfast.

8. She divided the orange

four segments and gave one

to each of her children. 9.

Some people eat

boredom.

10.

Jack was hungry so he ate

silence, quickly finishing his meal.

Ćwiczenie 14. Dobierz odpowiednie rzeczowniki zbiorowe z ramek

do grup rzeczy wymienionych w 1–6. bunch

batch

bundle

rope

string

troop

set

1. a

of mushrooms

2. a

of bread, cakes

3. a

of grapes, cherries, bananas, parsley

4. a

of china, teacups

5. a

of asparagus

6. a

of garlic

Ćwiczenie 15. Uzupełnij zdania czasownikami frazowymi z ramek

w odpowiedniej formie. tuck into

wolf down

drink up

eat up

1.

The man

2. He

toss off

cut down

polish off

pick at

gulp down

pig out

his whisky and slammed the glass down on the table. the last bite of his sandwich and hurried back to his office.

3. I drink lots of coffee, but I’m

it

to two, three cups

a day now. 4.

Jenny was still nervous and only

5. She 6.

on food when things don’t go her way.

There’s no water. Apparently we

www.cel-matura.pl

her food. it all

.

144

korepetycje maturzysty

7. Sweetheart, 8.

your greens. They’re good for you.

The boy wasn’t hungry, but he

9. Jack 10.

a whole pizza anyway.

the noodles as if he were starving.

The children soon

everything on their plates.

Ćwiczenie 16. Wyrażenie podkreślone zastąp odpowiednimi wyrażeniami z ramek,

nadając im zgodną z kontekstem formę gramatyczną. fill up 1.

boil over

roll out

turn out

boil away

heat up

use up

Quick! Turn off the gas. The milk is running over the sides of the pot!

2. The pizza was cold by the time we got it home so we had to make it warm

in the microwave. 3.

There’re no eggs to make the omelette with. I consumed them all yesterday.

4. The cake wasn’t as good as I expected. It didn’t rise and it got burnt

on the bottom. 5. Grandma made the dough thin and flat on the floured counter

and cut it into squares. 6.

Oats are very filling. They will make you full more than anything.

7. Jenny forgot that she had eggs on the cooker and left the house. By the time

she returned, the water had evaporated completely.

Focus on matura Zadanie 1.

Egzaminujący: Let’s start with Task 1. Read the task. You have about half a minute for that. Then we will start.

After about 30 seconds

Egzaminujący: Can we start now?

stara dobra szkoła

Unit 5. Food and drink Gościsz u siebie znajomą/znajomego z Anglii, z którym/którą byłeś/aś w restauracji. Poniżej podane są cztery kwestie, które musisz omówić w rozmowie z egzaminującym.

– gdzie znajduje się restauracja,



– jaka kuchnia jest tam serwowana,



– wystrój lokalu,



– co zamówiliście i jak wam smakowało.

Rozmowę rozpoczyna egzaminujący. Egzaminujący: Thank you. Let’s move on to Task 2. Zadanie 2.

Egzaminujący: Describe the picture. After about 10 seconds. Egzaminujący: Thank you. I will now ask you three questions. Uwaga: na egzaminie maturalnym pytania do ilustracji znajdują się wyłącznie w zestawie egzaminującego.

Egzaminujący: Thank you. Let’s move on to Task 3.

www.cel-matura.pl

Przykładowe pytania 1. What are the children eating? 2. Are they enjoying their food?

Why, why not? 3. Is eating fast food a good idea

for children?

145

146

korepetycje maturzysty

Zadanie 3.

Egzaminujący: Read the task and think about what you’d like to say. You have about a minute to prepare.

Po upływie ok. minuty

Egzaminujący: Can you start now? Popatrz na Poster 1 i Poster 2. Zostałeś/aś zaproszony/a do komisji,

Poster 1

która ma wybrać najlepszy poster reklamujący nowy bufet w szkole. Do finału zakwalifikowano dwie prace. – Wybierz tę, która Twoim zdaniem jest lepsza i uzasadnij swój wybór. – Wytłumacz, dlaczego odrzucasz

Poster 2

drugą propozycję. Egzaminujący: Thank you. I will now ask you two questions.

Przykładowe pytania 1. Do you prefer to eat in a restaurant or at home? 2. Do you like trying new food and drinks? 3. What cuisine do you enjoy the most?

Egzaminujący: Thank you. This is the end of the exam.

4. Do you cook for your family?

stara dobra szkoła

Unit 6. Travelling „Podróże kształcą”. W tym rozdziale powtarzamy i systematyzujemy słownictwo o drogach, podróżach i środkach transportu. Jeśli chodzi o zagadnienia gramatyczne, to sprawdzane i utrwalane są takie konstrukcje, jak: Present Continuous, Present Simple, Present Perfect, Past Simple, Past Perfect, Future Simple, czasowniki frazowe “phrasal verbs”, wyrażenia czasowe, inwersja. Zadania maturalne także odnoszą się do podróżowania.

148

korepetycje maturzysty Focus on vocabulary ON THE ROAD Ćwiczenie 1. Dobierz tak pary wyrazów z kolumn A i B, aby powstały nazwy

związane z ruchem drogowym.

A B 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

traffic petrol town speed parking car pedestrian car speed crash



a)



b)



c)



d)



e)



f)

bump meter barrier station wash park

camera g)

h)



i)



j)

lights crossing sign

Ćwiczenie 2. Uzupełnij poniższe zdania nazwami z ćwiczenia 1. Zastosuj formę

liczbę mnogiej, tam gdzie jest to potrzebne. 1.

He got flashed by a

2.

Jack pulled into a

3.

Kim washes her car by hand. She never takes it to a

4. I couldn’t find the

, travelling 30 kilometres over the speed limit. , filled up the tank, paid for it and drove away. .

, but I parked anyway. Luckily my car

wasn’t towed away. 5. New

were installed along the route to prevent cars

from falling into the river. 6. She scratched a car while she was driving out of the underground

yesterday. 7.

Tom stopped at the

to let an elderly woman cross the roadway. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 6. Travelling 8. The 9.

149

turned red as we approached the crossroads.

Phil saw the

and was relieved that he’d finally made it home.

10. I never go over

too quickly, but last week I didn’t see one and hit it

at about 60 mph. Ćwiczenie 3. Używając wyrazów z ramek, uzupełnij poniższe teksty,

tak aby powstała informacja, jak dojechać do określonego miejsca. a)

follow

go

go

get

turn

look

drive

move

– Excuse me, could you tell me how to get to the railway station? – Are you driving or walking? – I’m driving. – OK.

1

to the right hand lane and

to the T-junction.

4

left.

5

2

6

the signs to the railway station

through two traffic lights. At the third traffic lights move to the left hand

lane.

8

to your left and you will see railway tracks. The railway station

is just a stone’s throw up the tracks. – I’m sorry? – Shall I write down the directions for you? b)

until

into

across

along

opposite

at

– Hello. – Hi, Steve. It’s me, Tom. – Tom! Great to hear you. How long has it been? – Too long, I say. Listen, could we meet for a cup of coffee? – Sure. Come to my place. I’ve got a day off today. – Um, I haven’t got your address. Where do you live? – At 12 King Street. – I don’t know where King Street is. Can you give me directions? I’m

3

slowly for about 200 yards. Then there’s

a fork. Turn right and right again and 7

straight till you

1

www.cel-matura.pl

the railway station now.

150

korepetycje maturzysty

– OK. Can you see the taxi rank? – Yes. – The taxi rank is in front of the terminal in Gordon Road. Go and turn right

3

2

this road

Green Street. Go to the end of Green Street.

Take the first left and walk

4

the bridge. Follow this street

5

you get to the crossroads. Then turn left. That’s King Street. Number 12 is on the right

6

the park.

– Right. Got it. See you soon. – Yeah, see you soon! Ćwiczenie 4. Uzupełnij poniższe zdania wyrazami z ramek.

two-car crash

head-on collision

traffic jam

pile-up

hit-and-run accident

rollover accident 1. At least fifteen people were seriously injured in a

involving more

than ten cars. 2. It was a

. The police are still looking for the man who caused it.

3. We had almost made it to the airport when we got stuck in a huge

.

Cars stretched behind and ahead of us for miles. 4. Mike had a

on his way to work. His car turned over onto its roof,

blocking the route in both directions. 5. Jim was in a bad car accident last week. It was a

with a Ford

Coupe coming from the opposite direction. 6. Ten people were injured in a

near Exeter yesterday. Both cars were

towed from the scene. Ćwiczenie 5. Uzupełnij dialogi wyrazami i wyrażeniami z ramek.

motorway

toll road

ring road

driveway

footbridge

dead end

detour

stara dobra szkoła

Unit 6. Travelling

151

1.

A: Why are you late?



B: The road was closed and I had to take a

2.

A: I wonder if he’s at home.



B: I’ve just seen his car in the

3.

A: We’d better avoid the town centre. It’s too crowded.



B: Yes, let’s take a

4.

A: We don’t have to take the



B: Yes, but the free road isn’t as convenient.

5.

A: Come on. We’re on the



B: Hey, what’s the rush?

6.

A: It’s very dangerous to cross the street here.



B: I think you need a

7.

A: Don’t take the next right. It’s a



B: So where do I go instead?

.

. If his car is here, he must be here too.

. , we can take the free road. . Speed up!

. .

DRIVING Ćwiczenie 1. Z podanych odpowiedzi wybierz właściwą, wpisując a, b lub c. 1.

Peter gave



a) road

2.

The vehicle



a) skidded

3.

The accident happened when the car



a) moved

4.

The man



a) ran

5.

I was leaving a car park when my van



a) slowed

6.

A man was taken to hospital after his car



a) veered

www.cel-matura.pl

to an oncoming car. b) way

c) place

and came off the motorway. b) slipped b) bent

c) slid

to avoid hitting a deer. c) swerved

several red lights and crashed his car into a van. b) passed b) stalled b) turned

c) drove

and wouldn’t start again. c) stuck c) cut

off the road and ran into a tree.

152

korepetycje maturzysty

7.

She waved at me when she was



a) leaving

8.

The damaged lorry was



a) pulled

9. I

out of the driveway.

b) taking

c) pulling

away by the AA.

b) towed

c) hauled

the car into a parking place.



a) retreated

10.

The driver didn’t



a) show

11.

You mustn’t



a) overtake

12.

The driver



a) braked

b) backed up

c) reversed

a right turn and nearly caused an accident. b) signal

c) inform

on a bend. b) take over

c) outrun

sharply but he couldn’t prevent the accident. b) sped

c) stalled

Ćwiczenie 2. Dobierz w pary wyrazy z kolumn A i B, tak aby powstały nazwy

czynności związanych z kierowaniem samochodem. A B 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8)

start fasten turn off change slam on honk let out adjust



a)



b)



c)



d)



e)



f)



g)



h)

the seat belt the horn the rear-view mirror the clutch the engine gear the brakes the car

Ćwiczenie 3. Uzupełnij luki w zdaniach 1–8 nazwami czynności z ćwiczenia 2

w odpowiedniej formie. 1.

The driver

2. Will

to warn the children playing on the road. , turned the key and drove away. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 6. Travelling 3. Sue 4.

to neutral at the traffic lights.

When he came to a stop, he

5. Tim 6. I

.

to avoid colliding with another vehicle. but it ran only a few metres before it died.

7. She 8.

153

and pulled out of her parking space.

The man

to see behind him better.

Ćwiczenie 4. Zaznacz znaczkiem (+) zdania odnoszące się do zwiększenia tempa

jazdy, a (–) do zwolnienia szybkości. 1.

Slow down. It’s slippery out there.

2.

Lower your speed limit. We’re approaching the roundabout.

3.

No need to hurry. We’ve got plenty of time.

4.

Put your foot down if you want to overtake this car.

5.

Hit the brake. We’re going to crash!

6.

Put the pedal to the metal. We’re only going 70 kph.

7.

Speed up, ok? We’re late.

Ćwiczenie 5. Uzupełnij dialogi poniższymi wyrażeniami. 1.

A: Can you



B: Sure, get in.

2.

A: Where would you like me to



B: The station, I can catch a ride from there.

3.

A: I’m off home now. See you all tomorrow.



B: Can I

4.

A: Dad, can you



B: Honey, I’m in a meeting for the rest of the day.



A: No worries, I will walk home.

5.

A: Let’s



B: It’s too dangerous, especially for girls. We’d better not.

www.cel-matura.pl

home? ?

with you?

a)

hitch a ride

b)

pick me up

c)

drop you off

d)

give me a lift

e)

grab a lift

from school?

. I’m sick of walking.

154

korepetycje maturzysty

TRAVELLING AND MEANS OF TRANSPORT Ćwiczenie 1. Uzupełnij dialogi czasownikami z ramek w odpowiedniej formie.

run

run

go

go

cancel

catch

change

delay

miss

leave

1.

A: We’re going to

the train. Can you move faster?



B: Please, don’t rush me. I’m walking as fast as I can.

2.

A: We’ve got plenty of time to



B: Yes, it leaves at 7.30 and it’s only a five-minute walk to the station.

3.

A: Our flight has been



B: Oh great, how am I going to kill time until then?

4.

A: Attention, platform 3. The 8.30 train to Leeds will not



B: Oh no! How am I going to get home?

5.

A: Tom, our flight has been



B: Oh dear. When is the next plane to Montreal?

6.

A: The train



B: Come at half past six. That will give us plenty of time to get to the station.

7.

A: Passengers going to Manchester, please



B: Bob, let’s pack our things for the next station.

8.

A: How often do the buses



B: They come by every ten or fifteen minutes.

9.

A: What time does the next train



B: 6:30, but there are some delays to the service.

10.

A: Excuse me, does this bus



B: No, this one is for the airport. Take the 517.

the bus. for two hours. today.

.

at 7. What time shall I be at your place? trains at Stoke-on-Trent.

? ? to the National Museum?

Ćwiczenie 2. Uzupełnij zdania poniższymi nazwami środków transportu.

ferry

taxi

plane

bus

train stara dobra szkoła

Unit 6. Travelling

155

1. The

is coming. Let’s get a back seat.

2. The

is pulling in. Get off the tracks!

3. The

is just in time. Let’s get into it.

4. The

is to arrive any minute. Let’s go to the arrivals hall.

5. The

is coming into the dock. Hurry up!

Ćwiczenie 3. Do każdego wyrażenia z kolumny A dobierz wyraz z kolumny B,

tak aby powstała nazwa lotniskowa. A B 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7)

baggage departure passport check-in



a)



b)



c)



d)

e)



f)

transit boarding immigration

gate control hall reclaim lounge desk

control g)

Ćwiczenie 4. Uzupełnij luki w zdaniach 1–7, używając odpowiedniej nazwy

lotniskowej z ćwiczenia 3. 1. I went down to the

to get my bags, but to my dismay

they weren’t there. 2. They went to the

to wait for the airport bus to take them to the plane.

3. Jack was extremely nervous when he couldn’t find his passport at 4. After a 40-minute wait in the

, we boarded our plane.

5. When we got off the plane at Heathrow, we were kept in the

until we boarded the plane to New York. 6. Audrey went to the

to show her ticket

and to get her boarding card. 7. Once you are through www.cel-matura.pl

you can go and get your luggage.

.

156

korepetycje maturzysty

Ćwiczenie 5. Wybierz właściwy wyraz spośród dwóch wyróżnionych. 1. I travelled business / VIP

class and enjoyed the flight,

unlike Paul who was in economy class. 2. All domestic / home

flights will arrive at Terminal 3.

3. They had a good travel / journey back home, with no delays

or cancellations. 4. One of advantages of international / transatlantic flights is that you can

get across the ocean really fast. 5. I bought a(n) one / single ticket to Paris because I wasn’t sure whether

I would come back. 6. Tom had a stopover / delay at Heathrow where he spent a night

and then continued on to Berlin. 7. You’d better take a fast train rather than a slow / stopping train

that pulls into every station. 8. Air fares / tickets are most expensive during the holiday season. 9. The first thing I did on arriving at the station was to check

the timetable / departure board to see what platform my train was on. 10. I was reading a book on the bus when a ticket inspector / controller

came and asked me for my ticket. 11. I’m feeling tired because I’ve just been on a far-away / long-haul

flight

and I’m suffering from jet lag now. 12. Because the bus was full up / filled , we decided to wait for another one. 13. It’s not worth driving at rush hour / summit hour in Warsaw. It’s too trafficky. Ćwiczenie 6. Uzupełnij tekst wyrazami z ramek.

tickets

airlines

last-minute tickets

travel agents

low fares

discount carriers

off-peak times

fare error

aircraft type

high season

A: Do you know if there are any cheap flights to Australia in December? B: I’m not sure. It’s

1

so cheap flights could be difficult to find. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 6. Travelling A: Yes, I know. I usually book

157

2

at least a month in advance, but this time

I really must travel at the last minute. I had no travel plans until a week ago when my sister called me and asked me to fly to Sydney. She needs me to take care of some family things that she wouldn’t be able to do on her own. I should be there by next weekend at the latest. B: O  h, that is soon. Unless you pay more, it may not be possible to find a seat, any day in December. Actually you should be happy to find any seat at all. A: B  ut there must be some low-fare

3

. A friend of mine booked with one

of them a few months ago and told me that they offer much cheaper flights than high street

4

.

B: Yeah, but generally

5

require an advance purchase of 14 days,

besides they’re only available at

6

.

A: I know, but I don’t risk anything by trying to find a cheap flight. I’m sure there must be some airlines which sell

7

at discounted prices.

Do you know any cheap airfare websites that I could check out? B: Yes, I know a few. Let’s check out this site. It searches all major airlines and many

8

.

A: £800. Is it a good price? B: It’s a good price for flying to Australia in December. If I were you, I would go ahead and book the flight right away. I doubt if it will get any cheaper. A: But, I’m wondering if I can find anything cheaper than that. Look! £550. That’s amazing! B: It must be a

9

. Such an airfare in late December? It’s completely

unheard of. A: It’s just too good to be true. B: Let’s consult the airfare database. We have to enter the flight information like dates and times,

10

or class of service.

A: Ok, done. B: A  ll right. Now, click the “Search Flights” button. It’s searching now … And here is the search result. Let’s check the details… www.cel-matura.pl

158

korepetycje maturzysty

HOLIDAYS Ćwiczenie 1. Uzupełnij zdania 1–8 wyrazami z ramek.

beach holidays skiing holiday

safari

camping

city break

sightseeing tour

adventure holidays

1. They’re thinking of having a(n)

package holidays

to Venice for a few days.

They prefer a few short breaks to a longer holiday and they much prefer to go to interesting cities than to the country. 2. I went on a(n)

last year. I had never been on the slopes before.

3. We have just come back from a

in Kenya. It was exciting to see

all the exotic animals and their habitat. 4. Linda enjoys the outdoor life and often goes on

to places

like Nepal or Alaska. 5. Last week, my friends and I went

at the lake. We had freshly caught

fish for most of the meals. 6. One of the reasons

are popular among many holidaymakers

is the convenience they offer. Everything is planned and arranged for you, so you aren’t bothered with anything. 7. I get bored on

. I just can’t stand lying in the sun and doing nothing.

8. Most recently we’ve been on a

of the UK, with visits to London,

Edinburg and Cardiff. Ćwiczenie 2. Dopasuj czasowniki z kolumny A do wyrażeń z kolumny B, tak aby

powstały wyrażenia opisujące czynności i zachowania podczas wypoczynku. A B 1. 2. 3. 4.

dive buy hire do



a)



b)



c)

d)

an excursion on the beach the town a car stara dobra szkoła

Unit 6. Travelling 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

lay go on take look around



e)



f)



g)



h)

i)



j)

go visit

159

a museum into the water some sightseeing lots of photos some souvenirs rock climbing

Ćwiczenie 3. Uzupełnij luki w zdaniach 1–10, używając wyrażeń z ćwiczenia 2

w odpowiedniej formie.

1. Chris isn’t the type to

. He prefers the mountains, especially in winter.

2.

After freshening up in the hotel, Bob

in the old town.

3.

We took a two-week trip to Paris, and one day we

4.

When I was in Sicily during the holidays, I

5.

Whenever I go to a new place, I always

to Montmartre. to explore the island. or an art gallery.

6. My stay in London is coming to an end, so it’s time to

for my parents. 7. Philip used to 8.

every summer, but he gave it up when he got older.

When I’m on holiday, I

to remember places I have been to.

9. We didn’t have much time to

, but I was very impressed

by what little I saw there. 10.

We went to the lake yesterday. We

right

, it was so hot.

Ćwiczenie 4. Uzupełnij dialogi poniższymi wyrażeniami.

a)

in season

e)

a last-minute holiday

b)

favourite place to hang out

f)

the best places to visit

c)

the time of my life

g)

shells and pebbles

d)

a weekend trip

h)

off the beaten track

www.cel-matura.pl

160

korepetycje maturzysty

1.

A: It’ll be great to see you again. Is your sister coming along as well?



B: Oh, no. She is going on

2.

A: Don’t ring me for the next two weeks because I will be travelling

to Paris.

in Costa Rica.

B: It’s good that you’re taking some time off, but be careful. That place is getting more and more dangerous.

3.

A: I went to the travel agent’s yesterday to book



B: Did you get a good deal?



A: Yes, it was really cheap.

4.

A: We’re visiting Oslo this summer. Have you been there?



B: Oh, plenty of times. My brother lives in Oslo. Why don’t you call him when you get there? He could show you

in Turkey.

.

5.

A: We should all go to Greece this summer.



B: Greece in summer? You must be out of your mind! It’s crowded .

and scorching hot 6.

A: How did your holiday go?



B: Great! I had

7.

A: While in Cracow, you should check out Marago Café. It’s my

. It was worth every penny I spent.

on summer evenings for a beer outside.

B: Yes, indeed. I shall!

8.

A: Walking along a beach is something I never get to do.



B: Never? What a pity. I love walking along a beach, picking up

.

Ćwiczenie 5. Uzupełnij tekst wyrazami z ramek.

suitcases

checking out

room change

location

overbooked

reception desk

Dear Peggy, After an exhausting 18 hours of travelling we’re finally in Rome. We’re staying in Ottaviano Hotel. The

1

is great, but the hotel isn’t. The room is too small for stara dobra szkoła

Unit 6. Travelling

161

two people with luggage. There’s no place to keep our

2

. The bathroom is

also tiny – you can sit on the toilet and brush your teeth over the sink. After the first night I called the 5

3

to request a

4

, but I was told that the hotel was

and no other room was available. The food is good, but the portions are child-

sized, so we have to eat out for every meal. We’re

6

the first thing tomorrow.

Love, Scott

Focus on grammar Ćwiczenie 1. Uzupełnij zdania odpowiednim przyimkiem. 1. At the beginning of the flight the pilot announced that there was no smoking

the plane. 2. It’s too far from here to the shop. You’d better go there 3. The passenger alighted

car or

tram.

the train and made his way to the tube station.

4. The photographers gathered around the actress as she was getting

a black limousine. 5. As I was getting 6. Travelling

the bus I saw Morris. air is the quickest way to get about.

7. The captain greeted each passenger as they were going 8. The boy got

his bike and rode away.

9. Ashley won’t go anywhere 10. They got to Greece 11. I ran

the plane.

foot, even to a nearby shop.

sea from Italy.

the bus, but the driver closed the door in my face.

Ćwiczenie 2. Uzupełnij zdania odpowiednim przyimkiem ruchu. 1. Despite the potholes, the driver continued driving

the street

at high speed. 2. Lindberg was the first person to fly solo 3. The injured tourist walked slowly www.cel-matura.pl

the Atlantic. the hill.

162

korepetycje maturzysty

4. We arrived

the airport well before our flight.

5. The boy collected his things and got

the train.

6. I looked up and saw a ticket inspector coming 7. Josh likes travelling all

me.

the world. He grows restless when he stays

in one place too long. 8. We passed

Slovakia on our way to Hungary.

9. She fell 10. Go

the bike and got hurt. the post office and turn right

Cherry Road.

Ćwiczenie 3. Uzupełnij zdania odpowiednim przyimkiem czasu. 1. We arrived at the hotel

night and stayed there only

2. Let me sleep some more. I hate getting up

a few hours.

dawn, especially

the holidays. 3. We waited for the train

about an hour

my patience ran out.

4. They walked about a few miles and came back home 5. I slept

about 7 p.m.

the flight so I wasn’t very tired when we arrived.

6. The taxi arrived

to the airport 7. It may take

a few minutes of my call so I managed to make it time. to 45 minutes to reach the hotel

8. We’d better hurry up, the train is due to leave 9. Trains run

Monday

a minute.

Saturday. There are no trains

10. By travelling at least a week

Travelling

the morning rush hour. Sundays.

Christmas, you can avoid airport delays.

Christmas is a nightmare!

11.  the time we got home we were all cold and tired. 12. I haven’t heard from Peter

he set off for Africa.

Ćwiczenie 4. Uzupełnij tekst odpowiednim przyimkiem lub przysłówkiem.

After twenty minutes or so, a group of tourists turned right the hill

3

the trees. They were walking

4

1

a path leading

2

to the mountain hut situated about an stara dobra szkoła

Unit 6. Travelling hour’s walk

5

a while.

7

the peak. 8

6

they reached a beautiful lake and just sat there to rest

a few minutes they were back on their way

ing to their map, the peak was not far 11

, just

12

163

10

9

the hut. Accord-

, however they noticed dark clouds forming

the direction they were heading.

13

a few minutes the sky darkened

and it started to rain. The tourists were afraid that the hut was too far to get there 14

down

such conditions. They took their waterproof jackets 16

15

their backpacks and sat

rocks to wait out the storm. It was only after an hour that the rain eased

off and the sun came out from path and head

19

17

the clouds. It was high time to get back

the hut. With the sun out, they arrived

time to get some rest and advance

22

20

the hut

18 21

the

enough

the peak.

Ćwiczenie 5. W każdym zestawie w wolne miejsca w zdaniach z punktu b)

wstaw czasowniki w Past Simple bądź Past Perfect. Weź pod uwagę treść zdań z punktu a). Jeśli zachodzi taka potrzeba, zmień strukturę zdania. 1.

a) Tom came back from India on Sunday. He paid me a visit later in the day.

He was tanned and relaxed.

b) Tom

He 2.

me a visit on Sunday. He

just from India.

tanned and relaxed.

a) We went out fishing several times. Yesterday Clive caught a big fish.

I was surprised. He never caught a fish before. b) Yesterday Clive

we

a big fish. I

surprised because

fishing several times and he

never a fish before.

3.

a) First Caroline visited Ystad. Then she moved to Sweden for good.



b) After Caroline

4.

a) Philip was very angry with his girlfriend. He waited for her. She turned up

Ystad, she

to Sweden for good.

eventually half an hour late. b) Philip

very angry with his girlfriend. He

for half an hour when she eventually 5.

for her

.

a) I visited Bordeaux when I was 25. I didn’t travel by air before.

b) Before I www.cel-matura.pl

Bordeaux when I was 25, I

by air.

164

korepetycje maturzysty

6.

a) Somebody planted a bomb in the airport during the night. We arrived

at the airport early in the morning. All flights were cancelled. b) When we

at the airport early in the morning, we were told

that somebody all flights

a bomb during the night. As a result .

Ćwiczenie 6. Podane czasowniki wstaw w Present Perfect lub Past Simple.

Jeśli zachodzi taka potrzeba, zmień strukturę zdania. 1. Howard

never travel outside of Pennsylvania. He is a stick-in-the-mud.

2. Until the day he died, he dreamed of going to Colorado.

He

never see the Grand Canyon.

3. I

not hear about a ring road in Warsaw and I

live there

until quite recently. 4. It’s a pity you

not see the ocean. You should definitely come

and visit me one day in Miami. 5. I

never eat seafood and I don’t think I ever will.

6. He

meet Molly when he was on a plane to London. It

be

love at first sight. 7. I

live in Notting Hill my whole life. I know Hyde Park like the back

of my hand. I used to ride my bike there when I 8. She

be a child.

be seriously injured in a car accident last year

and she 9. I once

not drive since. hitch a ride. I was scared, but there was no bus and I had

to get home. 10. I can’t remember the last time I

go to Prague. It was a long time ago.

Ćwiczenie 7. Które z pytań bądź uzupełnień (a, b) zdań 1–5 jest prawidłowe? 1.

Sue went to New York for a few days.



a)

Where did she stay?

b)

Where is she staying? stara dobra szkoła

Unit 6. Travelling

165

2.

I’ve had this car for over eight years



a)

b)

and I like it as much as I did back then. and I liked it as much as I did back then.

3.

The plane hasn’t taken off yet.



a)

The passengers are still boarding.



b)

The passengers were still boarding.

4.

We still haven’t decided where to go for our holidays.



a)

5.

He got on the bus



a)

6.

Can I get a ride home with you?



a)

We wanted somewhere quiet. and has fallen asleep.

b)

b)

My car broke down.

b)

We want somewhere quiet. and fell asleep. My car’s broken down.

Ćwiczenie 8. Używając wyróżnionego słowa, ułóż drugie zdanie o podobnym

znaczeniu, co pierwsze.

1. We arrived at the railway station at 5. The train left at 4:25. 



The train

already

by the time .

at the railway station.

2. Jill wanted to stop off in London before flying to New York.

I talked her out of it.  Jill

but .

to stop off in London before flying to New York, out of it.

3.

Uncle George visited most of Europe. He turned 25 by then. 



Uncle George

time .

he turned 25.

4. Last week I just got back from South America.

This was my first trip to South America.  I 5.

South America before.

They had their car for 10 years. Then it broke down. 

They 6.

never .

their car for10 years

before .

down.

Chloe visited her aunt in 1995. She moved in with her in 1997. 

Chloe www.cel-matura.pl

in with her aunt

her.

after .

166

korepetycje maturzysty

7.

We got to the airport. Then I realised that I left my passport at home.  when .



to the airport I

my passport at home.

8.

The boys were very excited. It was their first flight. 



The boys

9.

I called Vicky to see if she wanted a lift. She left home by that time. already .

because they

I

a lift, but she

before .

. home.

10.

First the weather improved and then the plane took off. 



The plane

the weather

until .

.

Ćwiczenie 9. Podane czasowniki wstaw w Past Perfect bądź Past Simple.

Jeśli zachodzi taka potrzeba, zmień strukturę zdania. 1. I

never eat so much cheese before I

2. Much to his despair, he

go to France.

not remember where he

leave his

ticket. 3. We

meet Susan in Miami in 2000. We

last see her two

years before. 4. They

visit many countries before they finally

settle down

in Madrid. 5. Bobby 6. I

never be to the tropics before he intend to visit her in the USA, but I

7. Before Susie

move to Vancouver, she

go to Africa. can’t afford the fare.

never be so far away

from home. 8. By that time we 9. I

travel to Mexico at least twice.

have that car for years before it

10. It was the nicest plane I

act up.

ever fly on.

Ćwiczenie 10. Uzpełnij dialog, wstawiając podane czasowniki w Past Perfect,

Past Simple bądź Present Perfect. Jeśli zachodzi taka potrzeba, zmień strukturę zdania. A: So tell me, how

1

be your holiday? stara dobra szkoła

Unit 6. Travelling B: It was great. I

2

never be to Madrid before, so I

what to expect. It A: And when

4

5

B: I just

6

167

3

not know

be one of the best holidays of my life!

you get back?

get back yesterday. Everything was going smoothly: the flight

and taxi ride, but I wouldn’t be myself if I

not get myself into some kind

7

of trouble. A: Oh dear, what

happen ?

8

B: No sooner

9

I arrive home than I

my keys, so I couldn’t get in. I I

14

think that they

someone finally

17

12 15

realise that I

10

ring the bell but no one

go to sleep. I

16

11 13

lose come .

keep ringing until

let me in.

A:You must have been really relieved to hear the door unlock. B: You bet. I wasn’t thinking about the trip then but only about how tired I was and how badly I I

20

23

want to sleep. It

wake up in the morning that I

the places I A: 

18

22

19 21

be only after smile remembering

see in Madrid.

you have good weather there?

B: Oh yes, it in my life! It

24

be great. Look at my tan. I 26

25

never be so tanned

be good to see some sun instead of the cold in Boston.

Ćwiczenie 11. Podane czasowniki wstaw w Present Continuous, Future Simple,

Future Continuous bądź zastosuj zwrot be going to. Jeśli zachodzi taka potrzeba, zmień strukturę zdania. 1.

At this hour tomorrow I

2.

A: Have you given any thought to where you’d like to go on holiday?



B: Yes, we

3.

A: Can I give you a ride home?



B: No, thanks. Tom

www.cel-matura.pl

fly to Rotterdam.

go to Sweden. Everything has been arranged.

already pick me up.

168

korepetycje maturzysty

4.

A: Dad,



B:Why? Do you want to borrow it?

5.

A: The flight



B: What? Why?



A: It’s too foggy.

6.

A: Have you booked the tickets yet?



B: I’m sorry, I haven’t. I

7.

Look out! We

8.

A: Jack, the car is acting up again.



B: Oh dear, I

9. I

you use your car? be delayed.

do it right now.

crash . take it to the garage.

wait for you at the airport. I can’t wait to see you.

10. About this time tomorrow, I

sit in the departure lounge,

waiting to board my plane for New York. Ćwiczenie 12. Podane czasowniki wstaw w Present Simple lub Present Continuous.

Jeśli zachodzi taka potrzeba, zmień strukturę zdania. 1.

A: What time

the bus leave ?



B: It

2.

Flight 20 to New York

3.

Our train for Cardiff

4.

Quick, the train

leave at 9, but it’s always a bit late.

5. What time

now board at Gate 9. depart from Platform 2. leave in five minutes.

the 6.30 train from Warsaw get into Cracow tonight,

please? 6.

Buses to Boston

7. Mommy, look! The plane

run on the hour on Sundays. take off.

Ćwiczenie 13. Wyrażenia wydrukowane kursywą umieść na początku zdania.

Wprowadź konieczne zmiany, aby zdania były poprawne gramatycznie. W każdym przypadku zastosuj inwersję. 1.

We had hardly got home when the phone rang. →  stara dobra szkoła

Unit 6. Travelling 2. He seldom travels. →  3.

I had scarcely arrived at the station when the train pulled in. → 

4.

He got the courage to travel by air only after some time. → 

5. Travelling by train is not only quicker than by travelling by bus,

it is also cheaper. →  6.

It was not until the next morning that we hit the road. → 

7.

I have never hitched a ride before. → 

8.

You shouldn’t jump into a train on any account. → 

9.

You shouldn’t stow away on a ship by any means. → 

10. The plane had no sooner touched down than

I breathed a sigh of relief. →  Ćwiczenie 14. Wyrażenia wydrukowane kursywą umieść na początku zdania.

Wprowadź konieczne zmiany, aby zdania były poprawne gramatycznie. W każdym przypadku zastosuj inwersję. 1.

Black clouds loomed through the mist. → 

2.

A solitary tree stood by the river. → 

3.

A meadow of yellow flowers lay in front of us. → 

4.

The ship went down into the deep blue sea. → 

5.

The moon rose from behind the wood. → 

6.

The forest stretched far away into the distance. → 

7.

They went off in the dead of night. → 

8.

The view of the waterfall was most spectacular. → 

9.

We won’t have holidays until February. → 

10.

The wheels went round. → 

11.

The trip was so exciting that the children weren’t homesick. → 

12. It was not until I got on the bus that I realised that my luggage

was missing. →  13.

She doesn’t overspeed frequently. → 

14.

You shouldn’t drink and drive in any circumstances. → 

15.

The car went up the hill, rattling over bumps. → 

www.cel-matura.pl

169

170

korepetycje maturzysty

Ćwiczenie 15. Do poniższych zdań dodaj zdanie potwierdzajace w formie

pozytywnej lub negatywnej.

Wzór: She was stuck in a traffic jam. I don’t like travelling by bus.

we I

→ So were we. → Nor do I.

1.

Alice has lost her luggage. Tom

→ 

2.

I ordered a wake-up call. she

3.

We didn’t go on holiday this year. they

4.

He hadn’t been drinking before the accident. she

5.

I’ve never been on safari. my husband

6.

Jack is well-travelled. Sue

7.

I should take a day off. I

8.

Someday I’d like to travel to the Far East. we

9.

I will take the first train home. he

10.

She is learning to ski. I

11.

We won’t camp by the river. we

12.

The truck driver was overspeeding. bus driver

13.

He hasn’t booked his accommodation yet. they

14.

I took a detour to avoid traffic jams. Paul

15.

I had never got a parking ticket until this year. I

→  →  → 

→ 

→  →  → 

→ 

→  →  →  → 

→  → 

Ćwiczenie 16. Podane czasowniki wstaw w formie bezokolicznika (infinitive)

lub formie –ing (gerund). 1.

I can’t stand

be stuck in traffic jams.

2.

He is seriously considering

3.

If you can’t afford

4.

I can’t imagine

live abroad without my family and friends.

5.

He insisted on

give me a lift home, but I politely declined.

6.

Despite the rain, they decided

7.

We look forward to

8.

I don’t mind

move back to the USA next year. go by plane, why not go by train?

climb the mountain.

see you again! lie in the sun, but I prefer

sightsee . stara dobra szkoła

Unit 6. Travelling 9.

Vince encouraged us

10.

Sophie enjoys

11.

I try and avoid

12. Fancy

171

visit him one day in his riverside house. travel to new places and

try new things.

drive in rush hour. I take a bus instead. stay in a motel tonight?

Ćwiczenie 17. Uzupełnij zdania odpowiednimi wyrażeniami czasowymi z ramek.

Dwa z nich są zbyteczne.

from that moment on(wards) not until

while

when

since then

at that time

throughout

after that

up until that point

1.

Paddy had a car crash last winter and she hasn’t driven a car

2.

It was

3.

We missed our train and

.

last week that she passed her driving licence test.

4. It was the 1970s and

things only got worse. there were almost no traffic jams

in Poland. 5. I had a flat tyre. I changed the wheel and

I continued

the journey. 6.

Josh was sleeping

the flight like a baby.

7.

My car broke down two years ago, but

it had been running fine.

Ćwiczenie 18. Uzupełnij zdania czasownikami frazowymi z ramek

w odpowiedniej formie. a)

pull over

1. I

pull in

pull into

pull out

pull up

the last parking space on the street.

2.

The police overtook the van and signalled to

3.

The taxi

.

to the curb and we got out

4. There is a supermarket further down the street. Do you mind

if I 5.

for a moment?

We arrived at the station just as the train was

www.cel-matura.pl

.

172

korepetycje maturzysty b)

stop over

1.

The plane

stop off

set out

to say goodbye before going on holiday.

3.

Why don’t you

4.

After breakfast we

5.

On our way home, we see off

come over

in Cairo to take on more passengers.

2. Erica

c)

stop by

pick up

next week and bring your girlfriend? on a trip to Philadelphia. at our aunt’s in Chester.

check out

check into

look around

1. One day is not enough to visit Warsaw. It’s not even enough to

at the old buildings and city walls in the Old Town. 2. We 3.

the hotel, refreshed ourselves and left for an evening walk.

I took Mary to the airport to

4. On 5.

her

on her trip abroad.

, the receptionist did not even ask how my stay was.

I’m just off to

Jenny

from the railway station.

Focus on matura Zadanie 1.

Egzaminujący: Let’s start with Task 1. Read the task. You have about half a minute for that. Then we will start.

After about 30 seconds

Egzaminujący: Can we start now? Jesteś świadkiem wypadku drogowego. Poinformuj policjanta:

– gdzie i kiedy wydarzyła się kolizja,



– w jakich okolicznościach do niej doszło,



– czy są ranni wymagający pomocy medycznej,



– o innych skutkach zdarzenia.

Rozmowę rozpoczyna egzaminujący. Egzaminujący: Thank you. Let’s move on to Task 2.

stara dobra szkoła

Unit 6. Travelling

173

Zadanie 2.

Egzaminujący: Describe the picture. After about 10 seconds. Egzaminujący: Thank you. I will now ask you three questions. Przykładowe pytania 1. What has happened to the car?

Uwaga: na egzaminie

2. Has the driver decided to change the flat tyre

maturalnym pytania

himself/herself or to call for roadside assistance? 3. Have you ever had a flat tyre?

do ilustracji znajdują się wyłącznie w zestawie egzaminującego.

Egzaminujący: Thank you. Let’s move on to Task 3. Zadanie 3.

Egzaminujący: Read the task and think about what you’d like to say. You have about a minute to prepare.

Zdjęcie 1

Po upływie ok. minuty Egzaminujący: Can you start now? Popatrz na Zdjęcie 1, Zdjęcie 2 i Zdjęcie 3.

www.cel-matura.pl

Zdjęcie 2 Zdjęcie 3

174

korepetycje maturzysty

Rozmawiasz o kierowcach jeżdżących z nadmierną szybkością. Odwołaj się do powyższych zdjęć. – Wybierz sposób zapobiegania temu niebezpiecznemu zjawisku, który jest Twoim zdaniem najbardziej skuteczny, i uzasadnij swój wybór. – Wyjaśnij, dlaczego odrzuciłeś pozostałe propozycje. Egzaminujący: Thank you. I will now ask you two questions. Przykładowe pytania 1. What do you think of people who drive at breakneck speed? 2. Apart from speed driving, what are other dangerous situations

on the roads? 3. Do you think there should be more laws to keep safety on the roads? 4. What’s the thing that annoys you the most about other drivers?

Egzaminujący: Thank you. This is the end of the exam.

stara dobra szkoła

Unit 7. Health „Zdrowie to rzecz najcenniejsza”. Podstawowa terminologia medyczna, wyrażenia i zwroty potrzebne w trakcie wizyty u lekarza czy pobytu w placówkach leczniczych są sprawdzane, utrwalane i pogłębiane w rozdziale 7. , zarówno w ćwiczeniach, jak i w trzech przykładowych maturalnych zadaniach ustnych. Zagadnienia gramatyczne to m.in: Present Perfect, Past Simple, czasowniki modalne “modal verbs”, tryb łączący “subjunctive”, pytania i odpowiedzi, zdania warunkowe.

176

korepetycje maturzysty Focus on vocabulary HEALTH PROBLEMS Ćwiczenie 1. Z podanych odpowiedzi wybierz właściwą, wpisując a lub b. 1.

Matthew has



a) come down

2. Susan

with the flu and needs to stay at home. b) come up

a cold. She probably got it off one of her classmates.



a) developed

3.

Tom was off work for a few weeks because he was



a) bedridden

4.

I’ve got the flu and I just can’t seem to



a) shake

5.

I have a splitting



a) headpain

b) headache

6.

Mary complained of

in her stomach.



a) hurt

7. Steve

b) caught

with pneumonia.

b) bedstuck

it.

b) throw

. I think I will lie down for a nap.

b) pain

from colds each winter.



a) suffers

8.

Several students got



a) infected

9.

Tom ran a



a) high

10.

Mark hasn’t



a) recovered

11.

I’ve got a cold. My nose is



a) raining

12.

Jessie’s got really bad hay fever and she is



a) wheezing

13.

The traveller



a) died of

b) is ill

with the flu virus at school. b) caught

fever and had to be taken to hospital. b) yellow

from food poisoning yet, but he is over the worst of it. b) healed

like a tap. b) running

and sniffling all the time.

b) sneezing

yellow fever in Sudan. b) died from stara dobra szkoła

Unit 7. Health

177

14.

The man was so fat that he

when he walked up a flight of stairs.



a) wheezed

15.

Adam has broken his arm and has it in



a) plaster

16.

Dogs can



a) spread

17.

Those prawns made me feel really



a) ill b) unwell

b) sniffled

now.

b) gypsum

rabies. b) transmit

.

Ćwiczenie 2. Uzupełnij tekst wyrazami z ramek w odpowiedniej formie.

come down examine

sweats

cold

conditions

fever

suffer

case

Last winter I wasn’t taking weather and I

2

1

5

appetite

improve

achy

feverish

care

of myself. I didn’t dress warmly enough for the

with the flu. I had muscle aches, headaches and

but I assumed it was just a condition

get

4

. The

6

3

. I took some vitamins and after a few days my

went down and I thought I was

I even enjoyed food and ate with my usual

8

7

better.

. Against others’ advice I went

back to work but when I got home, my sweats, fatigue and pain returned. I felt so weak that I couldn’t get out of bed, let alone the house. I was and

10

with a bad headache

with cheeks hot to the touch. I felt so ill that my family doctor was called

to see me. The doctor

11

me thoroughly and within minutes he put my mind

at ease when he ruled out pneumonia and other serious 13

9

from a bad

14

12

. He said that I was

of flu. He told me to drink lots of fluids and to stay at

home for at least a week. He also told me that he’d be back the next day to check on me. Ćwiczenie 3. Uzupełnij zdania wyrazami z ramek. W razie potrzeby zastosuj formę

liczby mnogiej. vaccination injection

lozenge

iodine

www.cel-matura.pl

pill

syrup

antidepressant

antibiotic

ointment

painkiller

178

korepetycje maturzysty

1.

If you have a sore throat, suck on throat

2. I had a headache so I took a

and drink tea with honey.

but when its effects wore off,

the pain returned. 3.

Jim was put on an

to get rid of the ear infection.

4.

Disinfect the cut with

5.

Rub the

6.

Beth takes at least two insulin

. It may sting a little.

on the temples and forehead. Be careful to avoid the eyes. every day to control her diabetes.

7. Mrs Evans suffers from depression and takes

to keep

her dark thoughts at bay. 8.

When I was a child, I received a

9.

Dave took a sleeping

10.

What is the best cough

against mumps.

hoping to get a good night’s sleep. to stop a cough?

Ćwiczenie 4. Wyrażenie podkreślone zastąp odpowiednimi wyrażeniami z ramek,

nadając im zgodną z kontekstem formę gramatyczną. be off one’s food

be feverish

feel under the weather

be on the mend

contract

be allergic to

recover

dizzy

fight off

swell up

1. Katy has a temperature so she lay in bed. 2. Greg has been in hospital for almost a month, but he is feeling better and

should be home by the end of the week. 3. Susan has fully returned to a normal condition after a car crash. 4.

Judy felt as if everything were turning round and almost fainted.

5. Fever is a good thing because it means that the body is getting rid of

the illness. 6. Tom feels ill. I think he’s caught a cold. 7.

Her fever stayed high and she lost her appetite.

8. He got ill with malaria while travelling in Tanzania. 9. I get a rash when I smell pollen and freshly cut grass. 10. I tripped and sprained my ankle. It became larger and rounder

to twice its size. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 7. Health

179

Ćwiczenie 5. W poniższych trzech kolumnach do każdej strzałki dopisz pasujące

wyrazy z ramek. toothache nauseous

achy weak

knee

head shivery

a backache

a rash

shoulder

a stomach ache

a heart disease fine

I’ve got...

ear

a sore throat a cold

light-headed

breathless

(the) flu

queasy

leg

a bad cough

a fever

a black eye

dizzy

I feel...

→ → → → → → → → → → →

chilly

My ... hurts

→ → → → → → → → → →

→ → → → →

Ćwiczenie 6. W zaznaczone miejsca wstaw odpowiednie wyrazy wybrane

z ramek z poprzedniego ćwiczenia. 1. I’m

all over, with a bad headache and a sore throat.

2.

The rocking of the boat made me feel

3.

Jim has got a

4.

She felt

5.

Pet still has got a

6.

Lynda felt so

7.

Do you really have to shout? My head

8.

My brother had a bad case of chicken pox, but he feels

9.

I’ve got

10.

Bryan had got a terrible

www.cel-matura.pl

.

from screaming at aconcert last night. even though the heating was on. from carrying heavy bags. that she could hardly get off the bed. . now.

every time I drink something cold or hot. after he ate too many raw plums.

180

korepetycje maturzysty

AT THE DOCTOR’S Ćwiczenie 1. Każdemu zdaniu 1–9 odpowiada jedno ze zdań a–i. Wypisz wszystkie

pary.

1. Where is the pain?

a) Yes, it is Kate Stone.

2. Are you allergic to anything?

b) I have mild chest pain.

3. Do you have a fever?

c) I’m on antibiotics for an ear

4. C  an you tell me your full name,

infection. d) Not as far as I’m aware.

please? 5. What do you think is the matter with

e) Yes, very high. f) It is on the right side

you? 6. Have you ever been hospitalised?

of my chest.

7. Have you ever had an operation?

g) Nothing very serious, but I when

8. Are you taking any medicines at

I was young I had chicken pox. h) Yes, two years ago when I was

present? 9. Have you ever had any serious medical

slightly injured in a car accident. i) No, never.

conditions?

Ćwiczenie 2. Uzupełnij dialog wyrazami z ramek.

joints

limp

problem

stiffness

tests

diagnosis

pain

prescription

rheumatism

bothersome

Patient: Hello, doctor. Doctor: Hello. Come and sit down. Now, what seems to be the Patient: I have a burning

2

in my

3

1

?

especially when the weather

changes. Doctor: How long have you been having the pain? Patient: I’ve had it off and on for a few months now. Doctor: How

4

is it?

Patient: Well, I have joint

5

It is often so severe that I

6

when I wake up, especially in my knees. . stara dobra szkoła

Unit 7. Health

181

Patient: I see. Let me have a look at your joints. (after a while) This is probably 9

7

but I need to confirm the

8

with laboratory

and x-rays of affected joints.

Patient: Can you give me something for the pain? Doctor: Yes, I will give you a

10

for pain pills and anti-inflammatory

ointment. Ćwiczenie 3. Uzupełnij zdania czasownikami z ramek w odpowiedniej formie.

hurt

take

relieve

prescribe

heal

listen

diagnose

visit

refer

touch

1.

Mark was

2.

His wounds are

3.

The doctor looked at the x-ray and then

4.

“Show me where it

5.

Rob went to see a doctor and was

6. I

an antibiotic for his stomach pains. nicely and he is getting stronger by the day. to the patient’s chest.

,” the doctor said to his patient. with bronchitis.

my dentist for regular checkups every six months.

7. If your GP can’t find what’s wrong with you, he will

you

to a specialist. 8.

The doctor gave me a pain killer to

the pain in my leg.

9.

His knee was inflamed and painful to the

10.

The doctor told him to

.

off his shirt.

Ćwiczenie 4. Uzupełnij zdania wyrazami z ramek. W razie potrzeby zastosuj formę

liczby mnogiej. virus

rash

ailment 1.

disease

disorder

infection

swelling

bruise

condition

attack

This medication is a cure to all

www.cel-matura.pl

bug

from back pains to colds.

182

korepetycje maturzysty

2. James contracted a tropical

when he was travelling

through the jungle. 3. Eventually after many tests the doctor discovered that he had

a rare stomach 4. I had a nasty

. all over my body. My doctor told me it was an allergic

reaction to the antibiotics I was on. 5. There was so much

in my ankles that I couldn’t put on my shoes.

6. You shouldn’t smoke. Nicotine increases the risk of a heart

.

7. Adam was able to walk away from the car accident only with some

,

but otherwise unharmed. 8. A: How is Maggie?



B: Oh, she’s got rid of the flu

9. I came down with a throat

, and is feeling much better now. and had to stay at home

for a couple of days. 10. Their son suffers from a skin 11. I think I’ve caught that

. His face is all covered in spots. that Tim has. He sneezed on me yesterday.

Ćwiczenie 5. Uzupełnij dialogi poniższymi zdaniami. a)

It is a dull pain

e)

Now my voice is disappearing

b)

I can’t move my arm

f)

I’ve got a splitting headache

c)

I can’t sleep

g)

Everything is hazy and blurry

d)

I’m itchy all over

1.

A: What’s the matter?



B: I’ve had a terrible sore throat for a week.

2. A:

.

.



B: Get your eyes checked out. You may be nearsighted.

3.

A: 



B: I’ll prescribe you some tablets. They will take away some of the pain.

Can you give me something for it?

stara dobra szkoła

Unit 7. Health 4.

183

A: Ok, what kind of pain is it?

B:

and I feel it mostly when I walk.

5. A:

and I’m tired all day.



B: It sounds like insomnia.

6. A:



.

B: It could be a sprain. Let me see.

7. A:



. I’ve been scratching all day.

B: You must be allergic to something.

IN HOSPITAL Ćwiczenie 1. Uzupełnij zdania wyrazami z ramek w odpowiedniej formie.

admit

treat

take

release

hospitalise

cure

examine

heal

1.

A: Who is

you?



B: Doctor Morris. He is a nice person and has very good attitude.

2.

A: When can I go home, doctor?



B: I have to keep you for observation for a little while to make sure you.

everything’s fine before I 3.

Sue’s condition became worse and she had to be

.

4. Don’t be afraid, the doctors will do their best to

you

of your illness soon. 5. Grandma went to hospital to have her knee

and they kept her in.

6. Helen was taken to hospital after a car crash. Fortunately, they didn’t need to

her. She was treated in casualty and discharged after a few hours. 7.

It took some time for my broken ribs to

8.

A: How is Bob after the surgery? Is he going to be OK?



B: Unfortunately, it didn’t under the knife again.

www.cel-matura.pl

.

. He will need to go

184

korepetycje maturzysty

Ćwiczenie 2. Uzupełnij zdania wyrazami z ramek.

maternity ward

outpatient clinic

intensive care unit

casualty

psychiatric hospital

operating theatre

dental clinic

sanatorium

1.

He was treated for depression in a(n)

.

2.

Julia is in the

3.

Katy went to the

to have her tooth extracted.

4.

Bob is still in the

after undergoing a heart bypass operation.

5.

Mary went to the

to have a mole removed from her cheek.

6.

The accident victim was rushed to

7.

The man was taken to the

8.

Thomas is in a(n)

expecting her first child.

with severe bleeding. for emergency surgery.

in Switzerland with suspected tuberculosis.

Ćwiczenie 3. Dopasuj początki i końcówki zdań z kolumn 1–10 i a–j,

tak by powstały pełne wypowiedzi.

1. My sister-in-law had a child delivered  →

a) → to have his eyes checked.

2. Their son is having problems breathing.

b) → a collision with a car.

The doctor suggests surgery 

→

c) → a cut stitched.

3. He went to the eye clinic to 

→

d) → about my nagging cough.

4. The man had his stomach pumped 

→

e) → after taking an overdose of

sleeping pills.

5. The cardiologist told me that

I needed to have a pacemaker  6. They put him on a drip 

→

f) → by caesarean section.

→

g) → to protect my heart from

7. I went to hospital to consult the doctor  →

stopping in the future.

8. The nurse took the patient’s pulse 

→

h) →to remove the tonsils.

9. George went to casualty to have 

→

i) → to replace any lost fluids.

10. A cyclist was taken to hospital

following 

j) → to see how fast his heart was

→

beating. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 7. Health Ćwiczenie 4. Które z poniższych informacji lekarskich są dobre (+), a które złe (–) ? 1.

His condition hasn’t changed and he’s still in a coma.

2.

She’s been moved out of intensive care.

3.

Your son is in a stable condition and recovering well.

4.

Mr Black’s condition has just got worse.

5.

It’s nothing to worry about.

6.

She’s starting to gain some appetite.

7.

The accident victim needs to undergo further surgery.

8.

The patient is responding well to treatment.

9.

Nothing is broken, only some scratches and bruises.

10.

Her chance of recovery is at best 40%.

Ćwiczenie 5. Zastanów się które ze zdań 1–12 jest typowe dla wymienionych

poniżej przedstawicieli zawodów medycznych.

doctor D , nurse N , surgeon S , orderly O , paramedic P 1.

He helped a patient get out of bed.

2.

She is taking a boy’s temperature. 

3.

He is escorting a woman to an examining room.

4.

I heard the ambulance and then they came rushing in. 

5.

They carried the victim on the stretcher. 

6.

He changed the sheets on the patient’s bed. 

7.

She told me to give her my arm for the injection. 

8.

She cleaned and dressed the wound. 

9.

He made a home visit to check on his patient. 

10.

She kept a vigil at the patient’s bedside. 

11.

He operated on me for appendicitis. 

12.

She told me to open my mouth and say ‚ah’. 

www.cel-matura.pl

185

186

korepetycje maturzysty

Focus on grammar Ćwiczenie 1. Uzupełnij dialog, wstawiając podane czasowniki w formie Present

Perfect bądź Past Simple. Jeśli zachodzi taka potrzeba, zmień strukturę zdania. Patient: Good morning. I need to make an appointment with Dr. Johnson. Nurse: Could you tell me your name and your address, please? Patient: My name is Roy Sharp. I live at 35 Church Street. Nurse: Thank you. Now, what do you need to see Dr. Johnson about? Patient: Well, I’m feverish and I cough frequently. When I breathe deeply, I have a sharp pain in my chest. I think I Nurse:

2

Patient: I

take just an aspirin.

Nurse: When

4

you take it last time?

Patient: I’m not sure. I Nurse: Right. I

5

stop taking it a couple of hours ago.

you have any serious illnesses?

6

have pneumonia when I

7 9

catch a bug at work.

you take anything for it? 3

Patient: I

1

8

be a child.

be in hospital for a week. Since then, I

10

not have

any serious health issues. Nurse: I see. Dr Jonson is off today. He will be back at the beginning of next week. Do you want to see another doctor or come some other time? Patient: I was really hoping to get in tomorrow. Can you get me an appointment with another doctor? Nurse: I can get you in to see Dr. Evans tomorrow at 9. 30. Is it OK with you? Patient: It would be great. Thank you for fitting me in. Ćwiczenie 2. Uzupełnij dialogi czasownikami modalnymi z ramek.

must 1.

mustn’t

A: You

B:

should

shouldn’t

can

can’t

drink coffee or have breakfast until you’ve had a lab test. I drink some water? stara dobra szkoła

Unit 7. Health

187



A: You’d better wait until you get your tests done.

2.

A: Tony,



B: I

you look at this mole? Does it look normal to you? tell, but you

show it to a doctor. It’s better to be safe

than sorry. 3.

A: You

get off the train now.



B: What? Why not?



A: It’s still moving. You

get injured. You

wait

till it’s stopped. 4.

A: I hope that it’s nothing serious, doctor.



B: No, but you

5.

A: When can I return to work, doctor?



B: Not until you get better. You You

take the medicines as prescribed. have a rest now.

stay in bed.

6.

A: Doctor, what about my diet?



B: Little but often. You

7.

A: You



B: How long, doctor?



A: At least until you are no longer ill.

8.

A: You



B: I

cut down on fatty and sweet foods.

stay away from coffee for your own good.

work so hard. It’s not good for your health. go part-time, but just not yet.

Ćwiczenie 3. Ułóż pytania typu „yes/no”.

Wzór: The doctor advised him to eat less. → Did the doctor advise him to eat less? Yes, he did. 1.

I don’t feel well. → 



No, I don’t.

2.

Mike complained about a pain in his knee. → 



Yes, he did.

www.cel-matura.pl

? ?

188

korepetycje maturzysty

3.

May is suffering from asthma. → 

?



Yes, she is.

4.

My shoulder is aching. → 



Yes, it is.

5.

The injured man was flown to hospital. → 



Yes, he was.

6.

He’s had a bad headache all day. → 



Yes, he has.

7.

Adrian didn’t make an appointment with his dentist. → 



No, he didn’t.

8.

The boy was diagnosed with ADHD. → 



Yes, he was.

9.

The patient won’t be operated on next Monday. → 



No, he won’t.

10.

Jack always ignores his doctor’s advice. → 



Yes, he does.

? ? ? ? ? ? ?

Ćwiczenie 4. Ułóż pytania.

Wzór: My back hurts. → Where does it hurt? Here? No, a little lower. Right there. 1.

Mark has sprained his ankle. → 



On Friday.

2.

I went to a doctor yesterday. → 



Because I didn’t feel well.

3.

I’m sorry, Molly is not in. → 



She is at her dentist’s, I think.

4.

I have a nasty pain in my arm. → 



Less than a week.

5.

I’ve got a doctor’s appointment. → 



At 11.30 tomorrow.

6.

She can’t afford the plastic surgery. → 



Around 3500 €.

? ? ? ? ? ?

stara dobra szkoła

Unit 7. Health 7.

You should swallow the pill. → 



The red one.

189

?

Ćwiczenie 5. Dopisz do zdań odpowiednie pytanie ogonkowe (question tag). 1.

I’m too fat, → 

?

2.

I am not sick, → 

?

3.

Take an aspirin, → 

?

4.

Don’t forget about your medicines, → 

?

5.

Let’s rest for a while, → 

?

6.

Something has happened, → 

?

7.

Paul is seldom sick, → 

?

8.

Only few people have come down with flu, → 

?

9.

A few people have come down with flu, → 

?

10.

Everybody at the dentist’s was reading a book, → 

?

11.

There were three patients waiting in the hall, → 

?

12.

Pass me the hanky, → 

?

13.

Andre has a high temperature, → 

?

14.

Grandpa has got a new blood pressure monitor, → 

?

15.

Neither of us is allergic to milk, → 

?

16.

No alcohol is allowed, → 

?

17.

Susie hardly ever goes to a doctor, → 

?

18.

So you think she will call in sick, → 

?

19.

Everything is OK, → 

?

20.

He will be operated on for a tumor, → 

?

Ćwiczenie 6. W każdej parze wypowiedzi 1–8 przekształć pierwsze zdanie

przy pomocy czasowników modalnych wnioskowania: can’t, must, can’t have, must have. Wzór: It’s clear that she is sick. She looks pale. → She must be sick. She looks pale. www.cel-matura.pl

190

korepetycje maturzysty

1.

I’m sure I’m ill. I don’t feel good.

I 

. I don’t feel good.

2. I’m certain that he is at the dentist’s. He’s been complaining about toothache

the whole morning. He 

. He’s been complaining about toothache

the whole morning. 3.

I know that it’s not pneumonia. I know because I’ve had it before

It  4.

. I know because I’ve had it before.

It’s clear that I’ve caught a bug. I feel lousy today.

I 

. I feel lousy today.

5. It’s obvious that Josh is much better. His fever has gone down and his cough

isn’t as bad. Josh 

. His fever has gone down

and his cough isn’t as bad. 6. It’s impossible that the patient has been transformed to another ward.

His things are still here.

The patient 

. His things are still here.

7. I’m as positive as I can be that Joe is not suffering from asthma. He smokes

like a chimney. Joe 

. He smokes like a chimney.

8.

I’m sure that the man was seriously injured. He was rushed to hospital.



The man 

. He was rushed to hospital.

Ćwiczenie 7. W każdej parze wypowiedzi 1–10 przekształć pierwsze zdanie

przy pomocy czasowników modalnych możliwości: may (not), might (not), could (not). 1.

Probably he’s caught a bad cold.

He  2.

.

Perhaps he went to the doctor on his own.

He  3.

.

It’s likely that she won’t be operated on this week.

She 

. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 7. Health 4.

191

It’s possible that he will be discharged from hospital next Wednesday.

He  5.

.

Perhaps Mary will have a baby tomorrow.

Mary  6.

.

It’s not very likely that she will consult another doctor.

She  7.

.

There is a possibility that he has broken his leg in two places.

He 

.

8.

Do you think the driver was slightly injured?





9.

Do you think it is possible that the patient will walk again?





10.

It was possible that the orderly forgot to feed the patient.



The orderly 

? ? .

Ćwiczenie 8. Każde ze zdań z zestawów 1–3 przekształć przy pomocy

odpowiednio dobranych czasowników modalnych wyrażających przypuszczenie: may, might, could, could not, might not, may not. Więcej niż jedna odpowiedź może być prawidłowa. Maybe he is ill.

→

He may/might/could be ill.

Maybe he isn’t ill.

→

He may not/might not be ill.

It’s impossible that he is ill.

→

He could not be ill.

Wzór:

1.

It is possible that Grandpa is losing his sight. → 

.



It is impossible that Grandpa is losing his sight. → 

.



Perhaps Grandpa is not losing his sight. → 

.

2.

I’m sure Adam hasn’t had his tooth removed. → 

.

I’m not sure whether Adam has had his tooth removed.

→

.

It is possible that Adam has had his tooth removed. → 

.

3. The speaker concludes that George is not taking his medicine.

→ www.cel-matura.pl

192

korepetycje maturzysty

The speaker hasn’t come to a definite conclusion. He is not sure whether George is taking his medicine. →  The speaker hasn’t come to a definite conclusion. He thinks that it’s possible that George is taking his medicine. →  Ćwiczenie 9. Wstaw podane czasowniki w odpowiedniej formie, by utworzyć

zdania warunkowe typu 0 i 1. 1. If you

smoke , you

2. If you

eat less, you

3. If you

exercise more, you

4. If you

not take your medicines regularly,

they 5. You

if you

increase your risk of heart disease. lose weight. keep in shape.

not work the way they should. not be able to see everything in the classroom not wear your glasses.

6. Stay in bed otherwise you

not get better.

7. If you

be ill, go to see your doctor as soon as possible.

8. If you

catch a cold, you

feel under the weather

for some days. 9. If you

have a sore throat, suck on throat lozenges.

10. If you

have trouble sleeping, just take a sleeping pill.

11. It’s always like that: if it’s cold and you

you

not put on warm clothes,

get sick.

12. Call an ambulance in case she

feel worse.

13. Have a first-aid kit in your car should you

hurt yourself.

Ćwiczenie 10. Wstaw podane czasowniki w odpowiedniej formie,

by utworzyć zdania warunkowe typu 2. 1. If I

be you, I

go to the doctor first thing tomorrow.

2. If I

have more motivation, I

lose weight. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 7. Health 3. If you

193

have more common sense, you

4. You

quit drinking.

not be out of breath all the time if you

do

some exercise. 5. She

feel better if she

6. If I

take the medicines.

not have a heart condition, I

probably

smoke a cigarette. 7. I

go skiing with you tomorrow if I

8. Supposing you

not be sick.

have a drink problem, what

you

do ? 9. If he

wear glasses he

10. If I

not squint while reading.

see a car accident, I

call an ambulance.

Ćwiczenie 11. Wstaw podane czasowniki w odpowiedniej formie, by utworzyć

zdania warunkowe typu 3. 1. If she 2. 

not drive so fast, she

I

not be injured.

know you were in hospital, I

come

to visit sooner. 3. If I

not be ill I

4. If I

not eat so much, I

5. He

not break his leg, if he

6. If they

not miss the deadline. not feel sick. not slip on the wet floor.

not take him to hospital so quickly, he

die

within a couple of hours. 7. If she

not take the medicines, she

not recover

so quickly. 8. If you

not clean the wound, it

go septic.

Ćwiczenie 12. Uzupełnij zdania czasownikami frazowymi w odpowiedniej formie.

pull through pack up

come down

take out

www.cel-matura.pl

pick up

patch up

build up

throw up

pass out

fight off

194

korepetycje maturzysty

1. James 2. I

with an illness and couldn’t make it to work. a cold from someone in the office. I hope it’s gone by Monday.

I don’t have time to be sick. 3. I think I

the flu. I’m in much better spirits today.

4. It’s been the third day since the surgeons

him

after

a serious car accident and he looks as good as new. 5. If you keep on smoking 20 cigarettes a day, don’t be surprised if your lungs

on you. 6. Katy

her lunch. She has probably got a stomach bug.

7. It was so stuffy in the room that the woman 8. Stella spends hours in the gym, trying to

. her strength.

9. He is still in intensive care, but his doctor expects him to 10. I’ve just had a wisdom tooth

.

. I can’t feel half of my mouth!

Focus on matura Zadanie 1.

Egzaminujący: Let’s start with Task 1. Read the task. You have about half a minute for that. Then we will start.

After about 30 seconds

Egzaminujący: Can we start now? W czasie wyjazdu zagranicę zachorowałeś. Rozmawiasz z lekarzem

– powiedz, co Ci dolega,



– wyjaśnij od jak dawna źle się czujesz,



– poinformuj o przebytych chorobach,



– zapytaj o leki, które zostały Ci przepisane.

Egzaminujący: Thank you. Let’s move on to Task 2.

stara dobra szkoła

Unit 7. Health

195

Zadanie 2.

Egzaminujący: Describe the picture.

After about 10 seconds.

Egzaminujący: Thank you. I will now ask you three questions. Przykładowe pytania 1. What do you think has happened to the boy? 2. How could the injury have happened? 3. Have you ever broken your leg or sprained

your ankle? Uwaga: na egzaminie maturalnym pytania do ilustracji znajdują się wyłącznie w zestawie egzaminującego.

Egzaminujący: Thank you. Let’s move on to Task 3. Zdjęcie 1

Zadanie 3.

Egzaminujący: Read the task and think about what you’d like to say. You have about a minute to prepare.

Po upływie ok. minuty

Egzaminujący: Can you start now? Popatrz na Zdjęcie 1 i Zdjęcie 2. Zdjęcie 2

Twój kolega/koleżanka skarży się na przeziębienie. Doradź mu, co powinien/powinna zrobić. Masz do wyboru dwie propozycje leczenia.

www.cel-matura.pl

196

korepetycje maturzysty



– Wybierz tę metodę, która jest według Ciebie lepsza i uzasadnij swój wybór.



– Wyjaśnij, dlaczego odrzuciłeś drugą propozycję.

Egzaminujący: Thank you. I will now ask you two questions. Przykładowe pytania 1. Would you prefer alternative medicine or conventional medicine? 2. What do you use for aches and pains? 3. Do you think scientists will find a cure for all aches and pains one day? 4. What do you think of alternative therapies such as art therapy,

music therapy or healing with animals? Egzaminujący: Thank you. This is the end of the exam.

stara dobra szkoła

Unit 8. Education and work Wykształcenie, praca, kariera zawodowa to czynniki rozstrzygające o losach poszczególnych ludzi i całych społeczności. Stanowią one tematykę zamieszczonych poniżej ćwiczeń leksykalnych i przykładowych zadań na ustną maturę. Ćwiczenia gramatyczne aktualizują i pogłębiają następujące kwestie: Present Continuous, Future Simple, Future Continuous, be going to, Future Perfect, Future Perfect Continuous, zdania warunkowe, czasowniki modalne “modal verbs”, czasowniki frazowe “phrasal verbs”.

198

korepetycje maturzysty Focus on vocabulary EDUCATION Ćwiczenie 1. Dopasuj czasowniki z kolumny A do wyrażeń z kolumny B. a)

apply 1.



a)

cheat 2.



b)

go over 3.



c)

play 4.



d)

take 5.



e)

do 6.



f)

drop 7.



g)

finish 8.



h)

get 9.



i)

fail 10.



j)

A-levels the course material a course for a place secondary school out of school the school-leaving exam truant in the test good marks

b) Uzupełnij luki w zdaniach 1–10, używając wyrażeń z 1a w odpowiedniej formie. 1. He

too often. No wonder he’s retaking his GCSEs.

2.

Although she studied hard, she

3.

Greg doesn’t have formal education. He

4.

I need to

5.

She is very bright and she

6.

The teacher failed Bob because he

7. I 8.

I’d like to

9.

You are

10. She

. in the eighth grade.

again if I want to pass the exam with flying colours. in most of the subjects. .

in English, but I’m still learning the ropes. at Harvard, but I’m not sure if I will get in. this year, so you need to work much harder. with honours, but she never applied for college. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 8. Education and work

199

Ćwiczenie 2. Uzupełnij dialogi poniższymi zdaniami. a)

I’m doing very well now

b)

Go ahead. I think it’s a great idea

c)

He is combining studies with work as a waiter

d)

Um, just beforehand

e)

I have to do some studying for the exam on Monday

f)

I’m majoring in economics and minoring in finance

g)

No, it wasn’t deliberate. I didn’t feel good

1.

A: When do you start revising for your exams?

B: 2.

A:I was thinking about taking a language course this term

B: 3.

. .

A: Did you skip yesterday’s classes?

B:

.



A: I can lend you my notes if you want.

4.

A: Bob hasn’t been answering my calls for a few days.



B: Probably he’s busy.

5.

A: Would you like to see a movie with me tonight?



B: I’d love to, but I can’t.

6.

A: How are you getting on with your studies?

B: 7.

. .

.

A: What do you study?

B:

.

Ćwiczenie 3. Wybierz właściwy wyraz spośród dwóch wyróżnionych.

Part time / Irregular courses 1. 

are ideal for those working full-time.

2. 60% of students passed the exam with scores / grades www.cel-matura.pl

A to C.

200

korepetycje maturzysty

3. My younger sister is in sixth year / class now. I can’t believe how fast

time flies! 4. Tom was a poorly performing student and he had to repeat

a school / class . 5. I’d like my children to go to school with a uniform / clothes policy.

School isn’t supposed to be a fashion show. 6. My favourite topic / subject

is chemistry, but I have it for only

two hours a week. 7. Liz had to attend remedial lectures / courses to catch up on material

she had failed to learn. 8. I have a one-hour biology class / course at 10 o’clock. Only three more

and that will be the end of the class / course . 9. How did you do on your final exam / thesis ? I think I’ve flunked mine. 10. In Kate’s curriculum / syllabus

there are classes in science, history,

computers, English, physical education and art. 11. Neil has passed his university exams and now he’s a student / graduate .

He’s got a degree / diploma 12. Jackie won / scored

in physics.

high marks on the exam.

Ćwiczenie 4. Dopasuj nazwy szkół wymienione w punktach a–g do definicji 1–7. a)

comprehensive school

e)

primary school

b)

infant school

f)

secondary school

c)

junior school

g)

vocational school/trade school

d)

preschool/kindergarten

1.

This is a type of school where children enter at the age of 5. It is here where

they learn to write and read and to work with numbers. Children do not sit at the desk, but move freely around the classroom. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 8. Education and work 2.

201

My brother sent his little son, Clive, there. I think it’s very beneficial for Clive

because he is an only child and now he has other children to play with. Everyone has a good time playing with paint, water or clay. They sing songs, learn the alphabet and basic numbers. 3.

This school is attended by approximately 90% of students in England. It is

financed by public funds and remains the most common type of secondary school. It offers a full range of subjects across the academic and vocational spectrum. 4.

This school is for students who do not fit very well into the academic routine. It

provides vocational education and teaches skills needed to perform a particular job. Students who complete this school are very likely to enter the workforce right away. 5.

This is where students receive their first stage of compulsory education.

It teaches all the basics. What is learnt here builds a firm foundation for future learning, together with self-discipline, willingness and passion for studying. 6.

It is an institution where students receive their final stage of compulsory

education. The next stage is college, polytechnic or university. When students complete it, they decide whether to continue their studies further or pursue a trade. 7.

It caters for children moving from infant school. Children stay here until they

are 11 years old and then transfer to a secondary school. Its atmosphere is gentle, relaxed and supportive. Ćwiczenie 5. Uzupełnij teksty wyrazami z ramek. Zmień formę tam,

gdzie jest to konieczne. a)

material

swot

subjects

classes

exams

Daniel is not a typical A grade student. He is not a hard nor does he revise for his

2

notes 1

. He doesn’t work very

till late at night like some of his worse per-

forming classmates do. Instead, he sits attentively through the in a front row, listens carefully to what his teachers say and takes he gets home, he revises the

5

3

, but not 4

. When

he’s learnt on the same day and practices. It

wouldn’t be enough for most students, but Daniel is extremely bright. Although he’s got A’s in most

6

you can see him as often with his course books as with his

friends just fooling around. www.cel-matura.pl

202

korepetycje maturzysty

b)

go on

receive

find

get

take up

Teachers say that Jack is able but lazy. If he cared about his studies as much as he cares about his social life, he would be a high-performer. Unfortunately, it is far from the case. Jack hardly

1

beyond average. On many occasions he

2

a stern rebuke from our headmaster for treating school lightly, but each time he says that he doesn’t intend to 4

3

to higher education, but that he just wants to

vocational training and

5

a job.

Ćwiczenie 6. Uzupełnij zdania czasownikami z ramek w odpowiedniej formie.

pick up

acquire

master

1. A child

learn

memorise

babble

the language of the community in which he/she is brought up.

2. What is the best way to 3. I

grasp

a language?

a few words of German from my friends and from watching TV.

4. My sister’s child

more and more, making sounds

such as “ma-ma-ma” and “ba-ba-ba.” 5. The teacher had to explain the new material many times, before the students

it fully. 6. Peggy lived in Hungary for several years, but she never 7. I

the language.

new words by repeating them again and again. There is no better

way for me.

LOOKING FOR A JOB Ćwiczenie 1. Uzupełnij teksty wyrazami z ramek.

covering letter

CV

applications

qualifications

post

employment

In responding to a 2

1

advertisement

education history

, a quick way of introducing yourself and listing your

to date and work experience is to send out your

3

. Remember that

stara dobra szkoła

Unit 8. Education and work

203

your prospective employer could have already received dozens of others. It’s important to catch his attention and make him want to read yours, otherwise it may end up in a wastepaper basket or a shredder. Write your CV on good quality paper and keep it clear with enough white space. Once it’s written, don’t forget to check it for spelling and grammar mistakes. Remember that a single typo may lose you the job. Many companies ask a job seeker to send a

4

along with his or her CV. Thus,

a covering letter should complement and not duplicate what you have already written in your CV. Your covering letter should draw attention to the information you want to highlight and point out how your

5

and experience relate to the

6

for which you are applying. Make sure to show your enthusiasm for the job and willingness to contribute to the overall success of the company. Try not to exceed more than two pages. After all, you don’t want to bore your prospective employer by elaborating on your achievements and the best

8

7

. Remember that

are clear and to the point, with concise covering letters and CVs.

Ćwiczenie 2. Z podanych odpowiedzi wybierz właściwą, wpisując a lub b. 1. My

period is over next week. Then I will be made permanent.



a) trial

2.

We need to



a) hire

3.

It’s hard to



a) recruit

4.

May I leave my CV? I’m interested in the



a) opening

5.

Although Beth had the right experience she didn’t get through the



a) application

6.

Twenty candidates are on the



a) selection

7.

People gossip that Warren was



a) employed

www.cel-matura.pl

b) probation

a new staff member for this project. b) fire

qualified staff these days. b) employ

for a native English teacher.

b) work

.

b) interview

for the manager’s job.

b) shortlist

b) deploy

because he is the president’s nephew.

204

korepetycje maturzysty 8.

I don’t know if I’ll get this job. After all I’m one of many



a) employees

9.

Sally graduated from college in June but she still hasn’t



a) found

.

b) applicants

a job.

b) founded

10. Jason is thinking about

teaching like his father, who’s a university

professor.

a) going into

b) getting into

Ćwiczenie 3. Uzupełnij dialogi poniższymi wyrazami/wyrażeniami. a)

job

e)

perks

b)

contract work

f)

part-time job

c)

days’ holiday

g)

pay

d)

vacancy

h)

interview

1.

A: How many

will you get a year?



B: Only 18.

2.

A: I’ve just got a new job.



B: That’s great! How’s the



A: Pretty good. I get 8 € an hour.

3.

A: Hey, did you land that job?



B: No, the

4.

A: How was your



B: It went quite well, but I have yet to hear from them.

5.

A: I didn’t get the



B: Oh well, there will be others. Don’t worry.

6.

A: How are you doing?



B: I finally got a job!



A: Great! Is it a permanent job?



B: No, it’s

?

has already been filled. ? .

, but it’s full time. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 8. Education and work 7.

A: When is your interview?



B: This Friday at 5. It’s only a

205

, but it suits me perfectly. I can’t work

nine to five and study. 8.

A: I’ve just started a new job.



B: Are there any



A: Yes, a company car and a mobile phone.

?

Ćwiczenie 4. Rozwiąż krzyżówkę. 6

Uwaga:

2

niektóre hasła 3

8

są dwuwyrazowe, między wyrazami uwzględniamy

4

jednokratkowy odstęp (spację). 1

Down: 2. a statement

from someone who knows you

7

or has worked with you that gives

5

information about your abilities and character

9

4. the person

who asks the

Across: 1. to get information in order to decide

5. the full form of CV

questions in an

whether an applicant is suitable

6. an announcement

interview

for a job

in a newspaper about a job

7. a job

3. a form that you complete in order

9. the process of finding people

8. without a job

to apply for a job

to work for a company

that provides

4. someone who is being interviewed

or an organisation

money

www.cel-matura.pl

206

korepetycje maturzysty

Ćwiczenie 5. Pracujesz w dziale personalnym. Wybierz z poniższej listy osoby,

którym możesz zaproponować zatrudnienie. 1.

Alice always tries to do her best. She always has a positive attitude.

2.

Steve is focused on everything but his job.

3.

Tom can handle livid customers. He is a people person.

4.

Hannah is often negligent in her duties.

5.

I don’t mean to imply that George lacks self esteem – quite the contrary.

6.

Joe hardly ever works to the best of his abilities.

7.

Katy keeps the company’s best interest at heart.

8.

Andrew excels at everything he does.

9.

Sally is known for her can-do attitude.

10.

Mark is a go-getter. You can’t help but share his optimism.

WORK AND CAREER Ćwiczenie 1. Wybierz właściwy wyraz spośród dwóch wyróżnionych. 1.

If you work hard, you may be promoted / raised .

2.

My boss hasn’t put up my pay / salary yet.

3.

Ted has been demoted / degraded to a sales rep recently.

4.

Grace was sacked / laid off because she was the slowest worker.

5.

Mark has just returned to the office today from ill leave / sick leave .

6. She was financially stable so she resigned / quit

her job

after she had a baby. 7.

I’m not planning to work next year. I’m taking early pension / retirement .

8. Tom was moved sideways / backwards to another upper-level managerial

position. He didn’t get the vice-president post, but at least he wasn’t demoted. 9. Julia quit her job without note / notice , which complicated things

for the boss. 10. Deborah didn’t head down her career path / career ladder

for the money.

She was driven by a passion to help people. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 8. Education and work 11. Kristi is on maternity leave / holiday

and Paul is replacing her

until she returns. 12. What advantages / fringe benefits apart from health insurance

does your company offer? Ćwiczenie 2. Uzupełnij dialogi poniższymi zdaniami/wyrażeniami. a)

a labour of love

f)

anti-social hours

b)

flexitime

g)

night shift

c)

self-employed

h)

freelancer

d)

moonlighting

i)

odd jobs

e)

mornings

1.

A: I see you are off to the school again.



B: Yes. Today I’m working with adults with reading difficulties.



A: Are you paid well?



B: Oh no, I’m a volunteer. Teaching is

2.

A: What are you on tomorrow, Mike?



B: I’m doing the



A: I’m off tomorrow.

3.

A: What hours do you work?



B: 9 to 5, with a lunch break. What about you?



A: I only work

4.

A: I’ve just seen Chris raking leaves in front of Mr Abbot’s house.



B: That’s because he does

5.

A: What do you do for a living?



B: I’m

6.

A: Ted, what newspaper are you with?



B: I’m a

www.cel-matura.pl

for me.

. And you?

so I’m out by 11 on most days. around the neighborhood.

. I’ve got my own business. . I don’t work for anyone in particular.

207

208

korepetycje maturzysty

7.

A: I’ve heard that you no longer work fixed hours.



B: No, I don’t. After having a baby I prefer to work

8.

A: I’ve seen Susie waiting on people in that restaurant. I thought she worked

.

in a hair salon.

B: She is

there as a waitress to make both ends meet.

9.

A: How come you don’t get to see your friends very often?



B: Because I work

.

Ćwiczenie 3. Uzupełnij teksty wyrazami z ramek. Zmień formę tam,

gdzie jest to konieczne. a)

duties

job

work experience

overtime

salary

break

workload

I was working in this restaurant for about two years. At first I did a period of there and after it I went on to work as a full-time waiter. My

2

1

involved serv-

ing customers and preparing simple food, but when the restaurant was very busy I also helped in the kitchen, mostly doing the dishes. The

3

was very heavy

and had me working almost every night and the restaurant’s owner never paid me for

4

. On some days I didn’t even get a

5

. I didn’t know what to ex-

pect so I quit before I worked myself to death. Now, when I look back I don’t regret it. I found a cushy

6

with a good

7

at a French restaurant and I’ve

been enjoying my life like never before. b)

I

quit 1

resign

feel trapped

offer

answer

start

from my job at a bank last month. I had been there for over three years,

but it was time to move on. I did it because I

2

in my job. I wanted something

where I could enjoy what I did every day, but the job I was in

3

me little job

satisfaction. I didn’t like what I was doing in the least; I was only working for the money. I woke up on most days dreading the thought of going to work. I even felt like getting ill just to stay at home. Eventually I

4

.I

5

my own business

soon after and felt alive again for the first time in years. Now I’m my own boss and I don’t

6

to anybody. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 8. Education and work c)

competitive field

job

freelance

I’m about to resign from my

1

profession

209

home

environment

and I feel good about this decision. I’m a jour-

nalist working for a daily newspaper. Although journalism is a glamorous it is also a very

3

2

where everybody does anything they can to get their stories

on the front page. I’ve come to a decision that it’s now or never to go work independently from

5

out of the stressful and negative

4

and

. I don’t want to quit writing. I just want to get 6

I am now in. I really like this job – besides,

I don’t know what else I’m qualified to do after being a journalist for so many years. Ćwiczenie 4. Uzupełnij zdania odpowiednimi przymiotnikami.

rewarding

stressful

physically draining 1.

I like

highly-paid

challenging

repetitive

profitable

glamorous

work that keeps me motivated and focused.

2. Beth works at the checkout in a supermarket. It is

work

that pays minimum wage. 3. Teaching can be very

especially when you see

your students progress. 4. Andrew could afford to buy a new house because he found a 5. Tom is a firefighter. He says that his is job is

. I can’t sleep and I’m nervous all the time.

7. Being an airline pilot is a

job. You travel around the world

and are paid for it. 8. He inherited a small company from his father which developed

into a

business over the years.

Ćwiczenie 5. Uzupełnij zdania słowami job(s) lub work. 1.

Rose left her

2.

I’ve got

www.cel-matura.pl

when her son was born. to do. I can’t talk now.

job.

, but he can’t imagine

doing anything else. 6. This job is so

,

210

korepetycje maturzysty 3.

Martin is very tired. He has a very stressful

4.

I have to go now because I have a few

5. Alicia is thinking about leaving her

. to do around the house. , because the

that she does is unsatisfactory for her. 6.

I went out with a couple of friends after

7.

Greg got this

8.

I can’t deal with that right now. I’ve got

9.

Ted was in this

10.

Chris started

.

two months ago and he has already been promoted. to do.

for a year before being laid off. when he was just 13 years old.

Ćwiczenie 6. Opisz krótko sytuację przedstawioną w zdaniach 1–12 przy pomocy

czasowników: sack, lay off, retire i resign.

Wzór: Tom was a slow worker. → He was sacked. 1.

Alec came to work drunk yesterday. → 

2.

Bob’s company is downsizing. → 

3.

Tom couldn’t stand the people he worked with. → 

4.

Deborah wanted to see her family more often. → 

5.

Jack reached the age of 75 last year. → 

6.

Jim’s position is not going to exist any longer. → 

7.

A machine took over Katy’s job. → 

8.

Martha has been performing poorly recently. → 

9. Peter’s company has been merged with another company.

→  10. Steve has made an insulting remark about his boss.

→  11. Mark was getting on in years. →  12. Tess got an interesting job offer from a new company.

→  stara dobra szkoła

Unit 8. Education and work Focus on grammar Ćwiczenie 1. Wybierz odpowiedni przymiotnik. 1.

A: And that boss of yours? Do you like him?



B: No, I don’t. He is very annoying / annoyed . He is always breathing down my neck.

2.

A: Why is Chris so frightening / frightened ?



B: Because the boss told him to come to his office after work.

3.

A: Why are you quitting your job?



B: I’m boring / bored with it. I think it’s time for me to move on.

4.

A: Another tiring / tired day at work, huh?



B: Well yeah. I didn’t even have time for a lunch break.

5.

A: Michael has been promoted.



B: Oh, what surprising / surprised

6.

A: Have you heard that the company is considering layoffs?



B: Yes, I have. Everyone is very worrying / worried about this.

7.

A: How is the boss today?



B: He’s very exciting / excited about the forthcoming conference.

8.

A: Is your job satisfying / satisfied ?



B: Not as much as I’d like it to be, but it’s not bad either.

9.

A: What are you doing, Bob?



B: Nothing. I’m shocking / shocked .



A: Why is that?



B: The boss wants to promote me to office manager

10.

A: Whatever you do, is it interesting / interested work?



B: Yes, very much so.

news!

Ćwiczenie 2. Uzupełnij wolne miejsca w zdaniach 1–15 odpowiednimi czasownikami

modalnymi wyrażającymi możliwość: can(’t), could(n’t), (not) be able to. 1.

When I was younger, I

www.cel-matura.pl

type fast, but now I’m all thumbs.

211

212

korepetycje maturzysty

2.

Yesterday I was

run 20 miles without a break.

3.

Although my knee was swollen, I was

4.

I hope that with the help of this book I

5.

When I was a student, I

finish the race. do the exercises on my own.

cook. Now I can cook like my mother.

6. I was a little ahead of most kinds my age. By the time I was 6,

I

read and write.

7. Andrew is linguistically skilled. He

speak two foreign languages

fluently. 8. The boy shows that he’s good with figures. He

count to 1000

and add numbers together. 9.

Would you like

read faster?

10. Susie is only 5, but she

already write upper and lower case letters.

11.

At the end of the class you

12.

I’d like to

13.

The exercise wasn’t very difficult. I

14. I 15.

talk about your future plans.

play the piano. answer most of the questions.

do the maths test. I didn’t study hard.

Although her voice was hoarse, she

sing the song.

Ćwiczenie 3. Uzupełnij wolne miejsca w zdaniach 1–7 odpowiednimi

czasownikami modalnymi wyrażającymi przyzwolenie: can(’t), could(n’t), may. 1. A:



I leave earlier today? (friendly)

B: Sure, it’s fine with me.

2. A:

I use your phone? (polite) . It’s not working.



B: No, you

3.

I’m sorry, you

4. A:



B: No, you

5. A:

smoke here.

I park here? (formal) . There is no parking at the bank. I talk with Jim? (formal) stara dobra szkoła

Unit 8. Education and work

B: I’m sorry. He is unavailable right now.

6. A:

I take a message?

I take a day off? I’m not feeling well. (polite)



B: Yeah, sure. Go home and rest.

7.

A: Mr Smith,



B: Of course. Go ahead.

I come in? (formal)

Ćwiczenie 4. Podane czasowniki wstaw w Future Simple bądź zastosuj zwrot

be going to. Jeśli zachodzi taka potrzeba, zmień strukturę zdania. 1.

A: What do you want to be when you grow up?



B: I

2.

A: I’ve left my coursebook at home.



B: Don’t worry. I

3.

A: Have you decided which university to apply to?



B: Yes, I

4.

A: Hurry up! We



B: Ok, but since when do you actually care about being on time?

5.

A: We’ve all been very busy this term.



B: Cheer up, it

6.

A: What classes



B: I don’t know yet.

7.

A: Why are you using PowerPoint?



B: I

8.

A: I’ve heard you’re taking a French class.



B: Oh yes. I

9.

A: Chris,



B: Sure, what is it?

10.

A: I’m worried about my science exam.



B: Take it easy. I’m sure you

www.cel-matura.pl

be a programmer.

lend you mine.

apply

to Warsaw University. be late to school.

be summer holiday soon.

you take this term?

make a presentation for school.

go to Paris with Erasmus.

you help me with my homework?

pass it.

213

214

korepetycje maturzysty

Ćwiczenie 5. Podane czasowniki wstaw w czasie Future Perfect lub Future Perfect

Continuous. Jeśli zachodzi taka potrzeba, zmień strukturę zdania. 1.

Next term Matthew

2.

In seven days, I

take my finals.

3.

At this rate you

not read the book by Monday, I’m afraid.

4.

If everything goes well, Josh

5.

study law for three years.

graduate from college by next May.

do your homework until 8 o’clock?

6. I

not learn English for three years by spring.

I

probably forget everything by then.

7. You have to wait till next Monday. You

not tell the exam results

before then. 8. When I get home, the first thing I’ll want to do is a hot bath.

I

revise for my test all day.

9. How long

you study French this year?

10. Now that it’s three o’clock, I know that Brandon

get home

from school. 11. This December I

work on this project for over half a year.

How time flies! 12.

By graduation, Mary

finish her Ph.D. thesis.

13.

By the end of June, I

apply to college.

14. I don’t know what’s wrong with Robert. On Monday he

skip

classes for two weeks. 15.

he catch up by the time the exams come round?

Ćwiczenie 6. Podane czasowniki wstaw w czasie Future Perfect lub Future Perfect

Continuous. Jeśli zachodzi taka potrzeba, zmień strukturę zdania. 1. Tom is always late to work. If he continues like this, he

sack

before he knows it. 2. Scott is very ambitious, but he

not promote by the end of the year

unless he becomes more experienced. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 8. Education and work 3.

On Monday, how long

Jamie look for a job?

4.

At least 200 workers

lay off by the end of the year.

5.

you send the e-mails before noon?

6.

On October 12, the workers

7.

By the time he retires, how long

8.

In all probability Peggy

9. 10.

be on strike for two months.

he work in this office? write her CV by tomorrow.

you start your new job by next week? When he arrives, we

11. We

sit in the conference room all day.

not complete the project until well into 2014.

Ćwiczenie 7. Zastąp wytłuszczone słowa wyrazami: will, won’t lub shall.

Jeśli trzeba, dodaj zaimek osobowy. 1.

Please get down to some work.

2. Kim refuses to wear a uniform. 3.

The head teacher is ready to see you now.

4.

Why don’t we go to the library to study?

5.

Your essays should be submitted not later than on Monday.

6. I promise to help you with your math tonight. 7.

What time do you want me to pick you up after school?

Ćwiczenie 8. Ułóż zdania wyrażające ostrzeżenia bądź groźby w Future Simple,

wykorzystując wskazówki. 1.

A student is late for class again. come to class on time/contact your parents

2.

Your students are talking. be quiet/punish you

3.

One pupil is doing very poorly. improve grades/repeat a year

4. You suspect that a student has copied someone else’s work.

copy from another student/both of you get a 0 for the assignment 5.

A student of yours has been skipping school. skip school/fail the exam

6. Some students aren’t paying attention. listen to what I say/not learn anything 7.

One pupil has been misbehaving. behave yourself/suspend from school

www.cel-matura.pl

215

216

korepetycje maturzysty

Ćwiczenie 9. Podane czasowniki wstaw w Present Continuous, Future Simple,

Future Continuous bądź zastosuj zwrot be going to. Jeśli zachodzi taka potrzeba, zmień strukturę zdania. 1. A:

you use the copier?



B: No. Why?



A: I have to make a copy of this report.

2.

A: George, I’ve heard that you’re quitting.



B: Yes. I’ve decided I

3.

A: Josh



B: How do you know?



A: I overheard the boss saying so.

4.

A: I think they



B: Why do you think so?



A: Noone is better than him.

5.

A: I’m having a party on Saturday.



B: Sorry Gloria, I can’t. I

6.

A: What



B: I don’t know yet. I have no plans.

7.

A: Where is the boss? I need him to sign a few documents.



B: He

8.

A: You’re leaving? It’s still early.



B: I really have to. I

leave work and go back to school.

be personnel manager.

offer Paul the post of senior sales rep.

you come ? work all day.

you do when you retire?

have his lunch, I guess. start a new job tomorrow

and I need my beauty sleep. Ćwiczenie 10. Przekształć zdania 1–10 na zdania warunkowe pierwszego

lub drugiego typu. 1.

Brad doesn’t speak German well because his vocabulary is very poor.



If his → 

2.

We won’t hire her because she doesn’t have a bachelor’s degree.



If she → 

. . stara dobra szkoła

Unit 8. Education and work 3.

I won’t apply for college because I don’t want to continue my education.



If I → 

4.

George doesn’t study hard and that’s why he is struggling in school.



George wouldn’t → 

217

. .

5. I will take a gap year before starting college because I want to travel

around the world.

If I → 

.

6.

Brandon is not happy in his job. That’s why he’s looking for a new one.



If Brandon → 

7.

I can’t go out with you this evening. I have to study.



If I → 

8.

Steve may fail his history test. He will have to repeat the class.



If Steve → 

9.

Pass the exam and I will take you to New York.



If you → 

10.

Hand in your homework on time to get credit for it.



If you → 

. . . . .

Ćwiczenie 11. Z podanych odpowiedzi wybierz właściwą, wpisując a, b lub c. 1. Don’t forget to set the alarm.



a) Provided

2.

Revise the material,



a) unless

3.

we may oversleep and be late for school.

b) In case

c) Otherwise

you will forget it. b) or else

c) in case

you failed the exam, what would you do?



a) On condition

4.

I won’t pass the test



a) as long as

5.

My mind goes blank during exams,



a) if b) unless

www.cel-matura.pl

b) As long as

c) Supposing

you help me with my revision. b) unless

c) if

I’m well prepared. c) even if

218

korepetycje maturzysty

6.

You will have to work harder,

you want to or not.



a) unless

7.

I need to catch up with my studies,



a) or b) otherwise

8.

I will help you with maths



a) on condition that

9.

Take a rest



a) or b) if

10.

You will make progress

b) if

c) whether

I will repeat the year. c) if

you help me with English.

b) but for

c) in case

you will sleep throughthe exam.

a) even if

c) even if

you work diligently. b) as long as

c) or else

Ćwiczenie 12. Wstaw podane czasowniki w odpowiedniej formie, by utworzyć

zdania warunkowe typu 1 i 2. Jeśli zachodzi taka potrzeba, zmień strukturę zdania. 1.

If Lenny

2. I

quit , the company

have serious problems.

fight tooth and nail for this job if I

3.

If you

4.

Assuming you

be you .

not get your work in by Monday, you get promoted,

be fired.

you be very surprised?

5. I don’t mind working overtime provided that my work

be

appreciated. 6. When I

think of my interview tomorrow, I

have

my heart in my throat. 7.

Supposing you

8.

If you

9. She

be paid more money, want more info just find a job, if she

10. If you

you take the job? write me an e-mail.

be more confident.

work from home, you

have more time to spend

with your family. 11.

In what situation

12. What

you leave your job?

happen if you

not go to work tomorrow? stara dobra szkoła

Unit 8. Education and work

219

Ćwiczenie 13. Wstaw podane czasowniki w odpowiedniej formie, by utworzyć

zdania warunkowe typu 3. Jeśli zachodzi taka potrzeba, zmień strukturę zdania. 1. What

you do if you

2. Katy

not be so upset if she

3. If she

not get the job? not be sacked.

work harder, she

4. If Steve

get better grades.

not cheat in the exam, he

not be

excluded from school. 5. If I

go to college I

6. If you

spend more time studying for the test, make fewer mistakes.

you 7. But for you, I 8. I

study computer science.

not pass the exam.

not take the job, if I

know about the bad

working conditions. 9. Tessa 10. If it

be top of her class if she

study more.

not be for the merger, many people

not lose

their jobs. Ćwiczenie 14. Zbuduj zdania warunkowe typu mieszanego. 1.

If I

2.

If he

3.

If she

4. If I

go to college I

be in my second year now.

not be fired, he

not look for a job now.

not be so ambitious, she study languages I

take the job then. have more job

opportunities now. 5.

If I

6. If Patty

not be interested in history, I not be the boss’s daughter, she

not study it. not get

the job. 7. He

not be unemployed now, if he

an argument with his boss. www.cel-matura.pl

not have

220

korepetycje maturzysty

8. If Tim

work harder at school, he

9. If Jill

not be a janitor now.

not miss the deadline, she

not work

under pressure now. 10. If she

not be good with numbers, she

not study

accounting. Ćwiczenie 15. Uzupełnij zdania odpowiednią formą podanych czasowników. 1.

If only my parents

let me take piano lessons when I was younger.

2.

With the benefit of hindsight, I wish I

go to college.

3. I’m glad I’m doing better this year than I did last year and I hope

I 4.

get into Oxford.

I wish he

be more hardworking. If only he

5. I wish I

not be so lazy.

be really good at something, but I haven’t found my niche yet.

6.

Paul behaves as if he

know everything.

7.

It’s high time you

8.

Ellen studied hard lest she

9.

I’d prefer

10.

I’d prefer it if you

11.

Mum, I’d rather you

12.

I wish you

13.

If I

14.

Tim went through the material again so that he

15.

Her parents insisted that she

16.

Looking back, I wish I

get down to preparing for your finals! fail the exam.

go out tonight rather than

stay in and study.

do your homework first. not pick me up from school.

stop interrupting me. I’m trying to work. be you, I would take remedial classes. remember it well.

enter university. study harder.

Ćwiczenie 16. Używając trybu łączącego (subjunctive) na podstawie zdań 1–7,

utwórz zdania zawierające wyrazy w ramkach. 1.

Luke’s parents want him to study law because it’s a respected profession.

wish

Luke’s parents → 

. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 8. Education and work 2.

221

He, however, wants to study music.

rather

He, however → 

.

3. While they believe that music is great as a hobby, they want him

to study something he could earn a livelihood with. rather While they believe that music is great as a hobby, they →  4.

.

Now they think the right time has come to talk him out of music.

high time Now they think →  5.

Luke regrets not having the courage to say no to his parents.

wishes 6.

Luke → 

.

But he prefers giving up his dreams to disappointing them.

sooner 7.

.

But he → 

.

That’s a pity his parents don’t allow him to make his own choices.

only

If → 

.

Ćwiczenie 17. Uzupełnij zdania czasownikami frazowymi z ramek

w odpowiedniej formie. pick up

catch up

pick on

put off

look up catch on to

fall behind

drop out of

go on

brush up on

1. Like many other girls in her neighbourhood, Joy

school

after only a year. 2.

I’m really behind on my class. I need to

3. Alice

.

French at home as her parents spoke it to each other.

4.

I need to

5.

When you

6.

I wasn’t familiar with the word, so I

7.

When she got her degree she

my German. I haven’t spoken a word of it for months. in your studies, it’s hard to get back on track. it

to study for her PhD.

8. Kris is having a tough time with his geography teacher. I think he is being www.cel-matura.pl

in a dictionary.

.

222

korepetycje maturzysty

9. Don’t

your homework until late in the evening. You’ll be too tired

to concentrate. 10. My English teacher talks so fast that it’s difficult to

what he’s

saying.

Focus on matura Zadanie 1.

Egzaminujący: Let’s start with Task 1. Read the task. You have about half a minute for that. Then we will start.

After about 30 seconds

Egzaminujący: Can we start now? Opowiadasz koledze/koleżance o szkole, do której chodzisz. Poinformuj go/ją

– jaka jest to szkoła,



– ilu jest uczniów w Twojej klasie,



– jakich uczysz się przedmiotów,



– co byś zmienił/a w swojej szkole, gdybyś mógł/mogła.

Rozmowę rozpoczyna egzaminujący. Egzaminujący: Thank you. Let’s move on to Task 2. Zadanie 2.

Egzaminujący: Describe the picture.

After about 10 seconds.

Egzaminujący: Thank you. I will now ask you three questions.

stara dobra szkoła

Unit 8. Education and work Uwaga: na egzaminie maturalnym pytania do ilustracji znajdują się wyłącznie w zestawie egzaminującego.

Przykładowe pytania 1. What are the students doing? 2. What do you think the teacher is doing at this time? 3. Do you like having your knowledge tested?

Egzaminujący: Thank you. Let’s move on to Task 3. Zadanie 3.

Egzaminujący: Read the task and think about what you’d like to say. You have about a minute to prepare.

Po upływie ok. minuty

Egzaminujący: Can you start now?

Zdjęcie 1

Popatrz na Zdjęcie 1 i Zdjęcie 2. Twój kolega/koleżanka chciał(a)by od nowego roku podjąć pracę. Zaproponuj mu/jej formę zatrudnienia. – Wybierz tę, która jest według Ciebie dogodniejsza i uzasadnij swój wybór. – Wyjaśnij, dlaczego odrzucasz drugą propozycję.

www.cel-matura.pl

Zdjęcie 2

223

224

korepetycje maturzysty

Egzaminujący: Thank you. I will now ask you two questions. Przykładowe pytania 1. Is it common for people to work from home in Poland? 2. What do you think the advantages and disadvantages

of working from home are? 3. Apart from working remotely, what are other flexible working arrangements? 4. Which would you prefer: working nine-to-five or working flexitime?

Egzaminujący: Thank you. This is the end of the exam.

stara dobra szkoła

Unit 9. Culture and mass media „Człowiek jest twórcą kultury, kultura tworzy człowieka”. Słownictwo tego rozdziału obejmuje problematykę kina i telewizji, muzyki, książki, prasy codziennej i periodycznej oraz internetu. Zagadnienia gramatyczne to: strona bierna, mowa zależna i niezależna. Jak zwykle rozdział kończą trzy przykładowe zadania na maturę ustną.

226

korepetycje maturzysty Focus on vocabulary FILM AND CINEMA Ćwiczenie 1. Dopasuj przymiotniki w kolumnie A do ich definicji w kolumnie B. A B 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

violent moving gripping dreadful complex entertaining far-fetched disjointed predictable dull



a)



b)



c)



d)



e)



f)



g)



h)



i)



j)

having many points of view, ideas or intrigues obvious terrible, very poor in quality unlikely to be true boring not well connected, not presented in a smooth way exciting and interesting containing scenes which show lots of fighting funny and interesting touching the emotions

Ćwiczenie 2. W wolne miejsca wpisz odpowiednie przymiotniki wybrane

z kolumny A poprzedniego ćwiczenia. 1. The thriller has too many

scenes therefore it should be watched

by adults only. 2. The film was so

that I continued to watch it even though it was

past midnight. 3. This was a very

picture, full of emotions. I wept buckets

at the end of it. 4.

The whole film was

5.

The opening episode was so

6. The first part of the film was

to me. I guessed who the killer was right away. that I fell asleep in the middle of it. , full of plot holes and it didn’t make

any sense to me. 7.

The comedy was very

and it never had a boring moment. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 9. Culture and mass media 8. Even though the plot was a bit

and hard to believe, I think that

the film was underrated. 9. You leave the cinema disappointed because everything about the film was

: the acting, the script, the scenario, everything. On the whole, it has too many flaws to be recommended. 10.

The movie had a

story line with too much going on.

Ćwiczenie 3. Połącz słowa z kolumn A i B tak, by powstały przymiotniki złożone

pozwalające opisywać i oceniać filmy. A B

action

1.

slow

2.

tear

3.

heart

4.

hard

5.

spine

6.

smooth

7.

thought

8.

blood

9.

fast

10.



a)



b)



c)



d)



e)



f)



g)



h)



i)



j)

flowing chilling packed curdling paced provoking jerking warming moving hitting

Ćwiczenie 4. Uzupełnij luki w tekstach a, b i c odpowiednimi wyrażeniami

z ćwiczenia 3. a)

“Day 7” has the markings of a first-class political thriller. It contains many power-

ful and

1

scenes which will keep you glued to the edge of your seat from start

to finish. It’s set in Los Angeles and its plot centres around an FBA agent who fights a terrorist group intending to launch a series of attacks against the United States. The storyline is

2

filled with unexpected plot twists and turns. The only flaw of this

thriller is that it’s perhaps too www.cel-matura.pl

3

. You may be left wondering what is going on.

227

228

korepetycje maturzysty

b)

Set in the 19th-century England, it’s a

1

story of a prominent woman who

falls unhappily in love with a man half her age. From the first scene we are immersed in a world of lust, romance and betrayals that both fascinates and repels. The film takes its time to unfold, but don’t be put off by the somewhat

2

beginning. It doesn’t take

too long before you find yourself being drawn into the film more and more. c)

The concept for “Their Man” is a cute romantic comedy with a metaphysical

twist, in the same tone as “Just Like Heaven”. It’s set in California in the summer of 1996 and tells a

1

story of a young man who sees himself as a born loser till

he meets a beautiful dancer. The intent of the film is to make one point: the human personality is complex and changes from day to day, even from hour to hour. Overall, the film is funny and

2

. It will stay with you for a long time.

Ćwiczenie 5. Z podanych odpowiedzi wybierz właściwą, wpisując a, b lub c. 1.

Much of the film was shot



a) on location, studio

in New Zealand, not on a Hollywood b) outdoors, set

2. “Ocean’s Eleven” has a star-studded

.

c) on location, set

with George Clooney, Brat Pitt, Julia

Roberts, Matt Damon and Andy Garcia.

a) cast

3.

Clark Gable started his career as a(n)



a) extra

4.

You should watch “Avatar” in 3D to fully enjoy its special



a) tricks

5.

The film is doing very well at the box-office, so a



a) sequel

6. The



b) actors

b) character

b) effects

b) continuation

c) team

before he rose to stardom. c) lookalike

.

c) stunts

is inevitable.

c) sequence

revolves around a man named Barry and his search for his lost wife.

a) thread

b) action

7. I don’t like dubbed films. I prefer

c) plot

because I can follow

most of the dialogue.

a) inscriptions

b) words

c) subtitles stara dobra szkoła

Unit 9. Culture and mass media 8. Penelope Cruz won the Best

Actress award for her role

in “Vicky Cristina Barcelona”.

a) Background

9. Alfred Hitchcock

b) Supporting

c) Secondary

many great films, but “Psycho” is the best

in my opinion.

a) directed

10.

The actor probably used a(n)



a) extra

b) staged

c) recorded

in the most dangerous scenes.

b) double

c) lookalike

BOOKS Ćwiczenie 1. Przeczytaj zdania 1–10 i odpowiedz o czym mówią: o filmie (f),

powieści (n) czy jednocześnie o obu (b). 1.

You might get no sleep with it. It’s unputdownable.

2.

The characters are one dimensional with almost no personality.

3.

It’s a real page-turner. It will keep you wanting to know what happens next.

4.

I enjoyed it a lot, but the subtitles were very small and difficult to read.

5.

It was absolutely fantastic with Diane Lane in the lead role.

6.

Sadly, both the script and direction were disappointing.

7.

It’s truly amazing! Why hasn’t it hit the big screen yet?

8.

Maybe not the best sci-fi ever, but it’s definitely readable.

9.

Thrilling ..., cover-to cover excitement.

10.

The narrative is fine, but the dialogue is a bit cliché.

Ćwiczenie 2. Uzupełnij zdania 1–8 wyrazami z ramek.

cover 1.

preface

chapter

illustrations

Before I bought the book, I read the

epilogue

blurb

notes

to see if it was interesting.

2. I can’t imagine “The Chronicles of Narnia” without the original

by Pauline Baynes. www.cel-matura.pl

glossary

229

230

korepetycje maturzysty

3. It would be more helpful to have the

at the bottom of the page

rather than at the end of the book. 4. I was really disappointed that the

didn’t explain

what happened to the rest of the characters. 5.

I got hooked on the novel after reading the first

6.

When I read a book, I usually skip the

7. I should know not to judge a book by its

. and go to the main text. , but I can’t help it.

I often buy books only because they look nice. 8. Without the

, I wouldn’t have been able to understand

many of the technical terms used in the book. Ćwiczenie 3. Rozwiąż krzyżówkę. 1

2

Uwaga: niektóre hasła są dwuwyrazowe, między wyrazami uwzględniamy

3

jednokratkowy odstęp (spację).

4

Across

5

6

1. a suspenseful story about 7

8

a murder or spying 4. a story about a murder case,

in which you do not find out who the murderer is until the end 5. a story about magical

creatures written to children 9

6. a long story in which

the characters and events are usually imaginary

Down

8. a book in which someone

2. a story about love

writes about their own life

3. an invented story that is only a few pages long

9. a book about an imagined

5. a story involving magic and adventure

future, especially about space

7. a book of very high quality and lasting value

travel or life on other planets stara dobra szkoła

Unit 9. Culture and mass media Ćwiczenie 4. Dopasuj pytania 1–6 do odpowiedzi a–f. 1. What are you currently

a) I’m half through it, but it’s rather

reading?

boring.

2. What’s it like?

b) “ The Surgeon”, a top-grade thriller.

3. What’s this book about?

c) Mostly for girls, but boys can read it too.

4. Who wrote it?

d) It’s a biography of Agatha Christie.

5. Who’s it for?

e) Agatha Christie. It’s a mystery story.

6. Would you recommend it?

f) Yes, as long as you like period fiction.

Ćwiczenie 5. Wybierz właściwy wyraz spośród dwóch wyróżnionych. 1. My textbook is in poor condition. It’s well-thumbed / well-written and it has

many notes in the margins. 2. I couldn’t wait for the third part / volume of the complete works of C.S. Lewis. 3. The hardback edition / version was too expensive for me, so I waited for the

paperback one. 4. More and more bookshops have a sitting area for people

to browse through / pore over books before they buy them. 5. The novel didn’t get good reviews / comments , but it sold a lot

of

copies / issues

anyway.

6. It’s a common knowledge that most autobiographies are written

by ghost story / ghost writers. 7. The book was based on a true story / history of a man who was trying

to get custody of his children. 8. I read books a lot and my favourite genres / styles include thrillers

and fantasy. 9. The book originally sold for £10, but soon it became a collector’s item / rarity . 10. Adam tried many publishers, but his draft / manuscript

was rejected

each time. 11. I’ve just read the teaser / taster of the first chapter of her new novel

and can’t wait to read more! www.cel-matura.pl

231

232

korepetycje maturzysty

MUSIC Ćwiczenie 1. Uzupełnij dialogi poniższymi wyrazami/wyrażeniami. a)

tune

e)

lyrics

i)

music

b)

boy bands

f)

cover versions

j)

overplayed

c)

track

g)

live music

d)

hit

h)

song

1.

A: Who is your favourite singer?



B: Louis Armstrong. His The

“What a Wonderful World” is the reason why.

are meaningful and I love the way he sings it.

2.

A: It’s a good

.



B: Indeed, even though it’s a little too sad and makes me cry.

3.

A: I love this song! Hearing it just makes me feel good.



B: Well, it isn’t bad, but it’s really

4.

A: The guitar on the first



B: Yeah, and it has a great vibe.

5.

A: Why don’t you like O-Town?



B: I just don’t like

6.

A: Do you like



B: Sure, why?



A: My friend’s band is playing tonight. Would you want to go see them?

7.

A: What was the last album you bought?



B: I don’t buy albums. I download

8.

A: Have you heard his latest single?



B: Yeah, it’s a smashing

9.

A: The play mainly



B: I wonder when they will start writing their own material.

.

is fantastic.

. They all look and sound alike. ?

from the internet.

in the UK.

of rock classics of the 1970s.

stara dobra szkoła

Unit 9. Culture and mass media

233

Ćwiczenie 2. Uzupełnij tekst wyrazami z ramek. Zastosuj formę liczby mnogiej tam,

gdzie jest to potrzebne. tour

show

ticket

CD

band

concert

Going to

artist

atmosphere

gig

fan

stage

sound 1

is one of my favorite pastimes. There’s nothing like hearing and

watching your favourite

2

or solo

3

performing live right in front of

you. It doesn’t compare to hearing them on the radio or

4

. The last

I went to was part of the Guns N’ Roses Chinese Democracy row

7

The

8

6

5

. I got a back

, but from where I was standing I had a good view of the whole thing. was excellently organised and performed. The

so superb that although I was standing further from the

9 10

quality was

, I could hear eve-

rything perfectly. The concert would’ve been great in every aspect if it hadn’t been for some crazy

11

. In a way it was one of the most painful concerts I’ve ever seen.

It was painful because of the injuries I suffered from crowdsurfing. It started peacefully enough, but with every minute the

12

became hotter. Then I saw a crowd

surfer and a few seconds later his boot hit me in the face. He almost broke my nose! Anyway, the concert itself was outstanding. Ćwiczenie 3. Dopasuj czasowniki z kolumny A do wyrażeń z kolumny B,

tak aby uzyskać poprawne wyrażenia. A B 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

write tap hum record play make be learn

www.cel-matura.pl



a)



b)



c)



d)



e)



f)

g) h)

one’s own compilation CDs a new album to play the guitar one’s foot the CD into the stereo by ear the tune music

234

korepetycje maturzysty

put

9.

play

10.



i)



j)

out of tune some music

Ćwiczenie 4. Uzupełnij luki w zdaniach 1–10, używając wyrażeń z ćwiczenia 3

w odpowiedniej formie. 1.

Rob can’t read music. Instead, he

2.

I’ve been

3.

He is a good lyricist, but he’s also good at

4. I

.

since I first heard it a few days ago. from various albums I’ve bought over the years.

5.

This song is great to dance to. I can’t help

6.

The band have just

7.

I hate when Mark sings. He

8. I

. in time with it.

, which will be out in the spring. always

.

and I can already play a few simple tunes.

9. Mike

and played the first song on it.

10. Let’s

. It’s a party after all.

Ćwiczenie 5. Uzupełnij zdania 1–8 odpowiednimi przymiotnikami.

soothing

rousing

tuneful

deafening

tuneless

1. Their second album was too

modern

sweet

and too difficult for its time.

It flopped totally and the band split up. 2. We tried to talk, but the music was so

that we could hardly hear

ourselves speak. 3.

She put on some

4.

Her latest album is

5. The song is very

music to take her mind off her worries. and full of spirit. It gives me the chills. , especially the refrain is catchy. I’ve been listening

to it quite a lot recently. 6. I hate it when someone whistles along to music. Especially

whistling gets on my nerves. 7. Most of her songs are too

for me. I prefer something more powerful. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 9. Culture and mass media TELEVISION Ćwiczenie 1. Uzupełnij dialogi poniższymi wyrażeniami. a)

turn on the TV

d)

turn over

b)

turn off the TV

e)

turn the TV down

c)

turn the TV up

1.

A: Let’s



B: Ok, which channel should I change to?

2.

A: Could you



B: Sorry, I didn’t know it bothered you.

3. A:

. I’ve already seen this episode. ? I’m trying to do some work.

a bit. I can’t hear it.



B: Hey, you deaf or what?

4.

A: Jack,



B: But mum… Can’t I stay up a little bit longer? There’s a film

. It’s time to go to bed.

I want to watch. 5.

A: Can I

? The match is going to start any minute now.



B: All right, go ahead.

Ćwiczenie 2. Wstaw w luki odpowiednie nazwy programów telewizyjnych

wybranych z ramek. news programmes documentary soap opera 1. A

sitcom

cop show repeat

quiz shows game shows

serials

series

highlights

current affairs programmes

chat show

is a story usually presented daily, especially during the daytime.

It has a long, complex plot that spans years or generations. 2. 

and

are sets of TV programmes. In a

is ongoing and the same plot carries on from week to week. In a www.cel-matura.pl

the story is different each week.

the story

235

236

korepetycje maturzysty

3. A

is about police officers and what they do.

4. A

is a show on which one celebrity talks to another celebrity,

generally in a light-hearted tone. 5. A

is a programme that is shown on TV again.

6. A

is a situation comedy. It features characters who find themselves

in humorous or embarrassing situations. 7. 

and

give you reports of recent events.

devoted to facts whilst the 8. 

are

include the opinions of commentators.

are the most interesting parts of an event (e.g. a game or a match).

9. A

is a TV programme that deals with factual information,

real people and events. 10. 

and

are television shows. In a

games against each other and in a

contestants play

they answer different questions.

Ćwiczenie 3. Uzupełnij dialogi, wstawiając w wolne miejsca wybrane nazwy

programów telewizyjnych z poprzedniego ćwiczenia. 1.

A: I thought I would see a new episode, but it’s a



B: Most of what’s on TV tonight has been shown before.

2.

A: Last evening I turned on the TV and saw Damon appearing on a



B: What was he talking about?



A: Mostly about a promotion of his new film.

3.

A: I still can’t believe that “24” is over.That was the best



B: I’m sure it will come back eventually.

4.

A: Did you see the match live?



B: No, Eurosport just showed the recorded

5.

A: Is there anything interesting on telly tonight?



B: There’s a

6. A:

again.

ever!

.

about the pyramids in Egypt on Discovery. keep me away from TV.



B: Why is that so?



A: They make me think the world is full of evil. stara dobra szkoła

.

Unit 9. Culture and mass media 7.

A: “Who Wants to be a Millionaire” is a fantastic

.



B: Yes, and you don’t have to be a genius to take part in it. Some questions are very easy.

Ćwiczenie 4. Wybierz właściwy wyraz spośród dwóch wyróżnionych. 1.

Where is the pilot / remote control ? I’m not in the mood for “Lost”.

2. Could you save / record 3. Dad switched / tuned

the movie at 7 o’clock?

the television to CNN, hoping for an update about

the tsunami that had hit Japan. 4.

What did you do last evening? I stayed in and watched / saw a film.

5.

Can you adjust / adapt the TV set? The picture is poor.

6.

The TV set isn’t working. Have you plugged / switched it into the socket?

7. We attached the satellite dish / TV to the outside wall of our house to pick

up a good signal. 8. Andrew was flipping through the stations / channels

to find an interesting

programme. 9. I often set the sleep timer / turning off

on my TV. I do it to lull myself

to sleep without having the TV on all night. 10. I don’t watch commercials. I just silence / mute the TV while they are on. Ćwiczenie 5. Uzupełnij zdania wyrazami z ramek.

contestant jury

anchorperson

viewer

presenter

sports commentator

weatherman

1. The show was very good, but I didn’t like the

. To my mind he was

too annoying. 2. He’s a terrific 3. Many

. He has a deep knowledge of hokey and a sharp tongue. were outraged when their favourite soap opera went off the air.

4. I always laugh when I recall a

“Can I have a P, please?” www.cel-matura.pl

on a game show saying:

237

238

korepetycje maturzysty

5. I watched the weather report and the 6. After presenting the news, the

said that it would rain all day. talked to a reporter off the set.

7. Simon is my favourite member of the

. I always look forward to his

honest comments and criticism.

COMPUTERS AND THE INTERNET Ćwiczenie 1. Dopasuj rzeczowniki użyte przymiotnikowo z kolumny A

do rzeczowników z kolumny B, tak aby powstały poprawne terminy z zakresu szeroko rozumianej informatyki. A B 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

computer internet service laser back-up search hard web flesh mobile broadband



a)



b)



c)



d)



e)



f)



g)



h)



i)



j)

hotspot access drive program provider transmission engine printer disk copy

Ćwiczenie 2. Z podanych odpowiedzi wybierz właściwą, wpisując a, b lub c. 1. A



internet connection is faster than dial-up.

a) wireless b) broadband

2. A

c) bandwidth

helps to prevent hackers or malicious software from gaining access

to your computer.

a) Firewall b) defender

3.

When you make a computer ready to be used that’s called



a) turning on

b) booting

c) CD-RW

. c) starting

stara dobra szkoła

Unit 9. Culture and mass media 4.

The video is not available

any longer.



a) online b) on line

5.

You can use keyboard



a) combinations

6.

To copy the data



a) bold b) highlight

7.

Remember that all the web pages are legally protected by



a) copyright b) disclaimer

8.

Times New Roman is the most common



a) format b) font

c) on-line

to quickly perform tasks on your computer. b) strokes

c) shortcuts

it and then hold the ctrl key and the letter C. c) underline

. c) trademark

. Arial is another. c) key

9. is when you send something (e.g. pictures, music) from your computer

to a computer network.

a) Loading b) Downloading

10. Facebook and Twitter are probably the most popular



a) social networking services

b) community portals

c) Uploading

in the world. c) society pages.

Ćwiczenie 3. Każdemu pytaniu 1–8 odpowiada jedna z odpowiedzi a–h.

Wypisz wszystkie pary.

1. Can you access the web from

your mobile phone? 2. Do you shop online? 3. Are you computer literate? 4. Does your computer hang up? 5. Can you drop me an email

with more info?

a) Yes, I am. I’m very skilled with computers. b) No and I don’t want one unless the prices

come way down. c) Sure, but mainly for things I’m already

familiar with. d) Yes, I use Wi-Fi connection, but it’s rather

slow.

6. Have you got an Ipad?

e) I downloaded it off the Internet.

7. How often do you go online?

f) Sure, just give me your e-mail address.

8. Where did you get this movie?

g) On and off all day.

I’ve been looking for it for a long time. www.cel-matura.pl

h) Only if more than two websites

are loaded.

239

240

korepetycje maturzysty

Ćwiczenie 4. Uzupełnij luki w zdaniach czasownikami z ramek

w odpowiedniej formie. press

download

crash

scroll

log

1.

My computer

2.

I’m going to

delete

burn

click

store

save

print

look

attach

set

turn

and I lost everything I had on it. this picture as my wallpaper. It’s so relaxing.

3. Once you are

in, you can participate by posting, responding

or starting a new thread on the forum. 4.

Bob uses Picasa to

5.

twice on this icon if you want to open the file.

6. George 7.

on the computer and entered a web address.

I had never heard this term so I

8. Scott 9.

it up on the internet.

music from the Internet and shares it with his friends.

I think I could have

10. Jenny

some critical files by mistake.

down to read the rest of the article.

11. I’ve 12.

his pictures online.

a video to my e-mail, but the receiver cannot play it.

I tried to

the song onto a CD, but I failed.

13. Oh dear! I’ve

the “Enter” button too quickly and sent

an unfinished e-mail. 14. I made reservations ahead of time and

the confirmation just in case.

15.

it as an RTF document.

You should have opened the text file. I

Ćwiczenie 5. Uzupełnij luki w tekście wyrazami/wyrażeniami z ramek.

websites

virus

pop-up adverts keystroke

computer system hackers

spyware

adware

e-cards overload

infections online

anti-virus software downloads

web

A: So, you’re saying that it’s possible that my computer is infected, right? B: Yes, it’s very possible. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 9. Culture and mass media A: How many

1

241

are there?

B: Far too many. 9 out of 10 computers connected to the internet are infected. A: Oh dear. How can a computer get infected? B: No computer is 100% safe, especially if it’s connected to the

2

for a long

time. Your computer is at particular risk if you do your shopping online, which I know you do quite often. A: But I had anti-virus

3

installed.

B: That’s good, but it can’t protect you from every kind of virus. A: How do I know that my computer is infected? B: S  ometimes you have no clue about it, however the symptoms are pretty obvious. If your computer begins running slower than it should or

4

appear

out of nowhere then you most likely have a virus. A: What can it be infected with? B: Most computers are infected with viruses, worms, Trojans, and

6

5

.

A: I’m a computer retard, remember, and I know absolutely nothing about these two “wares”. B: OK. To start with, adware is not a on

8

7

but a program. It pops up adverts

.

A: That’s it? What if I like adverts? B: But it’s not about feeding you with unwanted adverts, but about the safety of your computer

9

. These pop-ups can lead to system

10

and then your computer slows to a crawl, and websites take forever to load. A: Oh, I didn’t know it. And the other thing? Spyware? B: Spyware as the name suggests snoops on your every move. A: But why would someone be interested in what I do B: To collect your personal information, record every

11 12

?

you make,

every website you visit, and monitor your online buying habits. A: I see. Where do I get it from? www.cel-matura.pl

242

korepetycje maturzysty

B: From software

including screensavers,

13

or games. Basically

14

anything. A: Now, you’ve got me scared. I love surfing the internet and downloading free stuff here and there. And who can be watching me? B: Marketers,

15

, snoops, spammers or other internet troublemakers.

NEWSPAPERS AND MAGAZINES Ćwiczenie 1. Uzupełnij zdania wyrazami z ramek. Zastosuj formę liczbę mnogiej,

tam gdzie jest to potrzebne. tabloid

broadsheet

1. I don’t read

daily paper

periodical

local paper

national paper

as a rule. I only read papers on Sundays.

The rest of the week, I get my news online. 2.

Bill bought a

to check the main events in town.

3. I rarely buy a

, although I sometimes look at the online version

of “The Independent”. 4. Many readers complain that 5.

Don’t believe everything that

6. I don’t read

are uncomfortable to handle and read. print. They are unreliable sources.

with the exception of “the National Geographic”.

They are too expensive. Most of them, however, have their own websites which can be accessed for free. Ćwiczenie 2. Uzupełnij zdania, wstawiając w wolne miejsca wybrane nazwy

publikacji prasowych z poprzedniego ćwiczenia. 1. A

circulates throughout the whole country. It focuses mainly on

home and international news, and current affairs. 2. A 3. 

is concerned with events in a given region, county, city or town. come out at regular intervals. They usually deal with serious

subjects such as science or history. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 9. Culture and mass media 4.

243

are issued every day, usually with the exception of Sundays.

5. A

has more photographs than text and its articles are mostly

about celebrities and gossip. 6. 

are printed on large pages. They are serious in tone and they cover

news issues in depth. Ćwiczenie 3. Uzupełnij zdania wyrazami z ramek. Zastosuj formę liczbę mnogiej,

tam gdzie jest to potrzebne. obituary

sports section

editorial

food column

headline TV guide

story

article

front page

advice column

review

freebie

supplement

society pages

1. The wedding of Prince William and Kate Middleton hit

throughout

the world. 2. I care about healthy eating and that’s why I regularly read

me not stay in rut with meals, and restaurant

to help

to keep up

on local eateries. 3. I don’t read

as a rule. They make me sad. It’s the only section

of the paper I always skip. 4. Liz is always on the lookout for

in magazines such as CDs

or sunshades. 5. I always check the

to see what’s on that might be worth watching.

6. “The New York Times” ran the 7. People write letters to 8. There is an interesting

about the disaster on its

.

to find answers to their problems. in the latest issue of “The Economist” about

Google’s problems in China. 9. He is the type who only reads the

. He is not interested in politics

or social issues. 10. I would never ignore

. They help me to form my own opinions.

11. The Sunday newspapers are thick and include

travel, leisure topics, education, music or food. www.cel-matura.pl

with articles about

244

korepetycje maturzysty

12. I don’t read the

. I couldn’t care less who wore what and who spoke

to whom. Ćwiczenie 4. Uzupełnij tekst wyrażeniami z ramek. Zastosuj formę liczbę mnogiej,

tam gdzie jest to potrzebne. teen magazine

online publication

science journal

print magazine

sister paper

Even though I’m an avid reader of

1

, I can’t give up

2

and I don’t

think I ever will. There’s something I love about the feel and smell of magazines. This is also the reason why I can’t break out of my love for books either, though I don’t mind ebooks and audio books. As a little girl I started with “Jackie” and “Mandy” then I moved to At college I went through a phase of buying “The Observer” and its

3 4

.

“The

Guardian” till I lost interest in politics and took an interest in natural science. This is when I took out subscriptions to

5

such as “National Geographic” and “BBC

Focus”. These days, I read comparatively few magazines. I still have a subscription to “National Geographic” though, but I have unsubscribed from all other magazines because I can find enough of their content on the internet. Ćwiczenie 5. Uzupełnij dialogi poniższymi pytaniami. a)

How often do you read newspapers

b)

Do you read any newspaper from cover to cover

c)

Have you read the article about Kate Moss in “The Sun”

d)

What magazines do you read

e)

Do you subscribe to any magazines

f)

Have you got today’s issue of “The Telegraph”

g)

Which do you prefer: print magazines or online ones

stara dobra szkoła

Unit 9. Culture and mass media 1. A:



?

B: No, I don’t buy it anymore. Why bother paying when you can go online to its site?

2. A:



?

B: I used to, but now I can find much more up-to-date info on the web or TV.

3. A:



?

B: No, I don’t really read tabloids. Only at the dentist’s if I forget a book.

4. A:



?

B: Everyday to catch up on what’s happening.

5. A:



?

B: I like “Forbes”, but sometimes I let some issues pass. It’s quite costly. I like to browse through fashion magazines as well.

6. A:



?

B: The former. You can take them with you and read, for example, in bed or on the bus.

7. A:



?

B: Well, I skim an issue and choose only those articles which interest me. So no, I never read a paper in its entirety.

Focus on grammar Ćwiczenie 1. a) Dobierz do zdań 1–10 odpowiadające im wyrażenia z kolumny a–j. 1. “Hooray! We’re going to the cinema!”

a) She claimed.

2. “The film was boring and way too long.”

b) The child exclaimed.

3. “No, Kiefer Sutherland didn’t play

c) He asked.

in Batman.”

d) The woman answered.

4. “What’s playing at the Odeon this week?

e) He advised me.

5. “No, I didn’t read the book or see the film.”

f) The film critic

6. “Oh yes, the acting was brilliant.” www.cel-matura.pl

speculated.

245

246

korepetycje maturzysty

7. “Don’t worry. I’ll book the tickets.”

g) He complained.

8. “Don’t forget. The film starts in 10 minutes.”

h) He assured me.

9. “The movie may win the Oscar for Best Picture.”

i) I reminded him.

10. “You must see this film.”

j) She admitted.

b) Utworzone powyżej pary przekształć w zdania sformułowane

w mowie zależnej. 1.

The child exclaimed 

.

2.

He complained 

.

3.

She claimed 

.

4.

He asked 

.

5.

She admitted 

.

6.

The woman answered 

.

7.

He assured me 

.

8.

I reminded him 

.

9.

The film critic speculated 

.

10.

He advised me 

.

Ćwiczenie 2. Wyraź poniższe zdania w mowie zależnej. 1.

“How about going to the cinema?” → 

2.

“What did you think of the film?” → 

3.

“I’m not a movie buff.” → 

4.

“She’s not into that type of movie.” → 

5.

“This film was dead boring.” → 

6.

“We had to wait nearly 15 minutes for the film to begin.” → 

7.

“What time did you say the movie starts?” → 

8.

“Are there English subtitles on your movie?” → 

9.

“What time is The Artist showing? → 

10.

“When will the movie end?” → 

Ćwiczenie 3. Wyraź poniższe zdania w mowie zależnej. 1.

“I watched an interesting documentary yesterday.”

2.

“Do you fancy going to the theatre tomorrow night?” stara dobra szkoła

Unit 9. Culture and mass media 3.

“Was there anything interesting on the news this morning?”

4.

“Radiohead are coming to Australia next month!”

5.

“What are you reading now?”

6.

“They released their debut album two years ago.”

7.

“I’m going to a Red Hot Chili Peppers concert the week after next.”

8.

“I don’t read much these days.”

9.

“There is nothing worth watching at the moment.”

10.

“She was on the telly last night.”

Ćwiczenie 4. Przeczytaj poniższy dialog i przekształć wytłuszczone na zdania

w mowie zależnej.

– Jennie, shall we go to the cinema this evening? 1 – Yeah, OK. Anything good on? 2 – “Prometheus”, at the Odeon. – Well, er – I don’t know, Jack. I’ve heard that it’s a science-fiction horror. – Oh Jennie, please. I really want to see this movie. The trailer looks great. I’m sure you’ll love it! 3 – Maybe some other day, OK? I’m not in the mood to see it today. 4 – Um, sure. – How long is it on? 5 – I t isn’t on after 10 April, so we need to go before then. 6

So, what do you want to see? 7

–H  ow about something funny? 8 “Mirror Mirror” has just hit the cinemas. 9 – Who’s in it? 10 – Your favourite actress. None other than Julia Roberts. – That’s great! Ok, let’s see that movie then. Let me check the times. 11 (after a while) – 7.45 or 9.10. – Let’s go to the 7.45. www.cel-matura.pl



247

248

korepetycje maturzysty

Ćwiczenie 5. Wyraź poniższe zdania w mowie zależnej. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

6.

7. 8. 9.

10. 11.

“Can you get Fox News where you live?” →  “Oh dear. The TV picture’s messed up again.” →  “I missed the programme, so I must watch it in reruns.” →  “The film was a real tear-jerker. I wept buckets.” →  “I read somewhere that House, M.D. is going to get one more series.” →   “I hate talent shows. They let people make fools of themselves.” →   “The TV is too low.” →  “I will have to learn to set the video.” →  “We need to get a new remote control. This one doesn’t work.” →   “I can’t tune my TV to that channel.” →  “The sitcom will be off the air soon.” → 

Ćwiczenie 6. Wyraź poniższe pytania w mowie zależnej. 1.

“What time is the football on?” → 

2.

“Why are you watching this?” → 

3.

“How much TV do you watch?” → 

4.

“Where do you rent your films?” → 

5.

“Which channel is the programme on?” → 

6.

“Who did you watch the match with?” → 

7.

“What channel should I switch to?” → 

8.

“How long is TCM going to show the same films over and over again?” → 





Ćwiczenie 7. Wyraź poniższe zdania w mowie zależnej. 1.

“Turn the radio off.” → 

2.

“Don’t sit so close to the TV!” → 

3.

“Try this button.” → 

4.

“Don’t expect much from this film.” → 

5.

“Turn over to another channel.” → 

6.

“Could you video Modern Family for me?” →  stara dobra szkoła

Unit 9. Culture and mass media Ćwiczenie 8. Przekształć zdania 1–13 na stronę bierną. W zależności od treści,

użyj formy osobowej (z „by”) lub bezosobowej. 1.

People watch TV all over the world. → 

2.

Deaf people can watch TV, too. → 

3. They are going to shoot the film in Poland. →  4.

They cast him as a lawyer in a TV movie. → 

5. The director told the cameraman what to film and how. → 





6.

When will they air the show on BBC? → 

7. They are showing the comedy twice a day at our local cinema. → 

 8.

Critics and cinema-goers raved about his latest film. → 

9.

The audience greeted her with a standing ovation. → 

10.

They invited a small group of journalists to watch a preview of the film. → 





11.

Somebody has destroyed the film set. → 

12.

Screenwriters often write scripts with particular actors in mind. → 





13.

They are building a new multiplex on the edge of town. → 





Ćwiczenie 9. Zdania 1–5 sformułuj w stronie biernej na dwa różne sposoby.

Wzór: 1.

They gave the director a prize. → The director was given a prize. / A prize was given to the director.

5.

They paid Leonardo DiCaprio $7 million for his role in “Titanic”. →  They offered him a role in a Bollywood film. →  They sold us the last two tickets for the performance. →  The Academy awarded the director an honorary Oscar for his body of work. →  Somebody sent the actress a bouquet of flowers. →







2.



3.



4.



www.cel-matura.pl

249

250

korepetycje maturzysty

Ćwiczenie 10. Zdania 1–10 sformułuj w stronie biernej na dwa różne sposoby.

Wzór: They say that the album is amazing. → The album is said to be amazing. / It is said that the album is amazing. 1.

Viewers expect that the actress will come back next season.



→

2.

They say that the BBC’s long-running series is coming to an end.



→

3.

Everyone knows that celebrities are often hounded by photographers.



→

4.

People claim that the Lumiere brothers produced the first movie.



→

5.

Critics believe that Rudolf Valentino was the first male movie star.



→

6.

The magazines all reported that the singer had long struggled with addiction.



→

7.

A number of journalists think that he is certain to be nominated for an Oscar.



→

8.

Most critics consider that “Thriller” is the best music video of all time.



→

9.

People rumour that the actress underwent plastic surgery.



→

10. Although the actress is very young they assume that she will be able carry

the movie. →  Ćwiczenie 11. Uzupełnij tekst, wstawiając podane czasowniki

w odpowiedniej formie strony biernej.

I saw “Sin City” on the big screen and I’ve also watched it recently on DVD, and I am still amazed at how good it is. It’s like no other film I’ve ever seen. It’s awesome! I remember getting very excited when the sequel the film

2

release , but nothing

1 3

announce

soon after

see of it yet.

“Sin City” is an adaptation of Frank Miller’s comics, which

4

direct

stara dobra szkoła

by

Unit 9. Culture and mass media Robert Rodriguez with the presence of Quentin Tarantino as a guest director. It’s no accident that Tarantino

5

ask

to shoot one of the film’s scenes. After all,

“Sin City” takes its structure from “Pulp Fiction”. Other than that, there is little of “Pulp Fiction” in “Sin City”. Miller’s comics

6

say to

7

do in noir style and the film is a stun-

ningly realised vision of that. As Rodriguez puts it, it’s more like a comic book which 8

translate into a movie.

Its monochrome technique is what makes the film stylish and artistic, and the sporadic bursts of colour set off the shadowy nature of the story. The action takes place in a miserable underworld where murder

9

commit on a regular basis and

sinister characters hold sway. The film

10

base

on three loosely related stories, which involve some of

the characters. It stars a host of superb actors such as Mickey Rourke, Jessica Alba, Elijah Wood, Benico del Toro and Bruce Willis. If you are a fan of Robert Rodriguez films then I recommend you watch it. “Sin City” really lives up to the hype. Ćwiczenie 12. Przekształć podane zdania na stronę bierną. Zwróć uwagę

na miejsce przyimków w zdaniu. 1.

Have they responded to your e-mail yet? → 

2.

I must write to him. → 

3.

David has typed in the password twice. → 

4.

Someone has broken into my computer! → 

5.

They may cut off the electricity. → 

6. She looked the word up in an online dictionary. → 

 7.

He scrolled down the page. → 

8.

Hundreds of people have logged on to the site. → 

www.cel-matura.pl

251

252

korepetycje maturzysty

Focus on matura Zadanie 1.

Egzaminujący: Let’s start with Task 1. Read the task. You have about half a minute for that. Then we will start.

After about 30 seconds

Egzaminujący: Can we start now? Byłeś/aś na ciekawym koncercie. Opowiedz koledze/koleżance

– jaki to był koncert,



– gdzie się odbył,



– z kim byłeś/aś na koncercie,



– jakie są Twoje wrażenia.

Rozmowę rozpoczyna egzaminujący. Egzaminujący: Thank you. Let’s move on to Task 2. Zadanie 2.

Egzaminujący: Describe the picture.

After about 10 seconds.

Egzaminujący: Thank you. I will now ask you three questions. Przykładowe pytania 1. What instruments are these

people playing?

Uwaga: na egzaminie maturalnym pytania do ilustracji znajdują się wyłącznie w zestawie

2. Who is listening to them?

egzaminującego.

3. Do you enjoy folk music? Why?

Egzaminujący: Thank you.

Why not?

Let’s move on to Task 3. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 9. Culture and mass media

253

Zadanie 3.

Egzaminujący: Read the task and think about what you’d like to say. You have about a minute to prepare.

Po upływie ok. minuty

Egzaminujący: Can you start now? Popatrz na Zdjęcie 1, Zdjęcie 2 i Zdjęcie 3. Zdjęcie 1

Odwiedza Cię koleżanka/ kolega z Anglii, która chciałaby zaznajomić się z życiem kulturalnym Twojego miasta. Masz do wyboru trzy propozycje. – Wybierz tę, która jest według Ciebie najbardziej odpowiednia i uzasadnij swój wybór. – Wyjaśnij, dlaczego odrzucasz pozostałe propozycje. Egzaminujący: Thank you. I will now ask you two questions. www.cel-matura.pl

Zdjęcie 2

Zdjęcie 3

254

korepetycje maturzysty

Przykładowe pytania 1. What sort of entertainment do you like? 2. Which do you prefer: watching films at home or at the cinema? Why? 3. When was the last time you were at a concert? 4. What does cultural life look like in small towns and cities?

Egzaminujący: Thank you. This is the end of the exam.

stara dobra szkoła

Unit 10. The natural world „Natura jest naszą Matką. Musimy ją szanować”. Ćwiczenia leksykalne z ostatniego rozdziału mają za zadanie utrwalić i wzbogacić zasób wyrażeń mówiących o klimacie, pogodzie i środowisku naturalnym. Ćwiczenia gramatyczne utrwalają i poszerzają m.in. następujące zagadnienia: przedimki, zdania warunkowe, didn’t need to i needn’t have done, sprawcze “have”, czasowniki frazowe “phrasal verbs”. Trzy przykładowe zadania ustne są również inspirowane tematyką przyrodniczą.

256

korepetycje maturzysty Focus on vocabulary THE WEATHER Ćwiczenie 1. Uzupełnij teksty wyrazami z ramek w odpowiedniej formie. a)

chill

blow

cover

drop

snow

get

It was a very cold winter day. The temperature wind was

2

up,

3

1

below minus 17°C. The

everybody to the bone. The snow

rything as far as the eye could see and it was still

5

4

eve-

heavily. The man floun-

dered around trying to get to his house. His toes were getting numb from walking with wet shoes almost all day. The wind was so strong that it was almost

6

him off his feet. It was one of the coldest winters he had seen in many years. b)

cool

scorch

Today it

1

hang

get

hot with the temperature at over 30 degrees Celsius. The heat is

unbearable even at such an early hour and it’s going to It’s so stuffy that it’s hard to breathe. A storm is

2 3

hotter and hotter.

over the city. You’d better

put a hat on your head to protect it from the sun’s heat, but it would be for the best if you stayed at home until it c)

sun

rain

breeze

4

down a bit.

weather

After weeks of cold and rainy

temperature 1

surprise to see the sun after so much highest of the year so far. The

, it is a balmy spring day to day. It’s a nice 2

4

. The

3

is reaching 15°C, the

is shining with a cool

5

blowing off

the sea. It’s one of those days that you want to spend outdoors. Ćwiczenie 2. Na podstawie mapki pogodowej uzupełnij poniższy tekst.

Dla ułatwienia zostały wpisane pierwsze litery każdego wyrazu.

And here is tomorrow’s weather report. The south of England will be w and dry throughout the whole day with just a few peeks of sunshine. stara dobra szkoła

1

Unit 10. The natural world

257

South East England will be

c

2

at the

start, then it will be clearing up quickly and most of the day will be sunny. It will be s

3

in the north of Scotland with

a low temperature of –3°C. The s

4

will

most likely to stop by the middle of the afternoon and the skies will clear slowly. Most parts of Wales will be s

5

, but heavy

rain is expected in the evening. In Ireland it will be d

6

with occasional

sun and light winds, but a lot of thick c

7

during the day. Ćwiczenie 3. Rozwiąż krzyżówkę. Uwaga: niektóre hasła są dwuwyrazowe, między wyrazami uwzględniamy jednokratkowy odstęp (spację).

Down

1

1. a heavy fall of rain

2

2. a deep pile of snow formed by the wind

3

3. partly frozen rain

5

4 6

4. small balls of ice which fall from the sky 5. a period of unusually hot weather 6. a grey or white mass that floats

in the sky

7 8

7. snow that has started to melt 9. a thick cloud close the ground

which is difficult to see through Across

9

10

1. light rain 3. the light and warmth from the sun 7. an extreme weather condition with strong

8. a severe snow storm

winds, a lot of rain and often thunder

9. very cold weather when water freezes

and lightning

10. a very strong wind

www.cel-matura.pl

258

korepetycje maturzysty

Ćwiczenie 4. Uzupełnij dialogi poniższymi zdaniami. 1. A:



.

B: Yes, there is a storm coming. Take an umbrella.

2. A:



.

B: But not too cold, though.

3. A:



.

B: Oh no, not again. Our tent is going to be blown away!

4. A:



.

B: I’m afraid today may be the same. It makes me want to take off my skin.

5. A:



!

B: Oh, happy day!

6. A:

a)

Be careful, there are puddles



everywhere

b)

We’re in for nasty weather

c)

It’s getting foggy

d)

Yesterday was a real scorcher

e)

It’s a little chilly outside

f)

Look, the sun is out

g)

It’s drizzling again

h)

The wind is picking up

.What shall I do?



B: Slow down and use your fog lights.

7.

A:



B: It must have been raining all night.

.

8. A:



.

B: I like light rain on a hot day. It’s very refreshing.

Ćwiczenie 5. Uzupełnij dialog wyrazami z ramek w odpowiedniej formie.

snow

freezing

heat

pour

overcast

cold

gusty

– What’s the weather like today in Warsaw? – It’s been

1

and

2

down with rain for the last few hours. It’s only

3°C. I hope it’ll be warmer later on. –L  et me tell you, 3°C is not cold at all. If I were at your place now, I’d have all my windows open. Try coming to Calgary. Our trigger point is –30°C with a

3

wind. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 10. The natural world – Well, I’m not used to 5

4

temperatures, though I prefer the cold to the

. The coldest it has been in Poland over the last few years is about –30°C

in February. So, what’s the weather like in Calgary today? – We have a few inches of be getting more. It’s pretty

6

on the ground from the past few days and we’ll 7

here, but not more than –10°C.

–B  rrr, I would surely freeze to death in that weather. Ćwiczenie 6. Wybierz właściwy wyraz spośród dwóch wyróżnionych. 1.

Yesterday it was cloudy / bright . There wasn’t any sun.

2. There was a sudden shower / downpour

of rain, so the tourists quickly

found a shelter to keep themselves dry. 3.

After lunch it overclouded / cleared up and the sun shone very brightly.

4.

The flight was cancelled due to blustery / calm weather.

5. It was boiling hot / freezing and I was desperate for a cold drink

to cool me down. 6. The rainy / fair weather makes me want to wrap up in a blanket

and lay in bed. 7. The hurricane / breeze 8.

blew down several trees and power lines.

Due to the cold snap / heat wave , flu and winter illnesses are still around.

9. We had light / torrential rain yesterday. It rained only for about half an hour,

but the amount of water on the streets was unbelievable. 10. The fog was so patchy / thick that we couldn’t see a few metres ahead of us.

NATURAL WORLD Ćwiczenie 1. Wybierz właściwy wyraz spośród dwóch zaznaczonych. 1.

The river overflowed / overrun its banks and sank / flooded the village.

2. A big earthquake off the coast of Indonesia hit / struck and caused

a number of tidal waves called tsunamis. www.cel-matura.pl

259

260

korepetycje maturzysty

3. A whirlwind swept away a few sheds, hit / ripped the roofs off

several houses and toppled / overthrew many trees and power lines. 4. We spent an enjoyable day at the beach, near a place where

the river enters / flows into the sea. 5.

We watched as the waves blasted / crashed onto the shore.

6. After years of silence, the volcano exploded / erupted again.

Lava set fire / put fire to hundreds of houses. 7.

The sea was churning / whirling as though a storm was coming.

8.

I sat on a rock beside a twisting / meandering spring and admired the view.

9.

During the gale, we watched the trees rock / sway back and forth.

10. With spring approaching, the flowers are blooming / blossoming

and the trees blooming / blossoming . 11.

In autumn most of the trees shed / lose their leaves.

Ćwiczenie 2. Uwzględniając kontekst, uzupełnij brakujące słowa. 1. I saw Sally on the bridge the other day. She was looking down at the 2. We had a cabin on a

.

. One day a storm hit and the cabin

fell off into the ocean. Luckily no one was inside. 3.

When I was a child I used to collect shells on the

4.

The wild ducks were floating across the

. , looking for things to eat.

5. What three things would you take if you had to be stranded on a desert 6. Uncle John lives in a wooden house on the

?

. He has to climb up every

time he comes home. 7.

Tim is a recluse. He lives alone in the

8. I often went camping in the

far away from civilisation. when I was in the Girl Scouts. I have

fond memories of these times. 9. I’d like to explore places where tourists hardly ever go such as barren 10. Before I visited Venezuela I had never seen a

before, only a cascade

running down a hill but nothing like this. stara dobra szkoła

.

Unit 10. The natural world Ćwiczenie 3. Wybierz właściwy wyraz spośród dwóch zaznaczonych. 1.

A bee has bitten / stung

my hand. It’s swelled up now.

2. Every autumn white storks migrate / immigrate to Africa and come back

to their nests in spring. 3. A big spider has woven / spun its web in the corner of my bedroom.

Now, it’s sitting / hanging in the web waiting for a fly to come along. 4.

I was woken up by birds whistling / chirping

5.

The dog wagged / nodded its tail at his owner.

outside my window.

6. Bears sleep / hibernate during winter to avoid the cold weather. 7. A pair of pigeons built a nest on my balcony. The female pigeon laid / lay

an egg a few days ago and now I’m waiting for a chick to hatch out / brood . 8.

Take insect repellent just in case a mosquito bites / stings you.

9.

When I was on safari in Kenya I saw lions sneak / lurk up on prey.

10.

The cat is scratching / knocking

at the door. She wants to come in.

Ćwiczenie 4. Z podanych odpowiedzi wybierz właściwą, wpisując a, b lub c. 1. An elephant was



a) cantering

across the savanna, pausing to rip branches from trees. b) lumbering

2. In the distance, we could see a horse

through the forest at a rapid pace.



a) trotting

3.

The eagle



a) swooped

4.

I’ll never forget the sight of a lion



a) loping

5.

When I went into my room, I saw a big spider



a) sliding

6.

Jack turned around and saw a snake



a) swinging

7.

A flock of ducks



a) waddled

www.cel-matura.pl

b) galloping

c) rushing c) pacing

down to snatch a lamb. b) lowered b) cantering b) slithering b) sliding

c) landed

across the fields. c) hopping

up the wall.

c) crawling

towards him. c) slithering

towards the pond and jumped in with a splash. b) paddled

c) wobbled

261

262

korepetycje maturzysty 8.

The chimp was

from tree to tree.



a) jumping

b) hopping

9.

The dog chased the rabbit but soon it



a) jumped

away into hiding.

b) hopped

10. A grey mouse



c) swinging c) leaped

into a hole in the wall as soon as I switched on the light.

a) raced

b) hurried

c) scurried

Ćwiczenie 5. Uzupełnij zdania czasownikami z ramek w odpowiedniej formie.

sow

mow

grow

cut

plant

prune

transplant

cut down

1.

A: Look at those clouds. It’s going to rain.



B: We needn’t have

2.

A: The lawn is overgrown.



B: I’ve neglected to

3.

A: Where is Dad?



B: In the garden,

4.

A: Why are you



B: Because it’s dying. It’s going to fall on your house one day.

5.

A: This plant



B: You’d better

6.

A: When should I



B: Wait until spring. It’s too early to do it now.

7.

A: Have you ever



B: Yes, many times. Mostly fruit trees.

8.

My garden is a jungle! I have to

water

the flowers. it for a while. the bushes. the tree? so much over the summer. it into a bigger pot. the lawn seeds? a tree? the grass.

Focus on grammar Ćwiczenie 1. W zaznaczone miejsca wstaw odpowiednie wyrażenia jednostkujące.

blade 1.

gust

peal

Lucy felt a

ray

flash

flake

drop

wisp

spell

puff

chunk

of warm air on her face. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 10. The natural world 2. A

263

of lightning scared the animals.

3. When we were walking down the hill, a

of thunder crashed

across the sky. 4. A 5.

Look at the ladybird on the

6. A 7.

of wind blew the papers from the table. of grass. It’s so cute!

of the rock fell down onto the top of the car.

The sky was bright blue with only tiny

of white cloud.

8. Rob stuck his hand out to see if it was raining and felt a few

of rain

on his palm. 9. A

of sunshine came through the window.

10.

We had a

11.

When the first

of cold weather in June. of snow fell, the children went skiing.

Ćwiczenie 2. Rozstrzygnij, która z opcji wyszczególnionych w poniższych zdaniach

jest właściwa. 1.

Don’t look at sun / the sun . It can damage your eyes.

2.

The ferry crossed the Vistula River / Vistula River .

3.

The last time I went skiing in Alps / the Alps I fell and broke my shoulder.

4.

It’s hot all year round on the equator / equator .

5. The hotel is situated near the Lake Mamry / Lake Mamry where I went

fishing last summer. 6. When I was a child I collected amber on the beaches

of the Baltic Sea / Baltic Sea . 7.

I’d never seen Atlantic Ocean / the Atlantic Ocean until I came on this trip.

8. Paul feels that he will never be fit enough to climb

the Kilimanjaro / Kilimanjaro . 9. I’m planning to spend a few days in the Canary Islands / Canary Islands

in December. I’ve never been to a hot place in winter before. 10. Her grandma was born in the West Germany / West Germany ,

but I think her family were from the Middle East / Middle East . 11.

I don’t like the Beijing / Beijing . It’s too crowded and loud.

www.cel-matura.pl

264

korepetycje maturzysty

12. George has been to the Ivory Coast / Ivory Coast a few times

and is thinking about moving there in the future. 13. Paula says that life in North of England / the North of England is depressing.

She’d rather live somewhere else. 14. I’d love to be lying on Copacabana Beach / the Copacabana Beach

right now, soaking up sun. 15.

Try to learn a few words before you visit the Netherlands / Netherlands .

16. Andy is going to swim across English Channel / the English Channel

this summer. Ćwiczenie 3. Uzupełnij tekst, wstawiając w zaznaczone miejsca przedimek

nieokreślony, określony lub zerowy.

Most birds migrate, which means they go to

1

warm places to escape

temperatures and food shortages of winter. Birds migrate at ing

4 5

3

low

some point dur-

year, however migration peaks in spring and autumn. Some birds migrate

north to south, others

cies migrate at

7

6

east to west, alone or in large flocks. Some spe-

night, others during

8

day. They must travel hundreds or

thousands of miles to reach their destinations and some just move On their journeys, birds seem to navigate like times, using

12

also use line or

2

16 18

sun,

13

10

moon and

14

9

sailors did in

stars as

15

few miles. 11

compass. They

Earth’s magnetic field and landscape features such as

mountains to guide them to

19

ancient

17

coast-

same locations each year.

There are birds which don’t migrate. They stay in their territories because either they can’t fly or they are able to adapt to

20

cold harsh conditions in winter.

Ćwiczenie 4. Popraw błędy. Dodaj przedimek “it” tam, gdzie jest to konieczne. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Is hard to fall asleep when is hot at night. The fog is very heavy this morning. Looks as if is going to rain. Is too hot. Let’s sit in the shade. If is too windy, you may be blown off your feet. There is a strong wind outside. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 10. The natural world 7. 8. 9. 10.

265

Is not too cold for spring? Although this summer is rather cold, I like it that way. The sun is breaking through the clouds. Is five degrees below zero here.

Ćwiczenie 5. Rozstrzygnij, które z poniższych zdań wymaga konstrukcji

have something done, a które nie. 1.

Your hedge won’t trim itself. You must 

2.

I would 

. it / trim .

if I could afford it. the garden / look after .

3. We  by the same person

who once pruned our bushes.  4.

the tree / cut down .

What is the man doing in your garden? Oh, he 

. it / weed .

5. They saw the landscape architect to 

 6.

. their new orchard / design .

For once I’d love to 

by a gardener. my lawn / mow .

7. Clive spent the afternoon 



. his cucumber patch / hoe .

8. He would rather 

.

He doesn’t have time to do it himself. 

his houseplants / mulch .

9. My neighbour is going to 



while I’m away. my flowers / water .

10. Mr Grey 

by anyone willing to do the work. his strawberries / pick .

Ćwiczenie 6. Uzupełnij zdania warunkowe odpowiednią formą

podanych czasowników. 1. When it

be spring, we

When the cucumbers

3. I

be ripe, I

go to the park to read if the weather

4. If the weather

be nicer, we

But it’s terrible with all the snow and ice! www.cel-matura.pl

be

harvest .

summer, we 2.

sow . When it

pick them. be fine. go jogging.

266

korepetycje maturzysty

5.

If it

not rain , I

6. The match

go out. I need fresh air to breathe.

not be cancelled if it

not rain hard

last night. 7.

When the wind

8. I 9.

be northerly, I

wear a jacket.

be back by the weekend, unless there

If it

not snow today, we

10. If the tsunami

be a storm.

not go skiing.

not hit then, their village

not be

flooded. 11. Everything

be perfect today, if it

not be

so cold outside. 12. It’s going to rain! If we

not hurry up, we

be soaked

to the bone. 13.

If it

14. You

when the sky 15.

When a storm

not be foggy, they

not crash .

can see the peaks of the mountains far in the distance be crystal-clear. approach , the sky

turn black.

Ćwiczenie 7. Wybierz prawidłową odpowiedź. 1.

I slipped on an icy pavement and I hurt my leg.



a) If I don’t slip on an icy pavement, I don’t hurt my leg.



b) If I didn’t slip on an icy pavement, I wouldn’t hurt my leg.



c) If I hadn’t slipped on an icy pavement, I wouldn’t have hurt my leg.

2.

He didn’t take an umbrella. He got soaked to the bone.



a) If he takes an umbrella, he won’t get soaked to the bone.



b) If he took an umbrella, he wouldn’t get soaked to the bone.



c) If he had taken an umbrella, he wouldn’t have got soaked to the bone.

3.

It might snow tomorrow. That would be great because we want to go skiing.



a) If it snows, we will go skiing.



b) If it snowed, we would go skiing.



c) If it had snowed, we would have gone skiing. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 10. The natural world

267

4.

It’s going to be a fine day. I’m hoping to spend most of it outdoors.



a) If it’s a fine day, I spend most of it outdoors.



b) If it’s a fine day, I will spend most of it outdoors.



c) If it were a fine day, I would spend most of it outdoors.

5.

Whenever it’s hot, we go for a swim.



a) If it’s hot, we go for a swim.



b) If it’s hot, we’ll go for a swim.



c) If it will be hot, we’ll go for a swim.

Ćwiczenie 8. Uzupełnij zdania za pomocą if lub in case. 1.

Turn on the fog lights

2.

Don’t forget to pack a windbreaker

3.

He took a poncho

4.

Take a blanket

5.

it’s foggy. it gets windy.

it might rain. you need to keep warm.

it’s cold, I dress in layers.

6. Remove the snow from your driveway

someone slips and hurts

themselves. 7.

Wear sunglasses

8.

Let’s go for a walk.

you are out in the sun a lot. it rains, we will come back home.

9. Be sure to bring an extra-thick sleeping bag

it gets really cold

at night. 10.

You’d better stay at home

it’s too hot.

Ćwiczenie 9. Uzupełnij poniższe zdania, wstawiając didn’t need to (do)

lub needn’t have (done) i używając podanych czasowników. 1. The sun came out. So, when we were going out, I

take

my umbrella. 2. I 3.

take my umbrella. It turned out to be a sunny day.

It rained last night, so I

4. We www.cel-matura.pl

water the garden.

water the garden. It rained shortly afterwards.

268

korepetycje maturzysty

5. Jill 6.

put on a sweater. She was soaked with sweat in a few minutes.

The weather cleared up so I

7. Brad 8. We

put on a sweater.

rake the leaves. A gardener had done it the day before. rake the leaves. A strong wind picked up and blew

the leaves away. 9. I

mow the lawn myself. I knew that the guy from the lawn service

would do it. 10. You

mow the lawn. It wasn’t overgrown yet.

Ćwiczenie 10. Na podstawie każdego zestawu trzech zdań a–e ułóż wypowiedź

warunkową w taki sposób, aby uzyskać logiczny ciąg wydarzeń.

Wzór: The farmer fertilised the garden. He helped it grow. It’s beautiful now.  → If the farmer hadn’t fertilised the garden, he wouldn’t have helped it grow,  and the garden wouldn’t be so beautiful now. a) Paddy was tired. She forgot to water the plants. The plants are withered now.



If Paddy 

.

b) The dog barked. We heard the burglars downstairs coming through the front door.

We called the police in time.

If the dog 

.

c) The tree wasn’t cut down. It fell on a passerby. He is seriously injured now.



If the tree 

.

d) My lawn mower broke down. I didn’t cut the grass. The grass is overgrown now.



If my lawn mower 

.

e) Paul has green fingers. He takes good care of his flowers. His garden is lovely.



If Paul 

.

Ćwiczenie 11. Zastąp człon podrzędny zdania warunkowego

zaczynającego się na if, zdaniem z but for. 1.

If the flood hadn’t happened, they wouldn’t have lost everything.

2.

If it hadn’t been for the fog, we would have been home in time.

3. If there hadn’t been the drought last year, farmers would have had

a good harvest. stara dobra szkoła

Unit 10. The natural world

269

4.

If there hadn’t been the snow, the roads wouldn’t have been impassible.

5.

If it hadn’t been for the storm, the train could have left Warsaw.

6.

If it hadn’t been for the smoke detector, their house would have burnt down.

7.

If it hadn’t been for the rain, the crops would have withered.

Ćwiczenie 12. Wyrażenia podkreślone zastąp inną konstrukcją. 1.  If the fire were to have destroyed the museum, it would have been

an irretrievable cultural loss. 2.  Provided that everyone protected the environment, we would help endangered

species. 3.  If the flood were to have affected the village, many farmlands would have

been destroyed. 4.

Had it not rained so heavily, the flight wouldn’t have been cancelled.

5.

Should you need to cut the grass, let me know.

6.

What would happen if the dam were to burst?

7.

Unless you use fertilizers, your vegetables will grow slowly.

8.

Had the tsunami hit, thousands of people may have lost their lives.

9.

But for your helping me, I wouldn’t have put out the fire.

10.  If birds were not to migrate to warm places, they wouldn’t survive the winter. Ćwiczenie 13. Uzupełnij zdania czasownikami frazowymi w odpowiedniej formie.

beat down blot out

come on

smash down

hold off let up

break through set in

roll in

clear up

1.

The autumn

2.

The thunderbolts are about to come

3. It

pelt down

much earlier in the mountains than in other areas. any minute now.

since yesterday evening and it doesn’t look as if it were going to any time soon. The roads look like rivers.

4. The day started out gray, but the sun eventually

the clouds

by the afternoon. 5. The rain

but to wait it out. www.cel-matura.pl

when we were about to go out, so we had no choice

270

korepetycje maturzysty

6. The rain 7. A thick fog

in the slightest. On the contrary, it has only got worse. , making it difficult to see anything further than

a few feet away. 8. The sky was overcast, but fortunately the rain

and we made it home dry. 9.

The smoke from the forest fire

10.

The sun

the sun for a few days.

so we spent the whole day on the beach.

Focus on matura Zadanie 1.

Egzaminujący: Let’s start with Task 1. Read the task. You have about half a minute for that. Then we will start.

After about 30 seconds

Egzaminujący: Can we start now? Zwiedzałeś ogród botaniczny. Opowiedz znajomym z Anglii,

– jakie rośliny zrobiły na Tobie największe wrażenie,



– jakie kwiaty podobają Ci się najbardziej,



– jaka była największa atrakcja ogrodu



– jaka pogoda towarzyszyła Ci w trakcie pobytu w ogrodzie.

Zadanie 2.

Egzaminujący: Describe the picture.

After about 10 seconds.

Egzaminujący: Thank you. I will now ask you three questions.

stara dobra szkoła

Unit 10. The natural world

271

Przykładowe pytania 1. What is this man doing? 2. Do you think he is enjoying what he is doing? Why? Why not? 3. What are other problems caused by the winter weather? Uwaga: na egzaminie maturalnym pytania do ilustracji znajdują się wyłącznie w zestawie egzaminującego.

Egzaminujący: Thank you. Let’s move on to Task 3. Zadanie 3.

Egzaminujący: Read the task and think about what you’d like to say. You have about a minute to prepare.

Po upływie ok. minuty

Egzaminujący: Can you

Zdjęcie 1

start now? Popatrz na Zdjęcie 1, Zdjęcie 2 i Zdjęcie 3. Miałeś zajęcia z ekologii. Opowiedz jak Ty i Twoi znajomi możecie się przyczynić do ochrony środowiska naturalnego. – Wybierz ten sposób, który jest według Ciebie najlepszy i uzasadnij swój wybór. – Wyjaśnij, dlaczego odrzucasz pozostałe propozycje. www.cel-matura.pl

Zdjęcie 2

Zdjęcie 3

272

korepetycje maturzysty

Egzaminujący: Thank you. I will now ask you two questions. Przykładowe pytania 1. Why do we need to protect the natural environment? 2. What things affect our planet in a bad way? 3. Do you do anything to protect the natural environment? 4. Would you like to work for an environmental ogranisation

such as Greenpeace? Egzaminujący: Thank you. This is the end of the exam.

stara dobra szkoła

Klucz UNIT 1 BUILD AND APPEARANCE Ćwiczenie 1

1. complexion 2. freckles 3. cheeks 4. bones 5. braids 6. overweight 7. makeup 8. eyebrows 9. hair 10. dimples Ćwiczenie 2

1. f, 2. h, 3. g, 4. i, 5. j, 6. d, 7. a, 8. b, 9. c, 10. e Ćwiczenie 3

1. wavy hair 2. beer belly 3. bright eyes 4. high forehead 5. protruding ears 6. rosy cheeks 7. flowing beard 8. shirt fringe 9. Roman nose 10. double chin Ćwiczenie 4

a) 1. tall 2. skinny 3. obese 4. forehead 5. cheekbones 6. chin 7. features 8. curly 9. dimples 10. look 11. skin b) 1. wisp www.cel-matura.pl

273

2. face 3. hair 4. eyes 5. complexion 6. freckles 7. ears 8. arm c) 1. beauty 2. slim 3. shoulders 4. braids 5. round 6. freckled 7. eyelashes 8. lips 9. figure

Ćwiczenie 3

Ćwiczenie 5

Ćwiczenie 4

1. wavy 2. mark 3. fat 4. handsome 5. fit 6. thin 7. nose 8. tall 9. eyes 10. moustache Ćwiczenie 6

1. c, 2. e, 3. b, 4. a, 5. d

PERSONALITY Ćwiczenie 1

1. d, 2. h, 3. j, 4. i, 5. b, 6. g, 7. f, 8. a, 9. c, 10. e Ćwiczenie 2

1. careless 2. disrespectful 3. reserved 4. stingy 5. mature 6. caring 7. reliable 8. talkative 9. light-hearted 10. modest

Across 2. bossy 5. quarrelsome 6. fussy 10. moody 11. impatient 12. jealous 13. sensitive Down 1. cheerful 3. smart 4. obstinate 7. sociable 8. ambitious 9. hostile a) 1. ambitious 2. persistent 3. social 4. outdoor type b) 1. stubborn 2. patient 3. indulgent 4. strict 5. rebellious 6. independent Ćwiczenie 5

1. gentle 2. bossy 3. reliable 4. imaginative 5. grumpy 6. outgoing 7. boastful 8. carefree 9. touchy 10. nosy Ćwiczenie 6

1. bookworm 2. home lover 3. party animal 4. lone wolf

274

korepetycje maturzysty

5. cold fish 6. daredevil 7. busybody 8. killjoy 9. culture vulture 10. eager beaver 11. coach potato 12. big-head 13. w  olf in sheep’s clothing

CLOTHES Ćwiczenie 2

1. b, 2. e, 3. g, 4. k, 5. j, 6. l, 7. h, 8. c, 9. d, 10. a, 11. f, 12. i Ćwiczenie 1

a) 1. e, 2. d, 3. h, 4. b, 5. g, 6. a, 7. f, 8. c b) 1. d, 2. c, 3. e, 4. b, 5. a Ćwiczenie 3

Ćwiczenie 5

a) 1. b, 2. e, 3. g, 4. a, 5. f, 6. c, 7. d b) 1. casual 2. tight 3. trendy 4. off-the-peg 5. untidy 6. eye-catching 7. unflattering Ćwiczenie 6

1. b, 2. f, 3. a, 4. g, 5. e, 6. d, 7. h, 8. c

Ćwiczenie 1

1. j, 2. f, 3. i, 4. h, 5. b, 6. g, 7. a, 8. e, 9. c, 10. d Ćwiczenie 2

1. b, 2. i, 3. h, 4. f, 5. d, 6. j, 7. c, 8. e, 9. g, 10. a Ćwiczenie 3

1. a, 2. b, 3. a, 4. c, 5. b, 6. c, 7. b, 8. a, 9. c, 10. a

1. terrified 2. frantic 3. weary 4. stupefied 5. lonely 6. incredulous 7. pleased 8. distressed

Ćwiczenie 2

Ćwiczenie 4

AGE Ćwiczenie 1

a) 1. clothes 2. coat 3. boots 4. trousers 5. gloves 6. fleece 7. hat 8. flaps b) 1. outfit 2. skirt 3. sweater 4. shirt 5. heels 6. handbag 7. clothes c) 1. sweatshirt 2. hood 3. jeans 4. shoes 5. footwear

1. j, 2. d, 3. c, 4. b, 5. g, 6. h, 7. a, 8. i, 9. e, 10. f

Ćwiczenie 4

Ćwiczenie 5

1. a, 2. c, 3. c, 4. a, 5. b, 6. a, 7. b, 8. b, 9. a, 10. c

FEELING AND EMOTIONS

1. come of age 2. ageing 3. in her prime 4. grew up 5. in his teens 6. retires 7. my junior 8. show her age 9. on the other side of 40 10. over the hill Ćwiczenie 3

a) 1. a, 2. b, 3. a, 4. b, 5. a, 6. b, 7. a, 8. b, 9. a, 10. a b) 1. a, 2. a, 3. b, 4. a, 5. b, 6. a Ćwiczenie 4

1. g, 2. h, 3. a, 4. d, 5. c, 6. b, 7. f, 8. e

1. d, 2. e, 3. g, 4. f, 5. a, 6. b, 7. h, 8. c Ćwiczenie 5

1. discontented 2. calm 3. untroubled 4. excited 5. bored 6. sympathetic 7. sluggish 8. miserable

BODY LANGUAGE AND GESTURES Ćwiczenie 1

1. stood 2. sitting 3. lean 4. knelt 5. squatted 6. lying 7. crouched 8. slouch

stara dobra szkoła

Klucz Ćwiczenie 2

1. n, 2. k, 3. e, 4. m, 5. o, 6. h, 7. a, 8. i, 9. f, 10. l, 11. j, 12. d, 13. b, 14. g, 15. c Ćwiczenie 3

1. rubbed his eyes 2. clapped their hands 3. drummed his fingers 4. waved 5. patted me on the back 6. clenched his fists 7. folded his arms 8. shook his head 9. hugged 10. bowed 11. cross my fingers 12. nodded 13. scratched his head 14. snapped her fingers 15. shrugged his shoulders Ćwiczenie 4

1. pointed 2. blinked 3. ran 4. shaking 5. fiddling 6. stuck 7. tapped 8. draw 9. tightened 10. beckoned 11. tapped 12. craned Ćwiczenie 5

1. squinting 2. raised her eyebrows 3. smack your lips 4. curled her lip 5. rolled her eyes 6. pouts 7. scowled 8. frowned www.cel-matura.pl

275

FOCUS ON GRAMMAR Ćwiczenie 1

1. disappointed 2. decisive 3. impressed 4. confused 5. satisfied 6. contemptuous 7. envious 8. irritated 9. angry 10. annoyed 11. worried 12. likeable 13. excited 14. regretful 15. embarrassed Ćwiczenie 2

1. sulky 2. thankful 3. frightened 4. pleased 5. enraged 6. compassionate 7. offended 8. anxious 9. thoughtful 10. doubtful Ćwiczenie 3

1. optimistic 2. cheerful 3. confident 4. warm 5. sociable 6. ambitious 7. energetic 8. opinionated 9. kind 10. considerate 11. empathic 12. helpful 13. creative 14. imaginative 15. discouraged 16. depressed 17. shy

18. calm 19. passive Ćwiczenie 4

1. melancholic 2. dejected 3. infuriated/furious 4. disgusted 5. happy 6. concentrated 7. surprised Ćwiczenie 5

1. careful 2. troublesome 3. selfish 4. cowardly 5. childish 6. flowery 7. foolish 8. risky 9. motherly 10. rigorous Ćwiczenie 6

1. warmly 2. fashionably 3. quickly 4. tightly 5. clumsily 6. carefully 7. scantily 8. badly 9. confidently 10. (im)patiently Ćwiczenie 7

1. highly 2. deeply 3. lately 4. nearly 5. low 6. last 7. mostly 8. near 9. freely 10. shortly 11. hardly 12. pretty

276

korepetycje maturzysty

Ćwiczenie 8

1. happily 2. politely 3. regularly 4. fast 5. Honestly 6. well 7. hastily Ćwiczenie 9

1. fond of/interested in/ keen on 2. absorbed in/preoccupied with/engrossed by/in 3. apprehensive about/ afraid of/scared of 4. sorry for/ashamed of/at/ embarrassed about/at 5. amazed at/by/impressed by/with/fascinated by 6. pleased with/grateful for/appreciative of 7. obsessed with/by/ concerned about/upset about/by Ćwiczenie 10

1. b, 2. c, 3. c, 4. b, 5. a, 6. c, 7. c, 8. a, 9. a, 10. a Ćwiczenie 11

1. older 2. as tall as, better 3. more 4. longer 5. the best 6. more beautiful 7. strongest 8. the funniest 9. the thinnest, (the) prettiest 10. the most important 11. less aggressive 12. more responsible 13. the eldest 14. less 15. the worst

Ćwiczenie 12

1. more and more 2. more attractive 3. younger 4. as beautiful as 5. less confident 6. better 7. further 8. the most famous 9. thinner 10. higher Ćwiczenie 13

1. thinner, paler 2. harder, harder 3. The longer, the more 4. The older, the wiser 5. The better, the stronger 6. less, less 7. The more, the hungrier 8. The higher, the harder 9. The richer, the more stingy 10. The faster, the sooner Ćwiczenie 14

1. more frequently 2. hardest 3. more fashionably 4. earlier, less 5. easily 6. better 7. more often, further/farther 8. further 9. better, more fluently 10. badly Ćwiczenie 15

1. nothing 2. marginally 3. bit 4. sooner 5. better 6. far 7. quite 8. the best

9. definitely 10. nowhere near 11. the more Ćwiczenie 16

1. long, jet-black, curly hair 2. leather, comfortable, sports shoes 3. an elegant, silk, evening blouse 4. a British, brown, old-fashioned jacket 5. a bright, medical, 17-year-old student 6. a young, language, tall teacher 7. casual, child-sized, organic clothes 8. a v-neck, woollen, beige sweater 9. noisy, Italian, young neighbours 10. a big, hooked, ugly nose Ćwiczenie 17

1. A bad-mannered child 2. A good-hearted politician 3. A short-sleeved shirt 4. An open-minded woman 5. A long-legged girl 6. A foul-mouthed man 7. A blue-eyed girl 8. A fair-haired person 9. A short-sighted driver 10. A middle-aged lady Ćwiczenie 18

1. The jobless/unemployed 2. The deaf 3. The sick 4. The poor 5. The blind 6. The homeless 7. The disabled 8. The elderly 9. The rich stara dobra szkoła

Klucz 10. The educated 11. The young 12. The foolish Ćwiczenie 19

1. the disabled 2. The blind 3. the elderly 4. the homeless 5. the foolish 6. The rich 7. The poor 8. The young 9. the deaf 10. t he jobless/unemployed Ćwiczenie 20

1. forties 2. fifteen, sixteen 3. eighteen, eleventh 4. eightieth, eighty 5. thirty, twenties 6. sixty 7. twenty-first, (the) fifteen (of September) 8. twenty-eight 9. forty-second 10. t wo thousand and twelve, sixty 11. f ifty, (the) twenty-first (of April), (the) twentythird (of April) 12. t hirty-five, forty-eight, thirteen, third Ćwiczenie 21

1. g, 2. h, 3. j, 4. i, 5. c, 6. b, 7. a, 8. e, 9. d, 10. f

UNIT 2 FAMILY Ćwiczenie 1

1. single mother 2. niece 3. only child 4. grandma 5. twin www.cel-matura.pl

277

6. half-brother 7. stepmother 8. cousin 9. siblings 10. uncle 11. nephew 12. next of kin 13. in-laws Ćwiczenie 2

1. godfather 2. lone father 3. stepfather 4. foster father 5. grandfather 6. father-in-law 7. great grandfather Ćwiczenie 3

1. grandpa 2. grandfathers 3. father 4. grandma 5. stepmother 6. stepsiblings 7. mother 8. children 9. siblings 10. relative Ćwiczenie 4

1. pass 2. splitting 3. has got 4. run 5. cheese 6. resembles 7. different 8. alike 9. takes 10. tell Ćwiczenie 5

1. foster family 2. extended family 3. broken family 4. nuclear family 5. immediate family 6. patchwork family

Ćwiczenie 6

Down 1. progeny 2. grandma 3. relation/relative 8. cousin 9. spouse Across 3. firtsborn 4. nephew 5. grandpa 7. ancestor 10. in-laws 11. niece

FRIENDS AND RELATIONS Ćwiczenie 1

1. friend of a friend 2. strangers 3. good friends 4. roommate 5. old beau 6. old flame 7. neighbour 8. team-mates 9. classmate 10. colleague 11. pen friend 12. acquaintance Ćwiczenie 2

1. j, 2. c, 3. a, 4. h, 5. k, 6. d, 7. e, 8. i, 9. b, 10. f, 11. g Ćwiczenie 3

1. get on well 2. fell out over 3. keep in touch 4. lost touch 5. broke up with 6. make friends 7. get to know 8. looks up to 9. going out with 10. had a crush on 11. makes the first move

278

korepetycje maturzysty

Ćwiczenie 4

1. best 2. touch 3. reconnect 4. school 5. former 6. loves 7. befriend 8. make 9. relationships 10. formed 11. members 12. real-life 13. ex 14. old

2. cake 3. candles 4. blow 5. wish 6. bite 1. e, 2. a, 3. h, 4. b, 5. c, 6. f, 7. d, 8. g

7. My mother-in-law’s phone call 8. Their daughter’s problems 9. My boss’s offer 10. My grandpa’s story 11. Tomorrow’s weather 12. Our neighbours’ rose garden

Ćwiczenie 5

Ćwiczenie 2

Ćwiczenie 4

1. c, 2. e, 3. b, 4. h, 5. d, 6. g, 7. i, 8. j, 9. f, 10. a

a) going away party b) surprise birthday party c) housewarming party d) baby shower e) stag party f) wedding anniversary party

Ćwiczenie 6

Ćwiczenie 6

Ćwiczenie 5

1. e, 2. a, 3. f, 4. g, 5. j, 6. b, 7. i, 8. h, 9. c, 10. d

CELEBRATIONS AND SPECIAL OCCASSIONS Ćwiczenie 1

1. c, 2. i, 3. j, 4. e, 5. d, 6. g, 7. b, 8. a, 9. f, 10. h Ćwiczenie 2

1. watch the fireworks display 2. stock up on snacks and beverages 3. decorate the house 4. wrapped up a present 5. dressed up for the party 6. throw a surprise birthday party 7. celebrate their wedding anniversary 8. laid on a huge spread 9. drink a toast 10. congratulated him Ćwiczenie 3

1. returns

a) 1. divided 2. leaning 3. moving 4. compare b) 1. getting 2. showed 3. swanning 4. chatting c) 1. enjoy 2. liven 3. standing 4. got started 5. picked 6. hit

FOCUS ON GRAMMAR Ćwiczenie 1

1. My nephew’s new car 2. Two years’ relationship 3. A children’s book 4. My brother’s photo 5. My elder sister’s room 6. Our cousin’s wedding

1. It’s Jim’s. 2. Peggy must be at her friend’s. 3. I parked my car next to Greg’s. 4. Our dog is more dangerous than Mrs Connor’s. 5. Bob’s story was even funnier than Mark’s. 6. They got married at St Paul’s. 7. Their family budget is bigger than their friends’. 8. Let’s meet at Ellen’s tomorrow. 9. Wendy’s memory is like a goldfish’s 10. Tim’s is not as modern. Ćwiczenie 3

1. I heard about it through a colleague of mine. 2. A classmate of mine has failed the history exam. 3. An ex-boyfriend of yours has phoned you. 4. My younger brother is reading a book of Tolkien’s. 5. I’ve borrowed an umbrella of Kate and Tom’s. 6. A friend of the family’s is coming to dinner. 7. I got rid of a small sweater of mine. 8. That boy over there is a child of my cousin’s. stara dobra szkoła

Klucz 9. A book of his has been published recently. 10. A sister of Bob’s is coming to stay with us. Ćwiczenie 4

1. mother’s side 2. father’s (side) 3. My youngest brother’s wife 4. parents’ spacious house 5. ten minutes’ drive 6. grandparents’ place 7. my grandmother’s sister 8. the names of my relatives Ćwiczenie 5

1. account for 2. looking after 3. caring for 4. consisting of 5. attend to 6. moved away 7. ended up Ćwiczenie 6

1. brought up 2. split up 3. grew up 4. look after 5. guilted into 6. falls out 7. is going out 8. turned down 9. ask out 10. won over Ćwiczenie 7

1. actress 2. heiress 3. empress 4. spinster, fiancé 5. conductress 6. aunt 7. mother, niece, sister, sister’s girl 8. stewardess 9. Madame 10. lady www.cel-matura.pl

279

Ćwiczenie 8

1. do 3. are 5. are 7. are 9. is 11. was 13. are 15. have 17. was

2. is 4. has 6. works 8. is 10. are 12. are 14. was 16. have 18. is

Ćwiczenie 9

1. grown-ups 2. women 3. brothers-in-law 4. babies 5. women doctors 6. children 7. ladies 8. gentlemen 9. Governors-General 10. notaries public 11. women drivers 12. menservants 13. old beaux/ old beaus 14. heroes 15. boys 16. thieves 17. cherubim/cherubs 18. brothers/brethren 19. alumni 20. paparazzi 21. ministers-president 22. men-children 23. people persons/ people people 24. stepbrothers 25. exes Ćwiczenie 10

1. a bevy 2. a board 3. hordes 4. a crowd 5. a gang 6. a panel/team 7. a team

Ćwiczenie 11

1. which 2. what 3. which 4. who 5. what 6. which 7. whose 8. which 9. what 10. which Ćwiczenie 12

1. one another 2. each other 3. themselves 4. each other 5. one another’s 6. each other 7. myself 8. each other/one another 9. each other 10. each other’s Ćwiczenie 13

1. her 2. mine 3. your 4. theirs 5. yours 6. their 7. yours 8. her 9. Ours 10. theirs Ćwiczenie 14

1. yourself 2. myself 3. himself, himself 4. themselves 5. yourself 6. herself 7. themselves 8. himself 9. herself 10. herself

280

korepetycje maturzysty

Ćwiczenie 15

1. this 2. This, that 3. This 4. this 5. that 6. that 7. these 8. that 9. those 10. Those

Ćwiczenie 16

1. Do you know the girl who/that is talking with Bob? 2. She often visits her grandma who/that is over 80. 3. Everyone who/that regularly plays truant will receive an in-school suspension. 4. He is the person who/ that helped me with my career. 5. I want to marry a man who/that will love me with all his heart. 6. She was talking about her brother who/that is in the army now. 7. Yesterday we saw a house whose windows were all broken. 8. She lives in a small house where/in which everyone knows each other. 9. Alec gave me a present which/that he made himself. 10. Give me the reason why/for which you have broken up with Adam. 11. This is the place in which/were I feel at home. 12. 1980 is the year when/ in which I was born.

13. My roommate, who is very untidy, hasn’t paid his rent yet. 14. My grandparents’ cottage, where/in which I usually spend my holidays, has been damaged recently by a gale. 15. Ms Green, who lives above us, is a very nosy person. Ćwiczenie 17

I. 1. b 2. a II. 1. a 2. b III. 1. a 2. b IV. 1. a 2. b V. 1. b 2. a VI. 1. b 2. a

Ćwiczenie 18

1. b, 2. a, 3. b, 4. a, 5. b

UNIT 3 HOUSING AND LIVING Ćwiczenie 1

4. an industrial area 5. a rural area 6. town, country 7. middle of nowhere 8. a lovely residential area 9. commuter belt 10. village 11. area 12. downtown Ćwiczenie 4

a. students b. holidaymakers c. motorists d. young travellers e. the elderly f. homeless people g. farmers and their family h. the rich and famous i. poor people j. young and single people Ćwiczenie 5

1. home 3. home 5. house 7. house 9. house

2. home 4. Home 6. home 8. home 10. home

1. b, 2. c, 3. c, 4. a, 5. c, 6. a, 7. a, 8. c, 9. b, 10. a

PROBLEMS AROUND THE HOUSE

Ćwiczenie 2

Ćwiczenie 1

1. move to 2. moved out of 3. settled 4. left 5. moved in with 6. raised 7. occupied 8. is staying 9. share 10. moves around Ćwiczenie 3

1. suburbs 2. in the city centre 3. a slum area

1. d, 2. g, 3. e, 4. c, 5. j, 6. i, 7. a, 8. f, 9. h, 10. b Ćwiczenie 2

1. i, 2. f, 3. g, 4. a, 5. j, 6. c, 7. b, 8. e, 9. h, 10. d Ćwiczenie 3

1. g, 2. j, 3. e, 4. d, 5. i, 6. a, 7. h, 8. b Ćwiczenie 4

1. repair the roof 2. mend the light 3. new tiles laid stara dobra szkoła

Klucz 4. remove the stain 5. unclog the sink 6. refurbished the house 7. painted the walls 8. oiled the hinges Ćwiczenie 5

1. air spray 2. lavender sachets 3. baking soda 4. cloth 5. glue 6. scouring pads 7. sandpaper Ćwiczenie 6

1. g, 2. f, 3. b, 4. a, 5. j, 6. i, 7. h, 8. d, 9. e, 10. c

IN THE HOUSE Ćwiczenie 1

a) 1. h, 2. d, 3. b, 4. g, 5. j, 6. e, 7. i, 8. f, 9. c, 10. a b) 1. rocking chair 2. air conditioning 3. shower cubicle 4. laundry basket 5. bedside lamp 6. bunk bed 7. chest of drawers 8. gas cooker 9. venetian blinds 10. kitchen dresser Ćwiczenie 2

1. window 2. place 3. wardrobe 4. chairs 5. door 6. bed 7. table 8. desk 9. wall 10. bookshelf 11. carpet www.cel-matura.pl

281

12. racks 13. basket 14. posters Ćwiczenie 3

1. b, 2. i, 3. h, 4. d, 5. k, 6. j, 7. c, 8. a, 9. f, 10. e, 11. g Ćwiczenie 4

1. b, 2. c, 3. a, 4. b, 5. a, 6. a, 7. c, 8. c Ćwiczenie 5

1. stairs 2. balcony 3. garage 4. gate 5. fireplace 6. drive 7. staircase 8. doorstep

9. a 11. a 13. a 15. a 17. a 19. a 21. a 23. ø Ćwiczenie 2

1. the 3. the 5. the 7. an 9. a

2. the 4. the 6. the 8. a 10. the, the

Ćwiczenie 3

1. a, 2. a, 3. b, 4. c, 5. b, 6. c, 7. a, 8. c Ćwiczenie 4

Ćwiczenie 6

a) 1. light 2. telephone ringer 3. answer phone 4. curtains b) 1. door 2. mailbox 3. porch 4. deliveries 5. lawn c) 1. locks 2. security devices 3. gate 4. doors 5. bars

1. at 2. at 3. off 4. off 5. on 6. outside 7. over 8. over 9. on, past 10. within 11. at 12. at 13. at, beside 14. at 15. beside Ćwiczenie 5

1. next to 3. against 5. in, in 7. between 9. on

FOCUS ON GRAMMAR Ćwiczenie 1

Ćwiczenie 7

2. a 4. a 6. The 8. a

2. at 4. in 6. under 8. on 10. on, on

Ćwiczenie 6

1. against 3. Next to 5. On 7. in 9. On

1. a 3. ø 5. the 7. an

10. a 12. The 14. ø 16. the 18. the 20. the 22. the/ø 24. the

1. homewards 2. upstairs 3. home 4. nowhere

2. in 4. above 6. on 8. below

282

korepetycje maturzysty

5. abroad 6. outside 7. out 8. anywhere, somewhere 9. everywhere 10. nearby 11. next door Ćwiczenie 8

1. a coffee table 2. a shower cubicle 3. a laundry basket 4. a rose garden 5. a wine cellar 6. the door handle 7. the city centre 8. the home address 9. marriage problems 10. a microwave oven Ćwiczenie 9

1. Have you done 2. have been cleaning 3. Have you ever replaced, have 4. have you been living 5. have been fixing 6. have been looking, Have you found 7. Has she made, has Ćwiczenie 10

1. have been cleaning, haven’t cleaned 2. has been repairing, hasn’t finished 3. has been looking, hasn’t found 4. has been cooking, hasn’t prepared 5. has been planning, has done 6. have let, hasn’t gone 7. has been mopping, has only finished Ćwiczenie 11

1. was having, felt, was leaking

2. was working, went 3. woke, was running 4. were watching, ran 5. was wondering 6. was taking, broke 7. saw, wasn’t looking 8. was getting, decided 9. was putting, slipped, broke 10. met, told, was moving Ćwiczenie 12

1. have it cut 2. am going to have/will have the walls repainted 3. have it repaired 4. Have it cleaned up 5. is having holes drilled 6. had his post delivered 7. had their flat redecorated 8. has recently had her house double glazed 9. have their air conditioning serviced 10. have had a new house key made 11. have someone fix 12. have the snow removed 13. are having new windows installed Ćwiczenie 13

1. have had it washed 2. had it built 3. am going to have it painted 4. had it installed 5. has them cleaned 6. want to have it renovated 7. am going to have them papered 8. will have it unclogged 9. is going to have them cleaned 10. are going to have it put

UNIT 4 EVERYDAY LIFE Ćwiczenie 1

a) 1. woke 2. stretched 3. got 4. having 5. brushing 6. ate 7. poured 8. rinsed 9. flung 10. hopped 11. left b) 1. had 2. sit 3. stroll 4. window-shopping 5. turns 6. surfs 7. chats 8. has 9. lies 10. relax c) 1. spends 2. has 3. changes 4. stay 5. falls 6. sleeps 7. get Ćwiczenie 2

1. b, 2. e, 3. g, 4. c, 5. h, 6. a, 7. d, 8. f Ćwiczenie 3

1. aired the room 2. get dressed 3. doing all the shopping 4. ran the bath 5. have a lie-in 6. got up early stara dobra szkoła

Klucz

283

7. do the laundry 8. taking a short nap

stamp collecting, drawing, sewing, reading, knitting

Ćwiczenie 4

Ćwiczenie 2

Across 3. shopping 5. dishwasher 7. housework 9. clean 10. ironing 11. routine Down 1. backpack 2. homework 4. meal 5. dust 6. hovering 8. shower 9. chore

1. does yoga 2. do my weekly shopping 3. go cycling 4. go camping 5. do/did/have done stomach exercises 6. went swimming 7. reading 8. does photography 9. am going dancing 10. drawing Ćwiczenie 3

Ćwiczenie 5

1. a, 2. c, 3. b, 4. b, 5. c, 6. a, 7. b, 8. b, 9. b, 10. b Ćwiczenie 6

1. out 3. wake 5. asleep 7. for 9. hair 11. up 13. made

2. popped 4. dawn 6. down 8. chilling 10. mess 12. doing

HOBBIES AND LEISURE Ćwiczenie 1

do: yoga, gardening, (the) shopping, exercise, karate, athletics, crossword puzzles, Nordic walking, aerobics, photography go: fishing, shopping, dancing, cycling, sailing, camping play: video games, a musical instrument, cards, squash no verb: www.cel-matura.pl

1. chill out 2. quality time 3. feet up 4. hang out 5. feet 6. pub crawl 7. paint the town red 8. come over Ćwiczenie 4

1. c, 2. e, 3. f, 4. a, 5. d, 6. b Ćwiczenie 5

1. sewing/making your own clothes 2. doing crossword puzzles 3. stamp collecting 4. knitting 5. Nordic walking 6. rock climbing 7. DIY (do it yourself) 8. windsurfing

SHOPPING Ćwiczenie 1

1. discount 2. fortune 3. cash 4. credit 5. good value

6. rip-off 7. small change 8. bargain 9. refund 10. change 11. bulk 12. deal Ćwiczenie 2

1. e, 2. c, 3. f, 4. h, 5. g, 6. a, 7. b, 8. i, 9. j, 10. d Ćwiczenie 3

1. aisle 2. trolley 3. checkout 4. reusable bag 5. queue 6. shelves 7. receipt Ćwiczenie 4

1. value 3. price 5. price 7. prices

2. price 4. cost 6. value

Ćwiczenie 5

1. left 2. go over 3. comes 4. started with 5. short 6. worked it out Ćwiczenie 6

1. e, 2. f, 3. c, 4. h, 5. d, 6. a, 7. g, 8. b

FOCUS ON GRAMMAR Ćwiczenie 1

1. to be 2. to keep 3. widen 4. to share 5. shopping 6. ironing 7. to raise

284

korepetycje maturzysty

8. make 9. to clean 10. to help 11. to keep

b) drinking

4. to watch 5. staying, going 6. cleaning 7. fixing 8. Renovating 9. helping 10. going, to go 11. to getting 12. moving 13. spending 14. to let 15. to leave

b) to tell

Ćwiczenie 5

Ćwiczenie 2

1. a) having 2. a) telling 3. a) to drink 4. a) telling 5. a) to water 6. a) to clean 7. a) singing 8. a) to park 9. a) telling 10. a) to talk

b) to have b) to tell

b) watering b) cleaning b) sing b) parking b) to tell b) of talking

Ćwiczenie 3

1. to be 2. To prevent 3. stomping 4. blowing 5. ignoring 6. rewarding 7. to get 8. to jump 9. joining 10. fueling 11. snapping 12. To keep 13. bothering 14. do 15. stop 16. putting Ćwiczenie 4

1. having, taking 2. working 3. studying

I. 1. b 2. a II. 1. b 2. a III. 1. a 2. b IV. 1. b 2. a V. 1. a 2. b

Ćwiczenie 6

1. am just watching 2. is having 3. is throwing, is always partying 4. are giving 5. Are you going, are going 6. is baking 7. is it going 8. am getting 9. is smiling, is he thinking 10. does she do 11. does your hair, do Ćwiczenie 7

1. Who is Sandy reading a bedtime story to?/ To whom is Sandy reading a bedtime story? 2. How does Judy clean her house? 3. Who is getting to sleep now? 4. What does Peggy never do to anyone? 5. What are you shopping for? 6. What is Paul doing?

7. Who is Brian watering the plants for? 8. What time is Greg setting his alarm clock for? 9. How do they travel to work? 10. How often do you take a shower? 11. Why does he always sleep with his window open? 12. How does Jennifer cook? 13. What is the girl stirring her tea with? 14. What time does he usually get up on Mondays? 15. Which film do you want to watch now? Ćwiczenie 8

1. Do you speak, do 2. is she speaking, sounds 3. studies, is preparing 4. sleeps, comes 5. do you look, Are you crying? 6. do you think, are doing, am going, am doing 7. Are you having, am enjoying 8. are living, find 9. rains, hate 10. does the film start Ćwiczenie 9

1. in 3. into 5. of 7. with 9. to 11. up 13. up 15. of

2. on 4. about 6. on 8. to 10. at 12. on 14. about

Ćwiczenie 10

1. The 2. the 3. a 4. a 5. the 6. a stara dobra szkoła

Klucz 7. a, The 8. the 9. the 10. a, The, the Ćwiczenie 11

1. Wherever 2. It was because 3. what 4. to do 5. not the slightest bit 6. whatsoever 7. It was 8. the man 9. What I want you to do 10. do like 11. All 12. indeed 13. the very coat 14. It was after 15. less and less Ćwiczenie 12

1. take out 2. get out of 3. woke up to 4. conked out 5. tidy your room up 6. changed into, curled up 7. wash up 8. hang up 9. go off 10. d  ried the glasses up, put them away

UNIT 5 TALKING ABOUT FOOD Ćwiczenie 1

1. f, 2. e, 3. c, 4. g, 5. a, 6. b, 7. d Ćwiczenie 2

1. h, 2. g, 3. f, 4. b, 5. i, 6. c, 7. a, 8. d, 9. j, 10. e Ćwiczenie 3

1. strong 2. tough

www.cel-matura.pl

285

3. soggy 4. bland 5. non-fat/skimmed 6. rotten 7. firm 8. soft 9. medium 10. dry Ćwiczenie 4

1. has gone mouldy 2. overcooked 3. sour 4. burnt 5. go rancid 6. curdle 7. has sunk 8. went off Ćwiczenie 5

1. g, 2. b, 3. f, 4. c, 5. d, 6. e, 7. h, 8. a

FOOD PREPARATION Ćwiczenie 1

1. i, 2. f, 3. g, 4. h, 5. c, 6. b, 7. e, 8. a, 9. j, 10. d

bacon, fish fillets in hot oil or fat roast a piece of meat, a leg of lamb, a chicken, potatoes over an open fire/in an oven bake a cake, bread, potatoes, ham, ribs, meatloaf in an oven steam vegetables in steam, not in water grill sausages, meat, fish above/below high heat smoke cheese, meat, fish in smoke from burning wood Ćwiczenie 4

1. chopped the onions 2. kneaded the dough 3. grated the cheese 4. whisked the egg whites 5. sliced the bacon 6. mashed the potatoes 7. squeezed the juice 8. carved the chicken 9. Mix the ingredients 10. peel the apples

1. break 2. Place 3. warm 4. Add 5. Whisk 6. Melt 7. pour 8. stir 9. set 10. remove 11. Sprinkle 12. served

Ćwiczenie 3

Ćwiczenie 5

Ćwiczenie 2

boil eggs, rice, potatoes, vegetables, pasta, noodles in water fry an onion, eggs,

1. preheated 2. cool 3. greased 4. Brown 5. heat 6. boil 7. simmer

286

korepetycje maturzysty

8. drained 9. smell 10. taste

EATING OUT Ćwiczenie 1

EATING IN

1. c, 2. b, 3. a, 4. f, 5. d, 6. e

Ćwiczenie 1

Ćwiczenie 2

1. g, 2. h, 3. d, 4. a, 5. f, 6. e, 7. b, 8. c

1. f, 2. e, 3. h, 4. c, 5. b, 6. a, 7. g, 8. d

Ćwiczenie 2

Ćwiczenie 3

1. doing the dishes 2. dished up the spaghetti 3. pass the pepper 4. invited her for lunch 5. Help yourself to the cookies 6. had an extra helping 7. lay the table 8. brought a bottle Ćwiczenie 3

1. i, 2. f, 3. k, 4. j, 5. g, 6. l, 7. b, 8. c, 9. e, 10. d, 11. a, 12. h Ćwiczenie 4

1. treat 2. delicious 3. juicy 4. seasoned 5. recipes 6. food 7. served 8. dessert 9. Yuck 10. coffee

Ćwiczenie 5

1. starter, dish 2. course 3. food 4. tea 5. cooking 6. side dish 7. dressing 8. nibbles 9. chicken 10. casserole

1) bar 2) bar 3) restauracja 4) restauracja 5) restauracja 6) bar 7) bar 8) bar 9) bar 10) bar Ćwiczenie 4

1. counter 2. seating area 3. rubbish bean 4. booth 5. bar 6. non-smoking section 7. toilet 8. stage 9. bar stool 10. terrace Ćwiczenie 5

1. greasy spoons, cafeterias 2. coffeehouse 3. hamburger joint 4. restaurant 5. drive-in 6. coffee shop 7. pavement cafés

DRINKING Ćwiczenie 1

1. f, 2. c, 3. a, 4. g, 5. b, 6. e, 7. i, 8. h

Ćwiczenie 2

1. fruit teas 2. energy drinks 3. instant coffee 4. mulled wine 5. alcoholic beverages 6. mineral water 7. hot chocolate 8. banana smoothie Ćwiczenie 3

1. b, 2. a, 3. b, 4. c, 5. b, 6. a, 7. b, 8. b, 9. c, 10. a Ćwiczenie 4

1. gulped 2. slurp 3. tossed off 4. swills 5. downed 6. sipping Ćwiczenie 5

a) 1. cups 2. unsweetened 3. wake-up 4. coffee maker 5. espresso 6. brewed coffee 7. cappuccino 8. whipped cream b) 1. fresh cow’s milk 2. unpasteurised milk 3. semi-skimmed milk 4. whole milk Ćwiczenie 6

1. shaken, stirred 2. iced 3. spiked 4. fresh-squeezed 5. on draught 6. Frozen 7. plain stara dobra szkoła

Klucz FOCUS ON GRAMMAR Ćwiczenie 1

1. dab 2. can/bottle 3. teaspoon(ful)/lump 4. dollop 5. cup 6. squeeze 7. dash 8. bar 9. jar 10. piece/slice 11. loaf, tin 12. dash, pinch 13. head, bunch 14. carton/bottle 15. rasher/slice 16. drop 17. tub 18. piece/slice Ćwiczenie 2

1. cup 2. tablespoon(ful) 3. spot/dash 4. teaspoon(ful)/lump 5. leaf/handful/sprig 6. jar 7. cubes 8. twist/bit Ćwiczenie 3

1. tastes 2. am tasting 3. smells 4. are you smelling 5. looks 6. has been looking 7. is weighing 8. weighs Ćwiczenie 4

1. well 2. horrible 3. eagerly 4. deliciously/well 5. good/delicious 6. delicious/good www.cel-matura.pl

287

7. nice/good 8. nicely 9. horribly

3. Both 4. either of

Ćwiczenie 5

1. anyone 2. someone 3. someone 4. None of 5. Anyone 6. none of 7. nobody 8. Nobody 9. nobody 10. anyone

1. something, some 2. anything 3. something, Anything 4. anything 5. something, anything, some 6. any 7. Any 8. some, anything 9. any 10. some, Any Ćwiczenie 6

1. no, some 2. Nothing 3. None, None 4. none, nothing 5. any, some, none 6. some, anything 7. some, any Ćwiczenie 7

1. much 2. much 3. much 4. few, lot of 5. many 6. much 7. little 8. some, lots/much 9. little 10. few 11. any 12. little 13. lot of 14. many 15. much, Lots/Little Ćwiczenie 8

a) 1. Neither 2. either 3. Either 4. Either of 5. Neither of 6. both b) 1. neither of 2. Both of, neither

Ćwiczenie 9

Ćwiczenie 10

1. u, 2. c, 3. c, 4. u, 5. u, 6. c, 7. u, 8. c, 9. u, 10. c Ćwiczenie 11

1. to 3. to 5. for 7. with 9. with 11. After 13. until/till 15. for 17. with

2. in 4. on 6. into 8. in 10. for 12. for 14. out 16. on

Ćwiczenie 12

1. within 3. on 5. from 7. at/after 9. until/till Ćwiczenie 13

1. with 3. with 5. with 7. for 9. out of

Ćwiczenie 14

2. at 4. On, at 6. at 8. between 10. in 2. for 4. of 6. from 8. into 10. in

1. troop 2. batch 3. bunch 4. set 5. bundle 6. rope/string

korepetycjeangielski maturzysty

288

Ćwiczenie 15

1. tossed off 2. gulped down 3. cutting it down 4. picked at 5. pigs out 6. have drunk it all up 7. eat up 8. tucked into 9. wolfed down 10. polished off Ćwiczenie 16

1. boiling over 2. heat it up 3. used them all up 4. didn’t turn out 5. rolled out the dough 6. fill you up 7. had boiled away

UNIT 6

2. along 4. across 6. opposite

Ćwiczenie 4

1. pile-up 2. hit-and-run accident 3. traffic jam 4. rollover accident 5. head-on collision 6. two-car crash Ćwiczenie 5

1. detour 2. driveway 3. ring-road 4. toll road 5. motorway 6. footbridge 7. dead-end

1. h, 2. d, 3. j, 4. a, 5. b, 6. e, 7. i, 8. f, 9. g, 10. c Ćwiczenie 2

1. speed camera 2. petrol station 3. car wash 4. parking meter 5. crash barriers 6. car park 7. pedestrian crossing 8. traffic lights 9. town sign 10. speed bumps Ćwiczenie 3

2. go 4. Turn 6. follow 8. Look

Ćwiczenie 2

1. h, 2. a, 3. e, 4. f, 5. g, 6. b, 7. d, 8. c Ćwiczenie 3

1. honked the horn 2. fastened the seat belt 3. changed gear 4. turned off the engine 5. slammed on the brakes 6. started the car 7. let out the clutch 8. adjusted the rear-view mirror 1. – 5. –

2. – 6. +

Ćwiczenie 5

1. miss 2. catch 3. delayed 4. run 5. cancelled 6. goes 7. change 8. run 9. leave 10. go

Ćwiczenie 3

1. b, 2. a, 3. c, 4. a, 5. b, 6. a, 7. c, 8. b, 9. c, 10. b, 11. a, 12. a

Ćwiczenie 4

Ćwiczenie 1

1. bus 2. train 3. taxi 4. plane 5. ferry

Ćwiczenie 1

Ćwiczenie 1

TRAVELLING AND MEANS OF TRANSPORT

Ćwiczenie 2

DRIVING

ON THE ROAD

a) 1. Move 3. get 5. Drive 7. Go

b) 1. at 3. into 5. until

3. – 7. +

4. +

1. d, 2. c, 3. e, 4. b, 5. a

1. d, 2. e, 3. b, 4. f, 5. c, 6. a, 7. g Ćwiczenie 4

1. baggage reclaim 2. boarding gate 3. passport control 4. departure lounge 5. transit hall 6. check-in desk 7. immigration control Ćwiczenie 5

1. business class 2. domestic 3. journey 4. transatlantic 5. single 6. stopover 7. slow 8. fares 9. timetable 10. inspector 11. long-haul 12. full up 13. rush hour stara dobra szkoła

Klucz Ćwiczenie 6

1. high season 2. tickets 3. airlines 4. travel agents 5. low fares 6. off-peak times 7. last-minute tickets 8. discount carriers 9. fare error 10. aircraft type

HOLIDAYS Ćwiczenie 1

1. city break 2. skiing holiday 3. safari 4. adventure holidays 5. camping 6. package holidays 7. beach holidays 8. sightseeing tour Ćwiczenie 2

1. f, 2. i, 3. d, 4. g, 5. b, 6. a, 7. h, 8. c, 9. j, 10. e Ćwiczenie 3

1. lay on the beach 2. did some sightseeing 3. went on an excursion 4. hired a car 5. visit a museum 6. buy some souvenirs 7. go rock climbing 8. take lots of pictures 9. look around the town 10. d  ived right into the water Ćwiczenie 4

1. d, 2. h, 3. e, 4. f, 5. a, 6. c, 7. b, 8. g Ćwiczenie 5

1. location 2. suitcases 3. reception desk www.cel-matura.pl

289

4. room change 5. overbooked 6. checking out

FOCUS ON GRAMMAR Ćwiczenie 1

1. on 3. from 5. on/off 7. aboard 9. on 10. by

2. by, by 4. into/out of 6. by 8. on 11. for

Ćwiczenie 2

1. down/along 2. across 3. down/up 4. at 5. off 6. towards 7. over 8. through 9. off 10. past, into

Ćwiczenie 5

1. paid, had just come back, was 2. caught, was, went out, had never caught 3. had visited, moved 4. was, had waited, turned up 5. visited, hadn’t travelled 6. arrived, had planted, were cancelled Ćwiczenie 6

Ćwiczenie 3

1. at, for 2. at, during 3. for, until/till 4. at 5. throughout 6. within, on 7. up, in 8. in 9. from, to, on 10. before, at 11. By 12. since Ćwiczenie 4

1. onto/into 3. through 5. from 7. for 9. to 11. above 13. Within 15. from

17. behind 18. on 19. towards/for 20. at 21. with 22. towards

2. up 4. up 6. Soon 8. After 10. away 12. in 14. in 16. on

1. has never travelled 2. had never seen 3. haven’t heard, had lived 4. haven’t seen 5. have never eaten 6. met, was 7. have lived, was 8. was, hasn’t driven 9. hitched 10. went Ćwiczenie 7

1. a, 2. a, 3. a, 4. b, 5. b, 6. b Ćwiczenie 8

1. had ... left by the time we arrived 2. had wanted, but I talked her 3. had visited most of Europe by the time 4. had never been to 5. had had, before it broke 6. moved, after she had visited 7. When we got, realised that I had left 8. were very excited, had never flown before 9. called Vicky to see if she wanted, had already left

290

korepetycje maturzysty

10. d  idn’t take off until, had improved Ćwiczenie 9

1. had never eaten, went 2. didn’t remember, had left 3. met, had last seen 4. had visited, settled 5. had never been, went 6. had intended, couldn’t afford 7. moved, had never been 8. had travelled 9. had had, acted 10. had ever flown Ćwiczenie 10

1. was 2. had never been 3. didn’t know 4. has been 5. did you get 6. got 7. hadn’t got 8. happened 9. had I arrived 10. realised 11. had lost 12. rang 13. came 14. thought 15. had gone 16. kept 17. let 18. wanted 19. was 20. woke 21. smiled 22. had seen 23. Did you have 24. was 25. have never been 26. was Ćwiczenie 11

1. will be flying 2. are going 3. is already picking

4. will you be using 5. is going to be 6. will do 7. are going to crash 8. will take 9. will be waiting 10. will be sitting Ćwiczenie 12

1. does the bus leave, leaves 2. is now boarding 3. departs 4. is leaving 5. does the 6.30 train from Warsaw get 6. run 7. is taking Ćwiczenie 13

1. Hardly had we got home when the phone rang. 2. Seldom does he travel. 3. Scarcely had I arrived at the station when the train pulled in. 4. Only after some time did he get the courage to travel by air. 5. Not only is travelling by train quicker than by travelling by bus, it is also cheaper. 6. Not until the next morning did we hit the road. 7. Never before have I hitched a ride. 8. On no account should you jump into a train. 9. By no means should you stow away on a ship. 10. No sooner had the plane touched down than I breathed a sigh of relief. Ćwiczenie 14

1. Through the mist loomed black clouds.

2. By the river stood a solitary tree. 3. In front of us lay a meadow of yellow flowers. 4. Down into the deep blue sea went the ship. 5. From behind the wood rose the moon. 6. Away into the distance stretched the forest. 7. Off they went in the dead of night. 8. Most spectacular was the view of the waterfall. 9. Not until February will we have holidays. 10. Round went the wheels. 11. So exciting was the trip that the children weren’t homesick. 12. Not until I got on the bus did I realise that my luggage was missing. 13. Not frequently does she overspeed. 14. In no circumstances should you drink and drive. 15. Up the hill went the car, rattling over bumps. Ćwiczenie 15

1. So has Tom. 2. So did she. 3. Nor did they. 4. Nor had she. 5. Nor has my husband. 6. So is Sue. 7. So should I. 8. So would we. 9. So will he. 10. So am I. 11. Nor will we. 12. So was the bus driver. 13. Nor have they. 14. So did Paul. 15. Nor had I. stara dobra szkoła

Klucz Ćwiczenie 16

1. being stuck 2. moving 3. to go 4. living 5. giving 6. to climb 7. seeing 8. lying, sightseeing 9. to visit 10. travelling, trying 11. driving 12. staying Ćwiczenie 17

1. since then 2. not until 3. from that moment on(wards) 4. at that time 5. after that 6. throughout 7. up until that point Ćwiczenie 18

a) 1. pulled into 2. pull over 3. pulled up 4. pull in 5. pulling out b) 1. stopped over 2. stopped by 3. come over 4. set out 5. stopped off c) 1. look around 2. checked into 3. see her off 4. checking out 5. pick Jenny up

www.cel-matura.pl

291

UNIT 7 HEALTH PROBLEMS Ćwiczenie 1

1. a, 2. b, 3. a, 4. a, 5. b, 6. b, 7. a, 8. a, 9. a, 10. a, 11. b, 12. b, 13. a, 14. a, 15. a, 16. b, 17. b Ćwiczenie 2

1. care 2. came down 3. sweats 4. cold 5. improved 6. fever 7. getting 8. appetite 9. achy 10. feverish 11. examined 12. conditions 13. suffering 14. case Ćwiczenie 3

1. lozenges 2. painkiller 3. antibiotic 4. iodine 5. ointment 6. injections 7. antidepressants 8. vaccination 9. pill 10. syrup Ćwiczenie 4

1. is feverish 2. is on the mend 3. recovered 4. dizzy 5. fighting off 6. feels under the weather 7. was off her food 8. contracted 9. am allergic to 10. swelled up

Ćwiczenie 5

I’ve got: toothache/ a backache/a sore throat/ a stomach ache/a cold/ (the) flu/a bad cough/ a heart disease/a fever/ a black eye/a rash My head/shoulder/ leg/ear/knee hurts I feel: achy/chilly/ nauseous/weak/ light-headed/queasy/ shivery/breathless/ dizzy/fine Ćwiczenie 6

1. achy 2. queasy 3. sore throat 4. chilly 5. backache 6. weak 7. hurts 8. fine 9. toothache 10. stomach ache

AT THE DOCTOR’S Ćwiczenie 1

1. f, 2. d, 3. e, 4. a, 5. b, 6. h, 7. i, 8. c, 9. g Ćwiczenie 2

1. problem 2. pain 3. joints 4. bothersome 5. stiffness 6. limp 7. rheumatism 8. diagnosis 9. tests 10. prescription Ćwiczenie 3

1. prescribed 2. healing 3. listened

292

korepetycje maturzysty

4. hurts 5. diagnosed 6. visit 7. refer 8. relieve 9. touch 10. take Ćwiczenie 4

1. ailments 2. disease 3. disorder 4. rash 5. swelling 6. attack 7. bruises 8. virus 9. infection 10. condition 11. bug Ćwiczenie 5

1. e, 2. g, 3. f, 4. a, 5. c, 6. b, 7. d

IN HOSPITAL Ćwiczenie 1

1. treating 2. release 3. hospitalised 4. cure 5. examined 6. admit 7. heal 8. take Ćwiczenie 2

1. psychiatric hospital 2. maternity ward 3. dental clinic 4. intensive care unit 5. outpatient clinic 6. casualty 7. operating theatre 8. sanatorium Ćwiczenie 3

1. f, 2. h, 3. a, 4. e, 5. g, 6. i, 7. d, 8. j, 9. c, 10. b

Ćwiczenie 4

1. – 5. + 9. +

2. + 6. + 10. –

Ćwiczenie 5

1. N, O 3. N, O 5. Ps 7. N 9. D 11. S

3. + 7. –

4. – 8. +

2. N 4. Ps 6. O 8. N 10. N 12. D

FOCUS ON GRAMMAR Ćwiczenie 1

1. have caught 2. Have you taken 3. have taken 4. did you take 5. stopped 6. Have you had 7. had 8. was 9. was 10. haven’t had Ćwiczenie 2

1. mustn’t, Can 2. can, can’t, should 3. mustn’t, can, should/ must 4. must 5. must, should/must 6. should/must 7. must 8. shouldn’t, can Ćwiczenie 3

1. Do you feel well? 2. Did Mike complain about a pain in his knee? 3. Is May suffering from asthma? 4. Is your shoulder aching? 5. Was the injured man flown to hospital?

6. Has he had a bad headache all day? 7. Did Adrian make an appointment with his dentist? 8. Was the boy diagnosed with ADHD? 9. Will the patient be operated on next Monday? 10. Does Jack always ignore his doctor’s advice? Ćwiczenie 4

1. When did he sprain it? 2. Why did you go to a doctor? 3. Where is she? 4. How long have you had the pain? 5. What time have you got the appointment? 6. How much does it cost? 7. Which pill? Ćwiczenie 5

1. aren’t I 2. am I 3. can’t you/can you/won’t you/will you/would you/ could you 4. will you 5. shall we 6. hasn’t it 7. is he 8. have they 9. haven’t they 10. weren’t they 11. weren’t there 12. will you 13. doesn’t he 14. hasn’t he 15. are we 16. is it 17. does she 18. do you 19. isn’t it 20. won’t he stara dobra szkoła

Klucz Ćwiczenie 6

1. must be ill 2. must be at the dentist’s 3. can’t be pneumonia 4. must have caught a bug 5. must be much better 6. can’t have been transformed to another ward 7. can’t be suffering from asthma 8. must have been seriously injured Ćwiczenie 7

1. may/might/could have caught a bad cold 2. might/may/could have gone to the doctor on his own 3. may not/might not be operated on this week 4. may/might/could be discharged from hospital next Wednesday 5. may/might/could have a baby tomorrow 6. might not/may not consult another doctor 7. may/might/could have broken his leg in two places 8. Could/Might the driver have been slightly injured 9. Could/Might the patient walk again 10. m  ay/might/could have forgotten to feed the patient Ćwiczenie 8

1. Grandpa may/might/ could be losing his sight. Grandpa could not be losing his sight. Grandpa might not/may not be losing his sight 2. Adam could not have his www.cel-matura.pl

293

tooth removed. Adam might not/may not have his tooth removed Adam might/may/could have his tooth removed. 3. George could not be taking his medicine. George may not/might not be taking his medicine. George may/might/could be taking his medicine.

have missed 4. hadn’t eaten, wouldn’t have felt 5. wouldn’t have broken, hadn’t slipped 6. hadn’t taken, would have died 7. hadn’t taken, wouldn’t have recovered 8. hadn’t cleaned, would have gone

Ćwiczenie 9

Ćwiczenie 12

1. smoke, will increase/ increase 2. eat, will lose/lose 3. exercise, will keep/keep 4. don’t take, won’t work/ don’t work 5. won’t be able, don’t wear 6. won’t get 7. are 8. catch, feel 9. have 10. are having/have 11. don’t put, get 12. feels 13. hurt Ćwiczenie 10

1. were, would go 2. had, would lose 3. had, would quit 4. wouldn’t be, did 5. would feel, took 6. didn’t have, would probably smoke 7. would go, weren’t 8. had, would you do 9. wore, wouldn’t squint 10. saw, would call Ćwiczenie 11

1. hadn’t driven, wouldn’t have been 2. Had I known, would have come 3. hadn’t been, wouldn’t

1. came down 2. picked up 3. am fighting off 4. patched him up 5. pack up 6. threw up 7. passed out 8. build up 9. pull through 10. taken out

UNIT 8 EDUCATION Ćwiczenie 1

a) 1. d, 2. i, 3. b, 4. h, 5. a, 6. c, 7. f, 8. e, 9. j, 10. g b) 1. has played truant 2. failed the school-leaving exam 3. dropped out of school 4. go over the course material 5. gets good marks 6. cheated in the test 7. am doing a course 8. apply for a place 9. taking A-levels 10. finished secondary school

294

korepetycje maturzysty

Ćwiczenie 2

1. d, 2. b, 3. g, 4. c, 5. e, 6. a, 7. f Ćwiczenie 3

1. Part-time 2. grades 3. year 4. class 5. uniform 6. subject 7. courses 8. class, course 9. exam 10. curriculum 11. graduate, degree 12. scored Ćwiczenie 4

1. b, 2. d, 3. a, 4. g, 5. e, 6. f, 7. c Ćwiczenie 5

a) 1. swot 2. exams 3. classes 4. notes 5. material 6. subjects b) 1. gets 2. receives 3. go on 4. take up 5. find

Ćwiczenie 6

1. acquires 2. learn 3. picked up 4. babbles 5. grasped 6. mastered 7. memorise

LOOKING FOR A JOB Ćwiczenie 1

1. job advertisement

2. education 3. CV 4. covering letter 5. qualifications 6. post 7. employment history 8. applications

11. leave 12. fringe benefits

Ćwiczenie 2

a) 1. work experience 2. duties 3. workload 4. overtime 5. break 6. job 7. salary b) 1. resigned 2. felt trapped 3. offered 4. quit 5. started 6. answer c) 1. job 2. profession 3. competitive field 4. freelance 5. home 6. environment

1. b, 2. a, 3. a, 4. a, 5. b, 6. b, 7. a, 8. b, 9. a, 10. a Ćwiczenie 3

1. c, 2. g, 3. d, 4. h, 5. a, 6. b, 7. f, 8. e Ćwiczenie 4

Across 1. screen 3. application form 4. interviewee 5. curriculum vitae 6. job advert 9. recruitment Down 2. reference 4. interviewer 7. position 8. unemployed Ćwiczenie 5

1. √ 4. – 7. √ 10. √

2. – 5. √ 8. √

3. √ 6. – 9. √

WORK AND CAREER Ćwiczenie 1

1. promoted 2. salary 3. demoted 4. sacked 5. sick leave 6. quit 7. retirement 8. sideways 9. notice 10. career path

Ćwiczenie 2

1. a, 2. g, 3. e, 4. i, 5. c, 6. h, 7. b, 8. d, 9. f Ćwiczenie 3

Ćwiczenie 4

1. challenging 2. repetitive 3. rewarding 4. highly-paid 5. physically draining 6. stressful 7. glamorous 8. profitable Ćwiczenie 5

1. job 2. work 3. job 4. jobs 5. job, work 6. work 7. job

stara dobra szkoła

Klucz 8. work 9. job 10. work Ćwiczenie 6

1. He was sacked. 2. He is going to be laid off. 3. He resigned. 4. She resigned. 5. He retired. 6. He is going to be laid off. 7. She was laid off. 8. She is going to be sacked. 9. He is going to be laid off. 10. H  e is going to be sacked. 11. He was retired. 12. She resigned.

FOCUS ON GRAMMAR Ćwiczenie 1

1. annoying 2. frightened 3. bored 4. tiring 5. surprising 6. worried 7. excited 8. satisfying 9. shocked 10. interesting Ćwiczenie 2

1. could/was able to 2. able to 3. able to 4. will be able to 5. couldn’t/wasn’t able to 6. could/was able to 7. can/is able to 8. can/is able to 9. to be able to 10. can 11. will be able to www.cel-matura.pl

295

12. be able to 13. was able to 14. wasn’t able to/couldn’t 15. was able to Ćwiczenie 3

1. Can 2. Could, can’t 3. can’t 4. May, can’t 5. May, May 6. Could 7. may Ćwiczenie 4

1. am going to be 2. will lend 3. am going to apply 4. are going to be 5. will be 6. are you going to take 7. am going to make 8. am going 9. will you help 10. will pass Ćwiczenie 5

1. will have been studying 2. will have taken 3. won’t have read 4. will have graduated 5. Will you have done 6. won’t have been learning, will have probably forgotten 7. won’t have been told 8. will have been revising 9. will you have been studying 10. will have got 11. will have been working 12. will have finished 13. will have applied 14. will have been skipping 15. Will he have caught Ćwiczenie 6

1. will have been sacked 2. won’t have been

promoted 3. will Jamie have been looking 4. will have been laid 5. Will you have sent 6. will have been 7. will he have been working 8. will have written 9. Will you have started 10. will have been sitting 11. won’t have completed Ćwiczenie 7

1. Will you 2. won’t 3. will 4. Shall 5. shall 6. will 7. shall I

Ćwiczenie 8

1. Come to class on time, or else I will contact your parents/If you don’t come to class on time, I will contact your parents. 2. Be quiet or else I will punish you/If you are not quiet, I will punish you. 3. Improve your grades or else you will repeat a year/ If you don’t improve your grades, you will repeat a year. 4. Copy from another student and both of you will get a 0 for the assignment/ If you copy from another student, both of you will get a 0 for the assignment. 5. Skip school and you will fail the exam/ If you skip school, you will fail the exam. 6. Listen to what I say, or else you won’t learn

296

korepetycje maturzysty

anything/ If you don’t listen to what I say, you won’t learn anything. 7. Behave yourself, or else you will be suspended from school/If you don’t behave yourself, you will be suspended from school. Ćwiczenie 9

1. Will you be using 2. am going to leave 3. is going to be 4. will offer 5. Will you come, will be working 6. are you going to do 7. will be having 8. am starting Ćwiczenie 10

1. vocabulary weren’t so poor, Brad would speak German better 2. had a bachelor’s degree, we would hire her 3. wanted to continue my education, I would apply for college 4. be struggling in school if he studied harder 5. didn’t want to travel around the world, I wouldn’t take a gap year before starting college 6. were happy in his job he wouldn’t be looking for a new one 7. didn’t have to study I would go out with you this evening 8. fails his history test, he will have to repeat the class 9. pass the exam, I will take you to New York 10. don’t hand in your homework on time, you won’t get credit for it

Ćwiczenie 11

1. c, 2. b, 3. c, 4. b, 5. c, 6. c, 7. b, 8. a, 9. a, 10. b Ćwiczenie 12

1. quit, would have 2. would fight, were 3. don’t get, are/will be 4. got, would you be 5. is 6. think, have 7. were, would you take 8. want, write 9. would find, were 10. worked, would have 11. would you leave 12. would happen, didn’t go Ćwiczenie 13

1. would you have done, hadn’t got 2. wouldn’t have been, hadn’t been 3. had worked, would have got 4. hadn’t cheated, wouldn’t have been 5. had gone, would have studied 6. had spent, would have made 7. wouldn’t have passed 8. wouldn’t have taken, had known 9. would have been, had studied 10. hadn’t been, wouldn’t have lost Ćwiczenie 14

1. had gone, would be 2. hadn’t been, wouldn’t be looking 3. weren’t, would have taken 4. had studied, would have 5. weren’t, wouldn’t have studied

6. weren’t, wouldn’t have got 7. wouldn’t be, hadn’t had 8. had worked, wouldn’t be 9. hadn’t missed, wouldn’t be working 10. weren’t, wouldn’t have studied Ćwiczenie 15

1. had let 2. had gone 3. get 4. were, weren’t 5. were 6. knew 7. got 8. (should) fail 9. to go, stay 10. did 11. didn’t pick 12. would stop 13. were 14. would/could/might remember 15. (should) enter 16. had studied Ćwiczenie 16

1. wish he studied law because it’s a respected profession 2. would rather study music 3. would rather he studied something he could earn a livelihood with 4. it’s high time they talked him out of music 5. wishes he had the courage to say no to his parents 6. would sooner give up his dreams than to disappoint them 7. only his parents allowed him to make his own choices stara dobra szkoła

Klucz Ćwiczenie 17

1. dropped out of 2. catch up 3. picked up 4. brush up on 5. fall behind 6. looked it up 7. went on 8. picked on 9. put off 10. catch on to

UNIT 9 FILM AND CINEMA Ćwiczenie 1

1. h, 2. j, 3. g, 4. c, 5. a, 6. i, 7. d, 8. f, 9. b, 10. e

297

Ćwiczenie 5

1. c, 2. a, 3. a, 4. b, 5. a, 6. c, 7. c, 8. b, 9. a, 10. b

1. h, e, 2. a, 3. j, 4. c, 5. b, 6. g, 7. i, 8. d, 9. f

Ćwiczenie 1

Ćwiczenie 2

1. n, 2. b, 3. n, 4. f, 5. f, 6. f, 7. n, 8. n, 9. n, 10. n Ćwiczenie 2

1. blurb 2. illustrations 3. notes 4. epilogue 5. chapter 6. preface 7. cover 8. glossary Ćwiczenie 3

1. violent 2. gripping 3. moving 4. predictable 5. dull 6. disjointed 7. entertaining 8. far-fetched 9. dreadful 10. complex Ćwiczenie 3

Ćwiczenie 4

1. c, 2. i, 3. g, 4. h, 5. j, 6. b, 7. a, 8. f, 9. d, 10. e

1. b, 2. a, 3. d, 4. e, 5. c, 6. f

Ćwiczenie 4

1. well-thumbed 2. volume 3. edition 4. browse through 5. reviews, copies 6. ghost 7. story 8. genres 9. collector’s item 10. manuscript 11. taster

a) 1. blood-curdling 2. action-packed 3. fast-paced b) 1. tear-jerking 2. slow-moving c) 1. heart-warming 2. thought-provoking www.cel-matura.pl

Ćwiczenie 1

BOOKS

Across 1. thriller 4. whodunit 5. fairy tale 6. novel 8. autobiography 9. science fiction Down 2. romance 3. short story 5. fantasy 7. classic

Ćwiczenie 2

MUSIC

Ćwiczenie 5

1. concerts 2. band 3. artist 4. CD 5. gig 6. tour 7. ticket 8. show 9. sound 10. stage 11. fans 12. atmosphere Ćwiczenie 3

1. h, 2. d, 3. g, 4. b, 5. f, 6. a, 7. i, 8. c, 9. e, 10. j Ćwiczenie 4

1. plays by ear 2. humming the tune 3. writing music 4. make my own compilation CDs 5. tapping my foot 6. recorded a new album 7. is always out of tune 8. learning to play the guitar 9. put the CD into the stereo 10. play some music Ćwiczenie 5

1. modern 2. deafening 3. soothing 4. rousing 5. tuneful 6. tuneless 7. sweet

298

korepetycje maturzysty

TELEVISION Ćwiczenie 1

1. d, 2. e, 3. c, 4. b, 5. a Ćwiczenie 2

1. soap opera 2. Serials, series, serial, series 3. cop show 4. chat show 5. repeat 6. sitcom 7. News programmes, current affairs programmes, News programmes, current affairs programmes 8. Highlights 9. documentary 10. G  ame shows, quiz shows, game show, quiz show Ćwiczenie 3

1. repeat 2. chat show 3. series 4. highlights 5. documentary 6. News programmes 7. quiz show Ćwiczenie 4

1. remote control 2. record 3. tuned 4. watched 5. adjust 6. plugged 7. dish 8. channels 9. sleep timer 10. mute Ćwiczenie 5

1. presenter 2. sports commentator 3. viewers

4. contestant 5. weatherman 6. anchorperson 7. jury

COMPUTERS AND THE INTERNET Ćwiczenie 1

13. downloads 14. e-cards 15. hackers

NEWSPAPERS AND MAGAZINES Ćwiczenie 1

1. b, 2. a, 3. b, 4. a, 5. c, 6. b, 7. a, 8. b, 9. c, 10. a

1. daily papers 2. local paper 3. national paper 4. broadsheets 5. tabloids 6. periodicals

Ćwiczenie 3

Ćwiczenie 2

Ćwiczenie 4

1. national paper 2. local paper 3. Periodicals 4. Daily papers 5. tabloid 6. Broadsheets

1. d, 2. e, 3. h, 4. j, 5. g, 6. i, 7. b, 8. c, 9. a, 10. f Ćwiczenie 2

1. d, 2. c, 3. a, 4. h, 5. f, 6. b, 7. g, 8. e 1. crashed 2. set 3. logged 4. store 5. Click 6. turned 7. looked 8. downloads 9. deleted 10. scrolled 11. attached 12. burn 13. pressed 14. printed 15. saved Ćwiczenie 5

1. infections 2. web 3. software 4. prop-up ads 5. adware 6. spyware 7. virus 8. websites 9. system 10. overload 11. online 12. keystroke

Ćwiczenie 3

1. headlines 2. food columns, reviews 3. obituaries 4. freebies 5. TV guide 6. story, front page 7. advice columns 8. article 9. sports section 10. editorials 11. supplements 12. society pages Ćwiczenie 4

1. online publications 2. print magazines 3. teen magazines 4. sister paper 5. science journals Ćwiczenie 5

1. f, 2. e, 3. c, 4. a, 5. d, 6. g, 7. b stara dobra szkoła

Klucz FOCUS ON GRAMMAR Ćwiczenie 1

a) 1. b, 2. g, 3. a, 4. c, 5. j, 6. d, 7. h, 8. i, 9. f, 10. e b) 1. that they were going to the cinema 2. that the film had been boring and way too long 3. that Kiefer Sutherland hadn’t played in “Batman” 4. what was playing at the Odeon that week 5. that she hadn’t read the book or seen the film 6. that the acting had been brilliant 7. that he would book the tickets 8. that the film started 10 minutes from then 9. that the movie might win the Oscar for Best Picture 10. to see the film Ćwiczenie 2

Sugerowane odpowiedzi: 1. He suggested going to the cinema/ He suggested that we (should) go to the cinema. 2. He asked me what I had thought of the film. 3. He said that he wasn’t a movie buff. 4. He said that she wasn’t into that type of movie. 5. He said that the film had been dead boring. 6. He said that they had had to wait nearly 15 minutes for the film to begin. 7. He wanted to know what time I had said the movie www.cel-matura.pl

299

would start. 8. He asked whether there were English subtitles on my movie. 9. He asked me what time “The Artist” was showing. 10. He asked when the movie would end. Ćwiczenie 3

Sugerowane odpowiedzi: 1. He said that he had watched an interesting documentary the day before/the previous day. 2. He asked me if I fancied going to the theatre the following night. 3. He asked me if there had been anything interesting on the news that morning. 4. He exclaimed that Radiohead were coming to Australia the month after/ the following month. 5. He wanted to know what I was reading then/at that time. 6. He told me that they had released their debut album two years before. 7. He said that he was going to a Red Hot Chili Peppers concert a week later 8. He said that he didn’t read much those days. 9. He told me that there was nothing worth watching at the time. 10. He said that she had been on telly the night before/the previous night. Ćwiczenie 4

Sugerowane odpowiedzi: 1. Jack suggested going/

suggested that they should go to the cinema that evening. 2. Jennie asked if there was anything good on. 3. He said/added he was sure she would love it. 4. She said she wasn’t in the mood to see it. 5. She asked how long it was on. 6. He replied/answered that it wasn’t on after 2nd April so they needed/had to go before then. 7. Jack asked/wanted to know what she wanted to see. 8. Jennie suggested something funny. 9. She said that “Mirror Mirror” had just hit the cinemas. 10. He asked who was in it. 11. He suggested checking/ suggested that he should check the times. Ćwiczenie 5

Sugerowane odpowiedzi: 1. He asked me if I could get Fox News where I lived. 2. She exclaimed that the TV’s picture had messed up again. 3. She said that she had missed the programme, so she had to watch it in reruns. 4. She said that the film had been a real tear-jerker. She added that she had wept buckets. 5. He said that he had read somewhere that “House, M.D.” was going

300

korepetycje maturzysty

to get one more series. 6. She told me that she hated talent shows. She added that they let people make fools of themselves. 7. He said that the TV was too low. 8. He said that he would have to learn to set the video. 9. He said that they needed to get a new remote control adding that their present one didn’t work. 10. He said that he couldn’t tune his TV to that channel. 11. He said that the sitcom would be off the air soon. Ćwiczenie 6

Sugerowane odpowiedzi: 1. He wanted to know what time the football was on. 2. He asked me why I was watching that. 3. He asked me how much TV I watched. 4. He asked me where I rented my films. 5. He wanted to know which channel the programme was on. 6. He asked me who I watched the match with. 7. He asked me what channel he should switch to. 8. He asked how long TCM was going to show the same films over and over again. Ćwiczenie 7

Sugerowane odpowiedzi: 1. He told me/ordered me

to turn the radio off. 2. He advised me/forbade me not to sit so close to the TV. 3. He advised me to try that button. 4. He told me/warned me not to expect much from that film. 5. He told me to turn over to another channel. 6. He asked me/requested me to video “Modern Family” for him. Ćwiczenie 8

1. TV is watched all over the world. 2. TV can be watched by deaf people, too. 3. The film is going to be shot in Poland. 4. He was cast as a lawyer in a TV movie. 5. The cameraman was told by the director what to film and how. 6. When will the show be aired on BBC? 7. The comedy is being shown twice a day at our local cinema. 8. His latest film was raved about by critics and cinema-goers. 9. She was greeted by the audience with a standing ovation. 10. A small group of journalists were invited to watch a preview of the film. 11. The film set has been destroyed. 12. Scripts are often written with particular actors in mind. 13. A new multiplex is being built on the edge on town.

Ćwiczenie 9

1. Leonardo DiCaprio was paid $7 million for his role in “Titanic”. $7 million was paid to DiCaprio for his role in “Titanic”. 2. He was offered a role in a Bollywood film. A role in a Bollywood film was offered to him. 3. We were sold the last two tickets for the performance. The last two tickets for the performance were sold to us. 4. The director was awarded an honorary Oscar for his body of work. An honorary Oscar was awarded to the director for his body of work 5. The actress was sent a bouquet of flowers. A bouquet of flowers was sent to the actress. Ćwiczenie 10

1. The actress is expected to come back next season. It is expected that the actress will come back next season. 2. The BBC’s long-running series is said to be coming to an end. It is said that the BBC’s long-running series is coming to an end. 3. Celebrities are known to be often hounded by photographers. It is known that celebrities are often hounded by photographers. 4. The Lumiere brothers are claimed to have produced the first movie. stara dobra szkoła

Klucz It is claimed that the Lumiere brothers produced the first movie. 5. Rudolf Valentino is believed to have been the first male movie star. It’s believed that Rudolf Valentino was the first male movie star. 6. The singer was reported to have long struggled with addiction. It was reported that the singer had long struggled with addiction. 7. He is thought to be certain to be nominated for an Oscar. It’s thought that he is certain to be nominated for an Oscar. 8. “Thriller” is considered to be the best music video of all time. It’s considered that “Thriller” is the best music video of all time. 9. The actress is rumoured to have undergone plastic surgery. It’s rumoured that the actress underwent plastic surgery. 10. The actress is assumed to be able to carry the movie, although she is very young. It’s assumed that the actress will be able to carry the movie, although she is very young. Ćwiczenie 11

1. was announced 2. had been released 3. has been seen 4. was directed 5. was asked 6. are said www.cel-matura.pl

301

7. have been done 8. was translated 9. is committed 10. is based Ćwiczenie 12

1. Has your e-mail been responded to yet? 2. He must be written to. 3. The password has been typed in twice. 4. My computer has been broken into! 5. The electricity may be cut off. 6. The word was looked up in an online dictionary. 7. The page was scrolled down. 8. The site has been logged on to by hundreds of people.

UNIT 10 THE WEATHER Ćwiczenie 1

a) 1. dropped 2. getting 3. chilling 4. covered 5. snowing 6. blowing b) 1. scorching 2. get 3. hanging 4. cools c) 1. weather 2. rain 3. temperature 4. sun 5. breeze

Ćwiczenie 2

1. windy 2. cloudy 3. snowy 4. snow 5. sunny 6. dry 7. clouds

Ćwiczenie 3

Across 1. drizzle 3. sunshine 7. storm 8. blizzard 9. frost 10. gale Down 1. downpour 2. snowdrift 3. sleet 4. hail 5. heat wave 6. cloud 7. slush 9. fog Ćwiczenie 4

1. b, 2. e, 3. h, 4. d, 5. f, 6. c, 7. a, 8. g Ćwiczenie 5

1. overcast 2. pouring 3. gusty 4. freezing 5. heat 6. snow 7. cold Ćwiczenie 6

1. cloudy 2. downpour 3. cleared up 4. blustery 5. boiling hot 6. rainy 7. hurricane

302

korepetycje maturzysty

8. cold snap 9. torrential 10. thick

THE NATURAL WORLD Ćwiczenie 1

1. overflowed, flooded 2. hit 3. ripped, toppled 4. flows 5. crashed 6. erupted, set fire 7. churning 8. meandering 9. sway 10. blooming, blossoming 11. shed Ćwiczenie 2

1. river/stream 2. cliff 3. beach 4. pond/lake 5. island 6. mountain/hill 7. wilderness/jungle/forest 8. woods/forest 9. deserts 10. waterfall Ćwiczenie 3

1. stung 2. migrate 3. spun, sitting 4. chirping 5. wagged 6. hibernate 7. laid, hatch out 8. bites 9. lurk up 10. scratching Ćwiczenie 4

1. b, 2. b, 3. a, 4. a, 5. c, 6. c, 7. a, 8. c, 9. b, 10. c Ćwiczenie 5

1. watered

2. mow 3. pruning 4. cutting down 5. has grown, transplant 6. sow 7. planted 8. cut

FOCUS ON GRAMMAR Ćwiczenie 1

1. puff 3. peal 5. blade 7. wisp 9. ray 11. flakes

2. flash 4. gust 6. chunk 8. drops 10. spell

Ćwiczenie 2

1. the sun 2. the Vistula River 3. the Alps 4. the equator 5. Lake Mamry 6. the Baltic Sea 7. the Atlantic Ocean 8. Kilimanjaro 9. the Canary Islands 10. West Germany, the Middle East 11. Beijing 12. the Ivory Coast 13. the North of England 14. Copacabana Beach 15. the Netherlands 16. the English Channel Ćwiczenie 3

1. Ø 3. Ø 5. Ø 7. Ø 9. a 11. Ø 13. the/ Ø 15. a 17. Ø 19. the

2. the 4. the 6. Ø 8. the 10. Ø 12. the 14. the/ Ø 16. the 18. Ø 20. the

Ćwiczenie 4

1. It is hard to fall asleep when is hot at night. 2. CORRECT 3. It looks as if it is going to rain. 4. It is too hot. Let’s sit in the shade. 5. If it is too windy, you may be blown off your feet. 6. CORRECT 7. Is it not too cold for spring? 8. CORRECT 9. CORRECT 10. It is five degrees below zero here. Ćwiczenie 5

1. have it trimmed/ trim it 2. have the garden looked after 3. had the tree cut down 4. is weeding it 5. have their new orchard designed 6. have my lawn mown 7. hoeing his cucumber patch 8. have his houseplants mulched 9. water my flowers 10. has/had his strawberries picked Ćwiczenie 6

1. is, sow, is, harvest 2. are, pick 3. will go, is/would go, were 4. were, would go 5. doesn’t rain, will go 6. wouldn’t have been, hadn’t rained 7. is, wear 8. will be, is 9. didn’t snow, wouldn’t go stara dobra szkoła